 |
|
| If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader . |
|
|
|
| If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader . |
|
|
| Datasheet File OCR Text: |
| Contents Introduction Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Hydraulic-Magnetic and Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Switches Door Locking, Time Delay and Motor Protection Controls Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs) Circuit Breakers and Control Products Electronic Products Approvals Worldwide Service Network 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Contents Introduction 0 Start Order Form 4 High Performance Circuit Breakers E-T-A circuit protection .............................. pages 3 - 10 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Product overview .................................. pages 104-... / 105-... / 106-... ........................ pages 110-P10 / 111-P10 ............................... pages 120-... / 124-... ...................................... pages 127-... ... ................................................ pages 129-L11-... ............................................ pages 157-... / 158-... ...................................... pages 1110-... .................................................. pages 1140-... .................................................. pages 1160-... .................................................. pages 1170-... .................................................. pages 1410-... .................................................. pages 1610-... .................................................. pages 1658-... .................................................. pages 3120-... .................................................. pages 3130-... .................................................. pages 2-4100-... .............................................. pages 2-5000-... / 2-5700-... ........................... pages 2-5200-... .............................................. pages 2-6200-... / 2-6400-... ........................... pages 11 23 27 29 31 35 37 41 43 47 49 53 57 61 65 77 81 83 87 89 1 22 26 28 30 33 36 39 42 46 48 51 56 59 63 76 80 82 86 88 92 2 Product overview .................................. pages 195 - 204 402-... .................................................... pages 205 - 206 410-... .................................................... pages 207 - 210 412-K... ................................................. pages 211 - 212 413-K... ................................................. pages 213 - 214 428-... .................................................... pages 215 - 217 433-... / 434-... ...................................... pages 219 - 222 437-K .................................................... pages 223 - 224 446 / 447 / 449-... ................................. pages 225 - 226 452-... .................................................... pages 227 - 229 482-... .................................................... pages 231 - 233 483-... .................................................... pages 235 - 238 4120-... .................................................. pages 239 - 240 4201-... .................................................. pages 241 - 242 4910-... (RCCB) .................................... pages 261 - 262 520-... / 530-... ...................................... pages 207 - 210 583-... .................................................... pages 243 - 246 911 / 912 / 913 / 914-.. ......................... pages 247 - 249 921 / 922-... .......................................... pages 251 - 252 E-1032-... .............................................. pages 253 - 256 E-1073-437 /- 921 / -922-... ................. pages 257 - 260 Door Locking, Time Delay and Motor Protection Controls 5 Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Product overview .................................. pages 93 - 100 201 / 201-WA ........................................ pages 101 - 103 2210-S2.. .............................................. pages 105 - 108 E2210-... ............................................... pages 109 - 112 19"-rack ................................................ pages 113 - 114 19BGT2 Rack ........................................ pages 115 - 116 2210-S2.. for Distribution rail ............... pages 117 - 122 X2210-S06... Distribution rail ................ pages 123 - 124 X2210-K... Distribution rail .................... pages 125 - 129 2210-T2 ................................................. pages 131 - 134 2215-L1.. / 2215-G1.. ........................... pages 135 - 137 E2215-... ............................................... pages 139 - 140 2215-F1.. ............................................... pages 141 - 143 3120-....-..M1- ....................................... pages 145 - 148 3200 ...................................................... pages 149 - 151 3300-... / 3400-... .................................. pages 153 - 155 3500-... / 4000-... .................................. pages 157 - 160 3600-... / 3900-... .................................. pages 161 - 164 Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 3 Product overview .................................. pages 263 - 266 664-... .................................................... pages 267 - 268 683-.. ..................................................... pages 269 - 270 3620-... .................................................. pages 277 - 278 6110-... .................................................. pages 271 - 272 6510-... .................................................. pages 273 - 274 2-6500 / 2-6700-... ............................... pages 275 - 276 2-7000-... .............................................. pages 279 - 280 Motor Start Switches ............................ page 281 Solid State Remove Power Controllers (SSRPCs) 6 Product overview .................................. pages 283 - 286 E-1048-600 ........................................... pages 287 - 289 E-1071-073 ........................................... pages 291 - 293 E-1071-128 ........................................... pages 295 - 297 E-1071-343 ........................................... pages 299 - 301 E-1071-353 ........................................... pages 303 - 305 E-1071-603/607 .................................... pages 307 - 309 E-1071-803 ........................................... pages 311 - 313 Electronic Products 7 Product overview .................................. pages 165 - 168 808 / 809 ............................................... pages 169 - 170 8330-... .................................................. pages 171 - 174 8340-G... ............................................... pages 175 - 178 8340-F... ................................................ pages 179 - 182 X8340-S02 ............................................ pages 183 - 184 X8340-S04 ............................................ pages 185 - 186 8340-T ................................................... pages 187 - 190 8350-... .................................................. pages 191 - 194 Flow meters, flow monitors ................... pages 315 - 322 Level sensors ........................................ pages 323 - 326 Digital panel instruments ...................... pages 327 - 332 Sensors ................................................. pages 333 - 334 Current/voltage monitors, combi safety protection ....................... pages 335 - 340 Miscellaneous 8 Approvals .............................................. pages 341 - 342 Worldwide Service Network ................. pages 343 - 346 Issue C 2 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection E-T-A Protection and Safety E-T-A were pioneers in the development of precision performance circuit breakers with characteristics specifically designed to protect equipment, sub-systems and components against the potentially catastrophic effects of electrical overload and short circuits. Today we offer one of the widest product ranges of its type on the market including high performance models for aerospace, defence, and other applications whose requirements for performance, safety and reliability are uncompromising. We also manufacture battery isolation switches; door lock relays; solid state controllers with current limiting characteristics for use in electronic power management systems; and a comprehensive range of electronic control products and instrumentation. Older methods of protecting electrical and electronic systems from overloads and short circuits are no longer sufficient. Problems of large current rating steps, wide performance bands and premature ageing can cause serious difficulties in safety critical systems and equipment; furthermore, multi-phase circuitry requires disconnection of all poles. If fuses are used, comprehensive stocks of replacements are required to cover every eventuality. Professionals have long recognised the advantages of circuit breaker technology. Overcurrent protection ensures safe performance of all components, while circuit breakers offer convenience in operation and can confidently be reset by inexperienced personnel. E-T-A circuit breakers are far and away the preferred choice. 0 E-T-A Total Quality Circuit breakers are safety-critical items. The same E-T-A products may be required to operate just occasionally or very often during the life of the equipment they are protecting. Either way, operation must be totally dependable immediately a fault occurs. Any failure to perform could have disastrous consequences - endangering people and property. We have been designing and manufacturing circuit protection products since 1948 and have responded to the performance requirements across a wide range of industries. Most importantly, we have gained expertise on the long term needs of circuit protection; the impact of ageing equipment, corrosion, deterioration of wiring insulation and loosening of connectors. All these place additional demands on circuit protection devices. Meeting these needs, E-T-A products are designed and manufactured for world class quality, to the most stringent standards. Quality is builtin at every stage of the manufacturing process and is verified by the latest automatic test equipment and SPC techniques. Our quality management system is accredited to ISO 9001/EN29001 and has been independently audited by many of the world's leading manufacturers. E-T-A Support Our test laboratories are equipped to conduct comprehensive electrical and environmental qualification programmes and are approved for low voltage switchgear to EN 45000 requirements. Our substantial investment in research and development ensures that we remain at the forefront of technology. Our international standards committee work, covering many different industries, enables us to give up-to-the-minute advice on legislative demands and safety trends worldwide. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 3 An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection E-T-A Approvals E-T-A circuit protection products are designed according to IEC requirements for CBEs (IEC 934, EN 60934) - defined as circuit breakers for equipment where unrestricted short circuits either cannot occur or are limited by back-up protection elsewhere in the system. Most E-T-A models are fully approved by leading authorities including VDE, CSA and UL (supplementary protectors in accordance with UL 1077). Furthermore approvals are also held from specialised agencies such as the UK Civil Aviation Authority, Lloyds Register of Shipping, Bureau Veritas and the American Bureau of Shipping. E-T-A Reliable Protection for Demanding Applications E-T-A circuit breakers are designed for equipment, component and low voltage wiring protection. Their precision performance characteristics are ideally suited to applications for which other methods of protection are generally inadequate. These include: motors transformers solenoids printed circuit boards power supplies test equipment control instrumentation computers communications systems factory automation aircraft automotive systems military vehicles boats semi-conductors domestic/household appliances commercial equipment business machines medical equipment ... and many others 0 I S TE R RE RE AU G VE R AS IT 61120 937 O Y DS LL 0 BU 1828 OF S H I PP IN G U ND D 1 E CE Mark Those products from the E-T-A programme which are subject to the European Union EMC Directive have been CE marked since early 1996 to demonstrate compliance. Declarations of conformity contain the necessary supporting evidence. In addition, from January 1997, models covered by the Low Voltage Directive have also been CE marked. CE marking is the responsibility of individual manufacturers and should not be confused with formal approval logos, the use of which is administered by recognised test authorities. 4 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 76 FO Issue C An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection Current Ratings and Time/Current Characteristic Curves Key selection criteria are the trip time zones determined at 23 C which are shown graphically for each E-T-A product on the relevant data sheet. Upper and lower curves show minimum and maximum adjustment tolerances. Unless otherwise stated, all thermal and thermal-magnetic circuit breakers will carry 100 % rated current continuously and trip within one hour at 140 % rating. Adjustment to closer tolerances is available to special order. 0 thermal/magnetic thermal time current time current magnetic (no delay) (delayed magnetic curves available) magnetic-hydraulic time current time current Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 5 An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection E-T-A Catalogue The E-T-A catalogue describes the largest product range of its type, providing solutions to almost any requirement. It is divided into the following sections: Interrupting Capacity Icn Overload and maximum interrupting capacities are specified for each series, defined as the maximum current levels that can be switched safely for a minimum of 40 operations, and a minimum of 3 operations respectively. For thermal circuit breakers back-up protection is advised if higher currents are possible. Please contact us for further advice on specific applications. IEC 934/EN 60934 defines interrupting capacity as the rated conditional short circuit current performance. According to category PC1, this is the value of rated conditional short circuit current (interrupting capacity) for which the prescribed conditions do not include fitness of the CBE for its further use. PC2 is defined as the value of rated conditional short circuit current for which the prescribed conditions do include fitness of the CBE for its further use. 0 Introduction Thermal circuit breakers Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers Hydraulic-magnetic and magnetic circuit breakers High performance circuit breakers and battery switches Door lock, time delay and motor protection controls Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs) Electronic products Approvals Each product section includes a quick selector chart and short form presentation of the range, followed by detailed specifications for individual product types or groups. Please contact us if you have any difficulty in matching a product to your requirements or have a special application - we have the flexibility to develop custom solutions tailored to specific needs: products that are both solution-oriented and cost effective. A separate catalogue fully describes E-T-A electronic sensors, control products and instrumentation. Switching Sequence The switching sequence for short circuit tests is normally abbreviated as follows, according to relevant international CBE standards. o: Break operation (open) The circuit breaker in the closed position is caused to open through a short circuit current applied by means of a separate switch. Referenced as co (closed open) in earlier specifications. co: Make operation with subsequent break operation (close open) The circuit breaker in the open condition is closed onto a sustained short circuit and must immediately re-open. This operating mode requires the circuit breaker to be fail-safe as the actuator cannot be released as quickly as the circuit breaker mechanism will open. Referenced as oco (open close open) in earlier specifications. t: Time period between switching operations Normally 3 minutes, or the period required before the circuit breaker can be re-set. E-T-A Choice - Circuit Breakers to Ensure the Best Protection A number of factors arise in choosing a circuit breaker to protect against overloads and short circuits. E-T-A specialists can advise on your requirement, according to the specific field application. Four types of tripping operation cover most situations. 1.Thermal Circuit Breakers (TO) The tripping mechanism comprises a thermal actuator and mechanical latch, designed to discriminate between in-rush/temporary current surges and prolonged overloads to ensure effective overcurrent protection. Applications include motors, transformers, solenoids and low voltage wiring. 2. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers (TM) Combining a solenoid in series with a bimetal thermal actuator, these provide time current characteristics with two distinct steps. A high overcurrent value causes the solenoid to trigger the release mechanism rapidly, the thermal mechanism responds to prolonged low value overloads. These circuit breakers are well suited to telecommunications, process control, and similar applications requiring precision performance. 3. Magnetic Circuit breakers (MO or HM) A well-proven design of solenoid coil with optional hydraulic delay provides tripping that is highly tolerant of changes in ambient temperature. A wide range of performance characteristics is available in single, double and three pole configurations. Series 808 and 809 are fast acting magnetic devices sensitive to small overload currents. Typical applications include printed circuit board and power semi-conductor protection. 4. High Performance Circuit Breakers Where ultimate operation under adverse conditions is required, E-T-A high performance circuit breakers provide high interrupting capacity and excellent environmental specifications. Available in thermal and thermal-magnetic versions, they offer current ratings up to 500 A. Special models are designed for aerospace, defence and similar heavy-duty applications. Solderability of Silver-Plated Terminals E-T-A products with silver-plated terminals will not be adversely affected (e.g. by sulphur induced corrosion) by the packaging material. However, the solderability of silver-plated terminals can deteriorate with time. Provided these products are stored, solderability will be guaranteed for a period of six months from the date of delivery. If they are not required immediately, it is recommended that these products are packed and stored in polythene bags. No drying agents should be used as they may contain silicate gel which can impair solderability. Flux should be nonhalogenous. E-T-A Advantages Snap-Action Mechanism The snap-action mechanism featured in many E-T-A models ensures that the contact closing speed is independent of the speed of operation of the actuator (push button, rocker, toggle etc.). The moving contact is retained until the actuator causes a defined force to act in the closing direction of the contacts. Once this force is exceeded, the mechanical retention is overcome allowing the contacts to snap closed (tease free mechanism.) The closing speed is a function of this force alone. Snap-action mechanisms eliminate contact welding upon switching on to sustained short-circuits and minimise the risk of contact wear over the circuit breakers' life. Trip Free Mechanism R E-T-A circuit breakers cannot be held closed against an overload. This is achieved through the use of positively trip free designs in accordance with IEC 934/EN 60934 (with the exception of models 1610, 1658, 808 and 809 which are designed for specialised applications). 6 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection Manual Trip / On-Off Switches Many models are available with a manual trip feature, either standard or as an option. Others are specifically designed as combined switch/circuit breakers with rocker, push button, or toggle actuation, styled for front panel mounting. Rocker types are available with illumination as an option. According to IEC 934/EN 60934: R = manual reset only M = with manual release but not intended for frequent use as a switch S = combined switch/CBE function Dual Control Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers inherently have two separate protection elements: the thermal circuit for overload sensing and the magnetic coil for abnormal conditions such as short circuits. The main contacts are in series. Electrical separation of the thermal and the magnetic elements enables independent monitoring of two separate signals - Dual Control - by just one single pole circuit breaker. 0 Terminals Most models are offered with either quick connect (also suitable for soldering) or screw terminals. Models with printed circuit board pins are also available. E-T-A Circuit Breakers with Advanced Features q Nuisance-free operation when subject to high in-rush currents or transients, allowing ratings to be closely matched to the needs of the system and enabling the most efficient sizing of wiring and components. q Wide selection of time/current operating characteristics ensure tailoring to many different applications. q Quality design ensures resistance to premature failure through corrosion, fatigue, shock or vibration. q Unlike fuses, no need for spares. Risks of using temporary inappropriate substitutes are eliminated, and warranty costs are reduced. q Convenient resetting reduces down-time and service repair costs. q Many types also function as on/off switches, simplifying installation - fewer components result in higher overall reliability. q Internationally approved, avoiding the need for different models for different national standards. q Positive physical interruption of the circuit is ensured. There is no risk of equipment remaining live. Low leakage currents are eliminated. q Fail-safe if operated beyond specified performance limits. Unlike PTC devices, such as resettable fuses, which may arc and flame; also they require power to be removed before they can be reset. Auxiliary Contacts Electrically separate low current contacts can be included for use with alarm and control switching circuits. N/C (Si1) = N/O (Si 2) = Normally closed contacts are open when the main contacts are closed (break or b-contact). Normally open contacts are closed when the main contacts are closed (make or a-contact). Shunt Terminal Also available on some models: an additional, unprotected circuit tap, switched through the main contacts. E-T-A International Auxiliary Contacts Shunt Terminal E-T-A is an international company, successful in world markets and with offices and support personnel strategically placed around the globe. Our product specialists will be happy to assist with the selection of suitable products based upon a thorough evaluation of your engineering and commercial objectives. R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Relay Trip Dual Control R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R I> I> R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Relay Trip An overload sensing circuit electrically separate from the switching contacts is a further possibility on some models. R R R R R R R R R R R R R Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 7 An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection Ambient Temperature Influence To ensure optimum matching of circuit breaker performance to the system requirements, E-T-A thermal and thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are not normally compensated for fluctuations in ambient temperature. The circuit breaker is usually subjected to the same heat source as the system so will automatically track its protective requirements. However, some applications require the circuit breaker to operate continuously in either high or low temperatures. The following table shows the correction factors that typically should be applied. The performance of magnetic circuit breakers and type 1410 is not affected significantly within this temperature range. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1.00 1.08 1.16 1.24 Degrees of protection of electrical equipment according to IEC 529 Example: Code letters First characteristic digit Second characteristic digit First characteristic digit: Degree of protection against access to hazardous parts and against solid foreign objects Designation 0 Non-protected IP 4 4 0 Description No specific protection of persons against accidental access to live or moving parts. No protection of the equipment against solid foreign objects. Protection against accidental access to live or internal moving parts, e.g. with the back of a hand, but no protection against intended access to these parts. Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects of 50 mm dia. and greater. Protection against finger access to live or internal moving parts. Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects of 12 mm dia. and greater. Protection against access to live or internal moving parts with a tool, or wires etc. of a thickness of > 2.5 mm. Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects of 2.5 mm dia. and greater. Protection against access of live or internal moving parts with a tool, or wires etc. of a thickness of > 1mm. Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects of 1 mm dia. and greater. Protection against access to live or internal moving parts. Protection against harmful dust deposits. Ingress of dust is not totally prevented, but dust shall not penetrate in a quantity to interfere with satisfactory operation of the equipment. Full protection against access to live or internal moving parts. No ingress of dust. 1 Protected against solid foreign objects of 50 mm 2 Protected against medium-sized foreign objects 12 mm Protected against small solid foreign objects 2.5 mm Protected against granular foreign objects 1 mm Dust-protected 3 Specification Notes Close Mounting of CBEs When several devices are mounted together, an air gap between each is recommended. If this is not possible, each device should carry only 80 % of its rating. Horizontal installation is preferable. Plug-in Mounted E-T-A Devices The continuous rating capability of E-T-A sockets for plug-in circuit breakers is a function of the total number of circuit breakers fitted and the individual ratings of each. Please enquire with details of your application. 4 5 6 Dust-proof Second characteristic digit: Degrees of protection against ingress of water Degrees of Environmental Protection for Electrical Equipment Terms such as drip-proof, water splash protection, waterproof and dustproof are all in common usage but may be misleading unless standard definitions are applied. The IEC has developed a standard coding system defined in IEC 529. Protection categories are identified by the prefix letters IP" followed by 2 digits, the first of which refers to the level of protection provided against access by solid foreign objects and to hazardous parts; the second digit shows the level of protection against water ingress. Designation 0 1 non-protected Protected against water drops falling vertically Protected against water drops falling vertically when enclosure is tilted up to 15 Protected against water spray Protected against splashing water Protected against water jets Protected against high-pressure water jets Protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water Protected against the effects of continuous immersion in water Description No specific protection Drops falling vertically shall have no harmful effects. 2 Drops falling vertically shall have no harmful effects when the enclosure is tilted at any angle up to 15 on either side of the vertical. 3 4 5 6 Water sprayed at an angle up to 60 on either side of the vertical shall have no harmful effects. Water splashed against the enclosure from any direction shall have no harmful effects. Water projected in jets against the enclosure from any direction shall have no harmful effects. Water protected in powerful jets against the enclosure from any direction shall have no harmful effects. *) Ingress of water in quantities causing harmful effects shall not be possible when the enclosure is is temporarily immersed in water under specified conditions of pressure and time. *) Ingress of water in quantities causing harmful effects shall not be possible when the enclosure is continuously immersed in water under specified conditions of pressure and time. *) 7 8 *) Certain equipment does not allow any ingress of water. If applicable, this is included in the relevant equipment specification. 8 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection Preferred degrees of protection Protection against access to hazardous parts and against solid foreign objects Code letters and first characteristic digit IP 0 IP 2 IP 3 IP 5 IP6 Protection against ingress of water Definition of make contact and break contact The definition of IEC Publication 50 (441), 1974 issue, applies. make contact a-contact N/O (Si2) contact 5 6 0 Second characteristic digit 1 2 3 4 IP 00 IP 20 IP 21 IP 22 IP 23 IP 30 IP 31 IP 32 IP 33 IP 54 IP 65 IP 66 A control or auxiliary contact which is closed when the main contacts of the mechanical switching device are closed and open when they are open. Example: 0 1 13 2 14 Protection degree IP 54 may apply to products with a splashcover, for example for front of panel protection whereas the terminals (IP 00) will be in an enclosed area. Cable ratings to EN 60934 EN 60934:1994 + A1 : issue 1994 Standard current ratings as assigned to different cable cross sectional areas (stranded copper cable). Size mm2 1 to 6 break contact b-contact N/C (Si1) contact A control or auxiliary contact which is open when the main contacts of the mechanical switching device are closed and closed when they are open. Example: 1 11 1.5 >6 2.5 >13 4 >20 to 25 6 >25 to 32 10 >32 to 50 16 to 63 25 to 80 35 >80 to 100 50 >100 to 125 Current rating (A) >50 >63 2 12 to 13 to 20 Cable ratings and sizes for aerospace applications Current AWG cable sizes rating EN 2350 MS 3320 (A) 0.5 1 2 2.5 3 4 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 20 20 18 18 18 18 18 16 16 14 12 10 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 20 18 16 AWG Airbus 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 22 20 16 14 12 Boeing BPS-C-144 Note: The common terminal of change over contacts is often shown as C (common). mm2 0.21 0.33 0.52 0.82 1.31 2.08 3.31 5.26 20 18 18 18 18 18 16 16 14 12 10 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 Terminal identification The following identifications are in conformance with DIN EN 5005 July 1977. However, the diagrams for the examples have been adjusted to DIN 40900 1988 (equivalent to IEC 617 of 1983). Main circuit One-digit numerals - one pair of subsequent numerals per main switching element Example 1 3 AWG =American Wire Gauge Representation of operating status 2 4 2 main switching elements In accordance with DIN 40719, part 3, issue April 1997, the operating status of switching elements should be represented as follows: q Telecommunications The representation of the ready status as used by the telecommunications industry - Fuses and circuit breakers are shown in the closed position. q Power engineering The representation of the open position is used by the power, installation, control and data processing industries. Equipment is represented in the de-energized condition and without the effect of an operating force. Power switches, disconnectors, circuit breakers etc. are shown in the open condition, which is the normal position. Following these definitions, E-T-A products are generally shown in the de-energized condition. Auxilairy circuits Two-digit numbers - Second digit function numeral b-contact 1 and 2 a-contact 3 and 4 change over contact 1, 2 and 4 b-contact 7 and 8, delayed change over contact with special functions 5, 6 and 8 - First digit, ordinal number switching elements with identical function and belonging together Examples: .1 .3 .2 .4 .2 .4 .1 b-contact a-contact change over contact Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 9 An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection Graphical symbols in accordance with DIN 40900/IEC 617 Description Operated by electromagnetic actuator DIN 40900/IEC 617 02-13-23 AINSI/CSA Description Make contact DIN 40900/IEC 617 07-02-01 07-02-02 or AINSI/CSA 0 Operated by electromagnetic overcurrent protection 02-13-24 Break contact 07-02-03 Operated by thermal actuator, for example thermal relay, thermal overcurrent protection Manually operated control, general case 02-13-25 Change-over break before make contact 07-02-04 02-13-01 Two-way contact with centre-off position 07-02-05 Operated by pulling 02-13-03 Circuit breaker 07-13-05 Operated by pushing 02-13-05 Disconnector (isolator) 07-13-06 Operated by turning 02-13-04 Switch-disconnector (on-load isolating switch) 07-13-08 Operated by stored mechanical energy 02-13-20 Manually operated switch, general symbol 07-07-01 Latching mechanism with mechanical release 102-05-04 Push-button switch with detent, non-automatic return (push/push) Three-position switch, manually operated, positions 2 and 3 are locked positions Pull-switch (non locking) 107-03-02 1 2 3 2,3 Control by fluid level 02-14-01 Control by flow 02-14-03 07-07-03 Pressure sensor, making p> p Turn-switch (locking) 07-07-04 Operating device, general symbol, relay coil Operating device with one effective winding 07-15-01 Contactor (contact open in the unoperated position) 07-13-02 Contactor or relay with three make contacts x with code Relay coil of a slow-operating relay 07-15-08 SO 3 pole contactor with three electrothermal overcurrent releases 3 pole disconnector OL Relay coil of a slow-releasing relay 07-15-07 SO DISC Actuating device of a thermal relay 07-15-21 OL Single pole disconnector with detent, manually operated,1 break contact and 1 make contact Single pole disconnector with 2 parallel contacts, manually operated, with detent and remote trip coil (FA) - type 921 3 pole circuit breaker 1 11 13 1 11 13 2 12 2 14 2 12 14 Electro-magnetic overcurrent protection SOL I> DISC FA 1 CB Electro-magnetic undervoltage release (undervoltage release module) Relay coil of a polarized relay 07-15-15 U< 3 pole circuit breaker with latching mechanism, electrothermal and electromagnetic overcurrent releases I> I> I> 10 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Single and multi pole thermal circuit breakers (CBEs) with and without auxiliary contacts Max. voltage ratings 3 AC 415 V, AC 250 V, DC 50 V Current ratings 0.05 ... 30 A 1 With simple operation through the heating effect of current, thermal circuit breakers offer one of the most reliable and cost effective forms of protection device available. As a result they are ideally suited to the protection of a broad range of components and systems - from motors and transformer windings, through printed circuit boards, to the low voltage power distribution circuits of road vehicles, boats, and battery powered machines. Such applications all require the ability to discriminate between safe switch-on surges or transients on the one hand, and harmful sustained overloads on the other. Thermal circuit breakers can withstand high level surges, which arise from lamp loads or motor starting, for example. At the same time they afford protection against the effects of genuine failure such as motor locked rotors. The characteristics of thermal CBE's can be matched closely to the ratings of the component or system they are protecting, eliminating the need for over-sizing of wiring and connectors, whilst offering dependable protection even under low level overcurrent conditions which cannot be adequately provided for by other methods of circuit protection. E-T-A thermal circuit breakers utilise one of three different mechanisms optimised for their range of operation q a snap action disc type bimetal and contact assembly q a bimetal with a mechanical latch and separate spring loaded contact q a hot wire design with extremely fast switching time All are individually calibrated in the factory to ensure safe, predictable performance under a wide range of conditions. The E-T-A thermal circuit breakers in this catalogue section are manually resettable enabling the power supply to be restored after operation. Several models combine the functions of circuit breaker protection and on/off switching in a single component. There is a choice of rocker, toggle or push button actuation according to user preference. E-T-A's wide range of models enables the designer to make optimal selections according to specific performance, installation and styling needs. All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 11 Overview Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Type No. 104-PR-... 104-... 105-... Overview 1 Description PCB mounting integral type snap-in panel mounting Max. voltage rating AC 250 V; DC 48 V 0.05...10 A AC 250 V; DC 48 V 0.05...10 A AC 250 V; DC 48 V 0.05...10 A Current ratings Aux. contact rating 0.5 A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.5 A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V Typical life / contact rating 0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN 6 ...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN 10 A 50 operations at 2 x IN 0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN 6 ...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN 10 A 50 operations at 2 x IN 0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN 6 ...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN 10 A 50 operations at 2 x IN Interrupting capacity Icn 0.05...2 A 6 x rated current 2.5...10 A 5 x rated current 0.05...2 A 6 x rated current 2.5...10 A 5 x rated current 0.05...2 A 6 x rated current 2.5...10 A 5 x rated current Approvals VDE, Demko, SEV, OVE, CSA, UL, Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema VDE, Demko, SEV, OVE, CSA, UL, Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema VDE, Demko, SEV, OVE, CSA, UL, Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema Available options Dimensions see pages 23 - 26 see pages 23 - 26 pages 23 - 26 9.5 OFF 9.5 OFF 27.6 9.5 27.6 3.5 19 19 9.5 27.6 9.5 OFF o4 o4 o4 19 Internal connection diagrams 1 5 1 1 4 2 2 2 12 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 106-... 110/111-P10-G10.. 120-... 124-... 1 threadneck panel mounting toggle switch/circuit breaker rocker switch/circuit breaker push/push switch/circuit breaker AC 250 V; DC 48 V 0.05...10 A AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.1...20 A (type 110) 0.1...16 A (type 111) DC 28 V 3...20 A DC 28 V 3...20 A 0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN 6 ...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN 10 A 50 operations at 2 x IN 30,000 operations at 1 x IN 5,000 operations at 2 x IN 10 x rated current 10,000 operations at 1 x IN 10,000 operations at 1 x IN 0.05...2 A 6 x rated current 2.5...10 A 5 x rated current 160 A 160 A VDE, Demko, SEV, OVE, CSA, UL, Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS CSA see pages 23 - 26 see pages 27 - 28 see pages 29 - 30 see pages 29 - 30 13.5 OFF 3/8-27UNS-2A 16 1/2-32 UN-2A 12 OFF 27.6 36 9.5 19 9.5 26 22 32.5 2.5 43.3 36 38 1 1 1 1 2 2 5 2 2 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 13 Overview Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Type No. 127-F.../T... 129-L11-H-KF 157/158-... Overview 1 127-F-... 157-... Description plug-in, integral, or snap-in panel mounting (-F), or rail (-T), with manual release option base mounting with manual release threadneck panel mounting Max. voltage rating Current ratings AC 250 V; DC 28 V (type -F) DC 28 V (type -T) 0.05...25 A DC 28 V 3...25 A AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...25 A Aux. contact rating Typical life / contact rating 5,000 operations at 2 x IN 5,000 operations at 2 x IN 5,000 operations at 2 x IN Interrupting capacity Icn Type -F/-T: 0.05...2.5 A 3 ... 5 A Type -F: 6 ...12 A 13 ...25 A Type -T: 6 ...25 A 8 x IN 20 x IN 200 A 400 A 400 A 3...5 A 20 x rated current 6...25 A 400 A 0.05... 2.5 A 8 x IN 3 ... 5 A 20 x IN 6 ...12 A 200 A 13 ...25 A 400 A Approvals Available options Dimensions VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS, Semko see pages 31 - 33 CSA, LRoS, BWB (VG 95345 part 9) see pages 35 - 36 VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS, Semko see pages 37 - 39 11.5 OFF 13.5 OFF o4 o4 20 OFF 9.4 45 3/8-27UNS-2A 45 9.4 45 31 31 31 Internal connection diagrams 1 1 1 2 2 2 14 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 1110-... 1140-E... 1140-F... 1140-G... 1 snap-in panel mounting, push/push switch/circuit breaker integral type snap-in panel mounting threadneck panel mounting AC 250 V; DC 28 V (DC 50 V UL/CSA) 0.05...16 A AC 240 V; DC 48 V 3.5...16 A AC 240 V; DC 48 V 3.5...16 A AC 240 V; DC 48 V 3.5...16 A 0.05...4 A 10,000 operations at 1xIN 5... 16 A 6,000 operations at 1xIN 3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2xIN 10...16 A 50 operations at 2xIN 3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2xIN 10...16 A 50 operations at 2xIN 3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2xIN 10...16 A 50 operations at 2xIN AC 250 V: 0.05...16 A 8 x IN DC 28 V: 0.05... 6 A 10 x IN 7...10 A 200 A 12...16 A 300 A 3.5... 8 A 8 x IN 10...16 A 120 A 3.5... 8 A 8 x IN 10...16 A 120 A 3.5... 8 A 8 x IN 10...16 A 120 A VDE, CSA, UL, BV, LRoS, Semko see pages 41 - 42 VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, Kema see pages 43 - 44 VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, Kema see pages 43 - 44 VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, Kema see pages 43 - 44 3/8-27 UNS-2A OFF 11 OFF 10 o 4.2 11 OFF o 4.2 15 34.5 34.5 15.6 19 19 34.5 51 14 OFF 19 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 15 Overview Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Type No. 1140-G.5. 1160-... 1170-... Overview 1 Description threadneck panel mounting, double pole, thermally protected on one pole automotive circuit breaker controlled reset operation automotive circuit breaker plug in mounting, manual release Max. voltage rating Current ratings AC 240 V; DC 48 V 0.05...16 A DC 12 V 12...30 A DC 28 V 5...25 A Aux. contact rating Typical life / contact rating 300 operations at 2 x IN 6,000 operations at 1 x IN 3,000 operations at 2 x IN 20 A 1,000 operations at 2 x IN 25 A 5...15 A 200 A 20...25 A 400 A 0.05...3 A 3,000 operations at 2 x IN 3.5 ...8 A 1,000 operations at 2 x IN 10 ...16 A 50 operations at 2 x IN Interrupting capacity Icn 0.05...3 A 6 x IN 3.5 ...8 A 8 x IN 10 ...16 A 120 A 200 A, L/R = 2.5 ms Approvals Available options Dimensions VDE, CSA, UL, Kema see pages 45 - 46 see pages 47 - 48 see pages 49 - 51 OFF 14 49.5 17.5 7.6 6.4 38 7 OFF 3/ -27 UNS-2A 8 o4 19 25.1 18.8 Internal connection diagrams 1 3 1 1 4 2 2 2 16 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 1410-F1.. 1410-L1... 1410-L2... 1410-G1... 1 miniaturized rocker switch/circuit breaker, snap-in panel mounting, fast acting miniaturized PCB mounting type, fast acting miniaturized PCB mounting type, fast acting threadneck panel mounting, fast acting AC 240 V; DC 28 V (DC 48 V UL/CSA) 0.63...10 A AC 240 V; DC 28 V (DC 48 V UL/CSA) 0.63...10 A AC 240 V; DC 28 V (DC 48 V UL/CSA) 0.63...10 A AC 240 V; DC 28 V (DC 48 V UL/CSA) 0.63...10 A 0.2 x IN, max. 1 A 30,000 operations IN 6.3 A 10,000 operations IN > 6.3 A AC 3,000 operations IN > 6.3 A DC 300 operations at 2 x IN 0.2 x IN, max. 1 A 500 operations at 2 x IN 500 operations at 2 x IN 300 operations at 2 x IN 0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN 3.15...10 A 8 x IN AC max.70 A 3.15...10 A 10 x IN DC 0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN 3.15...10 A 8 x IN max. 70 A 0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN 3.15...10 A 8 x IN max. 70 A 0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN 3.15...10 A 8 x IN max. 70 A CSA, UL, SEV see pages 53 - 54 VDE, CSA, UL see pages 55 - 56 VDE, CSA, UL see pages 55 - 56 VDE, CSA, UL see pages 55 - 56 ON o7 3.1 23.2 17 9.5 3.1 23.5 25 28 3.1 5 11.7 10 11 28 2 32 32 1 LINE 4 2 1 1 1 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 17 Overview Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Type No. 1610-21 1610-22 1658-... Overview 1 Description automotive circuit breaker standard fuseblock mounting automotive circuit breaker standard fuseblock mounting with manual release option threadneck panel mounting disc bimetal operation Max. voltage rating Current ratings DC 24 V 6...25 A DC 12 V 6...25 A AC 250 V; DC 28 V 5...25 A Aux. contact rating Typical life / contact rating 300 operations at 50 A 3 operations at 150 A 1 operation at 2000 A 500 operations at 50 A 3 operations at 200 A 1 operation at 2000 A 1,000 operations at 50 A Interrupting capacity Icn 200 A Approvals Available options Dimensions see pages 57 - 59 see pages 57 - 59 VDE, CSA, UL see pages 61 - 63 OFF 3.8 OFF o6 6 28.8 24 24 1 2 6.4 6.4 17.5 18.8 18.8 32 Internal connection diagrams 1 1 1 2 2 2 18 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 12 27 Issue C 12.7 0.7 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 3120-F... 3120-F... 3130-F... 2-4100-... 1 rocker switch/circuit breaker, single and double pole, snap-in panel mounting push button switch/circuit breaker, single and double pole (press-to-reset only) with single or two button operation 1, 2 or 3 pole switch/circuit breaker, snap-in panel mounting threadneck panel mounting AC 250 V; DC 50 V 0.1...20 A AC 250 V; DC 50 V 0.1...20 A 3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V; DC 50 V 0.1...20 A 1 pole 0.1...16 A 2 and 3 pole AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...10 A 50,000 operations at IN 16A 2 pole 30,000 operations at IN 16A 1 pole 10,000 operations at IN >16 A 50,000 operations at IN 16A 2 pole 30,000 operations at IN 16A 1 pole 10,000 operations at IN >16 A 30,000 operations 1 and 3 pole 50,000 operations 2 pole 0.1...2 A 2.5...20 A 2.5...16 A 2.5...12 A 14 + 16 A 10 x rated current 150 A (1 pole) 250 A (2 pole) 150 A (3 pole) 130 A (3 pole) 2,000 operations at 2 x IN 0.1...2 A 2.5...20 A 2.5...20 A 10 x rated current 150 A (1 pole) 250 A (2 pole) 0.1...2 A 2.5...20 A 2.5...20 A 10 x rated current 150 A (1 pole) 250 A (2 pole) 0.05...2 A 10 x rated current 2.5 ...6 A 8 x rated current 7 ...10 A 6 x rated current VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS, BV, Semko see pages 65 - 76 VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS, BV, Semko see pages 65 - 76 VDE, UL, CSA, Semko see pages 77 - 80 VDE, CSA, UL, Semko see pages 81 - 82 OFF position 14.2 15 7.7 OFF 9 33 33 I.3 I.2 LINE I.1 42.5 33 22.5 OFF 3/8-27 UNS-2A 1 3 2 34 6.5 41 41 19 2 pole thermally protected 11 line 21 2 pole thermally protected 11 line 21 LINE I.I 2.I 3.I 1 12(k) load 22(k) 12(k) load 22(k) I.2 2.2 3.2 2 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 19 Overview Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Type No. 2-5000-... 2-5200-... 2-5700-... Overview 1 Description flange mounting, with manual release option plug-in type, with manual release option. Specially suited to automotive and marine applications threadneck panel mounting, with optional push/push switch actuation Max. voltage rating Current ratings AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...25 A DC 28 V AC 250 V to special order 0.05...16 A up to 25 A to special order AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...25 A Aux. contact rating Typical life / contact rating 5,000 operations at 2 x IN 5,000 operations at 2 x IN 5,000 operations at 2 x IN Interrupting capacity Icn 0.05...2.5 A 8 x rated current 3 ...5 A 20 x rated current 6 ...12 A 200 A 13 ...25 A 400 A 0.05...2.5 A 8 x rated current 3 ...5 A 20 x rated current 6 ...16 A 400 A 0.05...2.5 A 8 x rated current 3 ...5 A 20 x rated current 6 ...12 A 200 A 13 ...25 A 400 A Approvals Available options Dimensions VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, SEV, LRoS, Nemko see pages 83 - 86 Semko, LRoS see pages 87 - 88 o13.5 VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, SEV, LRoS, BV, Nemko see pages 83 - 86 IG1=3/8-27UNS-2A 22.5 OFF 18.2 OFF o9.5 15.5 OFF A 48.5 A 1 4 32 1 2 10.4 46.5 1 44 4 32 10.4 9.6 31 50 29 Internal connection diagrams 0,05...2,5 A 1 1 1 2 2 2 20 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200-... 2-6400-... 1 flange mounting, with auxiliary contacts, with manual release option threadneck panel mounting, with auxiliary contacts AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...16 A AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...16 A 1A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V 5,000 operations at 2 x IN 1A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V 5,000 operations at 2 x IN 10 x rated current 10 x rated current VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko see pages 89 - 92 VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko see pages 89-92 18.5 OFF 11 39 31 11 46 22.5 OFF o8.5 o6.4 31 1 5 7 1 5 7 4 6 4 6 2 2 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 21 Overview Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers - Selector Chart Type Mounting method Main terminal design Number of poles Max. ratings Water splash cover Manual trip facility Auxiliary contacts Solder terminals Screw terminals Blade terminals Shunt terminal Threadneck Illumination Overview 1 104 105 106 110/111 120 124 127 129 157 158 1110 1140 1160 1170 1410 1610 1658 3120 3130 2-4100 2-5000 2-5200 2-5700 2-6200 2-6400 q = standard r = optional q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q r r r r r r q q r q q r q q q r q r q q q q q q q q q r r q q q q q q q q r r r 250 250 250 250 48 48 48 28 28 28 10 10 10 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 16 16 30 25 10 25 25 20 20 10 25 25 25 16 16 250 28 28 q q q q q q q q q q q q q plug-in pins q q 250 250 250 240 28 28 28(50) 48 12 28 q q q r 250 28(48) 24 r r r q q r r r r r r q q q r r r q q r r r r r q q r r r r 250 q q r r 250 415 250 250 250 250 250 250 28 50 50 28 28 28 28 28 28 q q q q q q q q q q q 22 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C MAX IN (A) single pole multi pole Socket Flange DC (V) AC (V) Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-... Description Miniaturised single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset tease free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Available in versions for PCB or panel mounting, snap-in or threadneck, or as an integral type. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). For higher current ratings see type 1140. Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, printed circuit boards, hand-held machines and appliances. Accessories X 201 285 01 Water splashcover/knurled nut assembly for type 106. 1 104-... Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Auxiliary circuit Typical life AC 250 V; DC 48 V 0.05...10 A 0.5 A, AC 250 V, DC 28 V 0.05...5 A: 3000 operations at 2 x IN 6 ...8 A: 500 operations at 2 x IN 10 A 50 operations at 2 x IN -20...+60 C (T 60) Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05 ... 2 A 6 x IN 2.5 ...10 A 5 x IN IN UN 0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V 200 A 5A AC 250 V 1000 A 6...10 A AC 250 V 2000 A 0.05...10 A DC 48 V 200 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (57-500 Hz),0.76 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g ( 11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 10 g 105-... 106-... Ordering information Type No. 104 105 106 106-M1 PCB mounting type (-PR), or integral type (-P30/P10) snap-in panel mounting threadneck panel mounting with hex and knurled nut * threadneck mounting for standard fuseholder cutout * Terminal design P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 P30 blade terminals A2.8-0.8 PR solder terminal pins for PCB mounting (type 104 only) Shunt terminal (optional) A3 same as main terminals (up to IN 6 A/3 A max. load) Auxiliary contacts (optional) Si51 type 104 only Current ratings 0.05...10 A - 5A = ordering example Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) 106 - P30 - The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. * mounting hardware bulk shipped Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 Internal resistance () 285 134 81 22 8.7 5.5 3.3 2.45 1.6 1.45 0.9 0.6 0.4 Current rating (A) 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 10 Internal resistance () 0.28 0.25 0.18 0.11 0.076 0.067 0.051 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals Authority Voltage ratings VDE, Demko, AC 250 V, DC 28 V SEV, OVE AC 250 V, DC 28 V CSA, UL AC 250 V, DC 48 V Semko AC 250 V, DC 48 V Nemko AC 250 V Fimko AC 250 V Kema (EN 60934) AC 240 V, DC 48 V Circuit breakers with -Si51 not approved Current ratings 0.05...10 A 0.05...10 A 0.05...10 A 0.1...10 A 0.05...10 A 0.1...10 A 0.05...10 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 23 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-... Dimensions 104-PR 9.5 OFF 6.5 ON o4 104-P30 OFF ON o7 o4 6.5 27.6 29.6 9.5 max. 3 max. 3 1.2 3.5 mounting holes 104-PR 104-PR-A3 0.05...6 A 104-PR 7...10 A hole for mounting screw M2 usable depth 4.5 mm blade terminals DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8 6.5 11 O 2.2 cut-out dimensions 6.5 terminal design for correct stand-off distances 4.5 1 0.8 0.5 0.5 9.5 1 1.2 27.6 29.6 30 30 9 19 11 1 3 2 1 2 104-P30 80.2 9.5 7...10 A 104-P30-A3 0.05...6 A 9 17.5 19 21 80.2 9.5 17.5 104-PR-(A3-)Si51 OFF ON o7 o4 o0.85 105-P30 o7 OFF 6.5 ON o4 10 6.5 9.5 2 27.6 max. 3 21 23 27.6 31.6 max. 3 1.2 1.2 3.5 9.5 29.6 terminal design for correct stand-off distances 1 0.8 4.5 19 blade terminals DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8 11 (A3) mounting hole a 14 11 9 17.5 19 21 mounting holes 104-PR-Si51 104-PR-A3-Si51 0.05...6 A 12.5 9.5 5 5 23.5 21.5 104-PR-Si51 7...10 A 12.5 5 5 23.5 12 25 d 0.8 1.0 1.5 2-3 a 21.9 22 22.1 22.2 b 11.3 +0.3 d 105-P30-A3 0.05...6 A 3.8 9.5 b 105-P30 7...10 A 4 21.5 4 1 3 2 1 2 80.2 17.5 80.2 24 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 7.3 Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-... Dimensions 106-P30 3/8-27UNS-2A tightening torque 0.8 Nm o4 3 3 4 Internal connection diagrams Types 104 105 106 1 Types 104-...-A3 105-...-A3 106-...-A3 1 Types 104-...-A3-Si51 13.5 OFF 10.5 ON 1 5 0.7 max. 3 27.6 7 2 2 2 1.2 1 9.5 Typical time/current characteristics at 23C 11 19 blade terminals DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8 15.7 SW14 10000 mounting hole 8.9 - 0.1 0.1 - 6 A 7 - 10 A 8.8 1000 9 106-P30 7...10 A 106-P30-A3 0.05...6 A 9.6 - 0.1 Trip time in seconds 100 3.8 10 106-M1 tightening torque 0.5 Nm o18.8 11.3 +0.15 - 0.1 mounting hole 1 0.1 1 panel thickness >0.8 o160.1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 Installation drawing for type 106 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 20 operating area o18 max. 2 24 17 47 mounting area 12 Issue C 3.5 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 25 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-... Terminal design 104/105/106-P10 0.05...6 A 7...10 A Accessories Water splash cover (transparent)/knurled nut assembly (type 106-... only) X 201 285 01 Degree of protection IP 64 10 6.3 polarizing tooth 104/105/106-P10-A3 1 0.05...6 A blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 5.3 polarizing tooth 104/105/106-P30-A3 0.05...6 A 9.5 26 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 110/111-P10-G10 Description Single pole toggle switch/thermal circuit breakers (S-type TO CBE to EN 60934) for threadneck panel mounting. Available with optional neon illumination (filament bulb for low voltages) to indicate the ON position. Fitted with toggle or baton style actuator in a range of colours translucent for illuminated version. Under overload the actuator returns to the OFF position. Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra-low voltage wiring systems, power supplies. 110-P10-G10 111-P10-G10 (illuminated) Ordering information Type No. 110 non illuminated 111 illuminated (please specify voltage) Terminal design P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 Shunt terminal (optional) A3 shunt terminal, max. load 5 A Mounting G10 threadneck panel mounting, 1/2-32 UN-2A * Switch style options OB baton WB baton - water splash protected (IP 54) OT toggle WT toggle - water splash protected (IP 54) Switch colour designation opaque translucent 01 black 14 red 02 white 15 orange 04 red 17 transparent 06 blue 08 grey 09 green Current ratings 0.1 ...20 A (type 110) 0.1 ...16 A (type 111) Illumination (type 111 only) 12 V DC 10 to 14 V 24 V DC 20 to 28 V 115 V AC 90 to 140 V 220 V AC 185 to 275 V 111 - P10 - G10 - OB 14 - 5A - 12 V ordering example 1 Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.1...20 A (type 110) 0.1...16 A (type 111) 30,000 operations at 1xIN or 5,000 operations at 2xIN -30 ... +60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 10 x IN IN 0.1...16 A 18...20 A UN AC 250 V AC 115 V 2,000 A 2,000 A Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40 050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 4 g (57-500 Hz) 0.3 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 30 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 30 g Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. *mounting hardware bulk shipped Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 2 Internal resistance () 97.6 22.4 10.9 6.1 4.0 2.7 1.8 1.6 1.07 0.66 0.50 0.33 0.27 Current rating (A) 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 16 18 20 Internal resistance () 0.2 0.1 0.09 0.05 0.04 0.03 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Authority VDE LRoS CSA / UL Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 28 V AC 250 V, DC 28 V AC 250V, DC 28 V AC 115 V, DC 28 V Current ratings 0.1...20 A 0.1...16 A 0.1...16 A 18 ...20 A Approvals Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 27 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 110/111-P10-G10 Dimensions 110/111-P10-G10-... 110/111-P10(-A3-)G10-OB../-WB.. 10 Installation drawings 110-P10-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-... operating area tightening torque 1.5 Nm 1/2-32 UN-2A o4.6 16 12 5 5 5 32 20.5 5 5 36 1 terminal for illumination (type 111 only) mounting area 110-P10-A3-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-... operating area 24.4 43.3 blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 9.5 mounting hole 5 15 20.5 24.5 20 12.7 -0.1 mounting area 111-P10-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-... SW 16 12 -0.1 8 24.5 operating area 110/111-P10(-A3-)G10-OT../-WT.. 12.7 32 12 15 5.5 5 20.5 32 5.5 5 5 5 5 mounting area 111-P10-A3-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-... Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 10000 operating area 0.1 -2.5 A 3 - 20 A 24.5 15 Trip time in seconds mounting area 100 Internal connection diagrams 10 110-P10-... 1 1 32 1000 15 5 5 111-P10-... 1 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 2 2 5 28 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 120-P50/124-... Description Single pole switch/thermal circuit breaker (S-type TO CBE to EN 60934) for snap-in panel mounting. Available in rocker (120-P50) or push/push (124-P50) switch versions. Under overload the actuator returns to the OFF position. Typical applications Extra low voltage automotive and marine wiring systems. 1 120-P50 Ordering information Type No. 120 snap-in panel mounting type with rocker operation 124 snap-in panel mounting type with push/push button Mounting (type 124 only) F10 mounting depth 36.5 mm F20 mounting depth 38 mm Terminal design P50 blade terminals 4.8x0.8 mm Shunt terminal (optional) A3 blade terminal 4.8x0.8 Current ratings 3...20 A 124 - F10 - P50 - A3 - 4A ordering example 124-...-P50 Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Interrupting capacity Icn Vibration DC 28 V 3...20 A 10,000 operations at IN -30 ... +80 C Rated impulse withstand voltage 2.5 kV Test voltage AC 500 V 160 A 120: 10 g (57-500 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-57 Hz) 124: 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 40 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 168 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 144 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca 120: approx. 23 g 124: approx. 27 g Pollution degree 2 The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Shock Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 7.5 Internal resistance ()x10-3 67 67 67 49 38 26 Current rating (A) 10 12 15 16 20 Internal resistance ()x10-3 < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20 < 20 Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals (type 120) Authority CSA Voltage ratings DC 28 V Current ratings 3...15 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 29 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 120-P50/124-... Dimensions 120-P50 panel thickness 5 to 7 mm panel thickness 1 to 2 mm Dimensions 124-... 124-F10-P50 bright red indicator band, visible in OFF position 2.5 ON OFF 16 OFF position ON position fully pressed down 21.6 11 0 3 -0.3 6 -0.3 1.3 -0.3 4 34 26 22 30 44.5 36.5 32.5 1 3 10 -A3 terminal 36 3 20 blade terminal DIN 46244-A4.8-0.8-Ms 4 -A3 terminal 11 38 4 40.5 21 blade terminal DIN 46244-A4.8-0.8-Ms panel thickness 5 to 7 mm or panel thickness 1 to 2 mm R 350 mounting cut-out 36.5 +0.3 R 25 4.5 min. 1 29 3.5 +0.2 R 150 42 33 mounting cut-out min. 2 16 20.5 +0.3 41 R3 38.1 +0.2 .2 +0.2 21.1 R1-0 Internal connection diagram 124-F20-P50 fully pressed down 1 (3) bright red indicator band, visible in OFF position 2.5 OFF ON 21.6 3 -0.3 (A3) 2 46 38 34 Typical time/current characteristics 10000 +80C +23C -30C 1000 4 -A3 terminal 38 42 33 11 4 42 1.3 -0.3 6 -0.3 21 blade terminal DIN 46244-A4.8-0.8-Ms Trip time in seconds R3 .5 100 23 16 1+0.1 10 mounting cut-out sunk mounting mounting cut-out raised mounting 1 20.1 20.1 min. 2 2 +0.1 min. 2 38.1 +0.2 1+0.1 38.1 +0.2 2 +0.1 5 R3. -0.1 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 21.1+0.2 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 R1 21.1 +0.2 1 -0.5 2.5 .5 R3 .2 R1 -0.5 30 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 1+0.1 Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 127-... Description Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934: M-type when fitted with optional manual release feature). Available in versions for plug-in or integral mounting, track mounting, or with a frame for snap-in panel mounting. The optional -KF housing is particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, battery chargers, extra low voltage systems. Accessories 1 10F-P10 10-F-K10 10F-A10 Y 301 166 02 Y 301 166 01 X 210 589 01 X 210 589 02 X 210 588 01 X 210 588 02 X 210 588 03 X 210 588 04 Modular snap-together surface mounted sockets, each accommodating two plug-in circuit breakers. With push-on terminals. As above but with screw terminals. As above but with a combination of screw and push-on terminals. Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10F-K10/-A10 sockets. Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links. Fifty-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted connection lugs for type 10F-K10/-A10 sockets. As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links. 100-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted push-on connectors for type 10F-P10 sockets, brown As above, but with 2.5mm2 cable links, black. As above, but with 2.5mm2 cable links, red. As above, but with 2.5mm2 cable links, blue. 127-F-... Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) 127-T11-... AC 250 V; DC 28 V (type -F) DC 28 V (type -T) 0.05...25 A 5,000 operations at 2 x IN -20...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) type -F: 0.05 ...2.5 A 3... 5 A 6...12 A 13...25 A type -T: 0.05...2.5 A 3... 5 A 6...25 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 8 x IN 20 x IN 200 A 400 A 8 x IN 20 x IN 400 A Ordering information Type No. 127 Mounting options leave blank for integral/plug-in option F for snap-in mounting T11 track mounting with captive stud terminals T12 track mounting with screw terminals Terminal design (for use with and without flange -F) P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 K10 screw terminals M4x6 Manual release (optional) H manual release facility Special housing (optional) KF for tropical and high humidity conditions Current ratings 0.05...25 A 127 F - P10 - H - 10 A ordering example Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Db 127-F-..: approx. 24 g 127-T..-: approx. 35 g The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.08 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.2 Internal resistance () 280 100 110 56 29 18 14 9.8 7 5.9 4.9 3.4 2.5 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.8 Current rating (A) 1.5 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 10 15 16 20 25 Internal resistance () 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.02 0.02 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Approvals Authority VDE (EN 60934) CSA, UL LRoS Semko (EN 60934) Voltage ratings AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V Current ratings 0.05...25 A 0.1...16 A 0.2...25 A 0.05...25 A Type 127-T..- approvals N/A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 31 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 127-... Dimensions 127-F-P10-H o4 2 Installation drawings 127-F operating area 11.5 OFF 6.5 ON 1 19.8 31 9.4 45 11.5 blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 14.50.2 mounting area 127-T11 operating area max. 2 max. 2 26 34 16 41.5 a 34 53 34 53 I a b 380.1 1-2.5 II 38.40.1 2.6-4 127-T11 31 o4 11.5 b 1 mounting area 12 OFF 6 ON 127-T12 47 13 M4 operating area 63 7 26 34 34 max. 2 53 1 spacing 52 44 54 tightening torque for M4 max. 1.2 Nm G profile EN 50035-G... 14 127-T12 31 o4 11.5 max. 2 mounting area 12 OFF 6 ON Terminal design 127-F-K10 47 63 52 13 M4 7 44 54 tightening torque for M4 max. 1.2 Nm G profile EN 50035-G... 14 spacing 9.4 flat head screw M4x6 ISO 1580 tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm 32 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com max. 2 53 Issue C 34 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 127-... Internal connection diagram 1 Accessories Mounting sockets 10F-P10 1 68 1 2 2 2 8 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 10000 10F-K10 wire cross sectional areas 2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded 2 x max. 4 mm2 solid 12 1 1 5.6 0.05 - 2.5 A 3 - 30 A 50 30 1 1 2 1000 1 9.5 2 7.5 Trip time in seconds 15 45 75 12 6 7 13 100 10F-A10 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 8 10 59 1 2 2 1 1 7 wire cross sectional areas 2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded 2 x max. 4 mm2 solid 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 Accessories for sockets 2-way bus bar Y 301 166 02 4.2 12.5 2.9 4-way bus bar Y 301 166 01 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 7.9 15 22.9 8.5 t = 0.8 15 15 52.9 15 Connector bus links -K10 X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 (black) X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 (brown) 50 pin lugs to DIN 46230 tinned copper o2.5 Connector bus links -P10 X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown) X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black) X 210 588 03/2.5 mm2 (red) X 210 588 04/2.5 mm2 (blue) 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated ~70 Issue C ~70 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 33 1 34 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 129-L11-H-KF Description Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, tripfree, snap action mechanism and separate manual release (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Designed for bolt-on mounting with terminal block type 83-P10. The special housing (-KF) supplied as standard, is particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions. Typical applications Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles and marine craft. Accessories 83-P10 Surface mounted terminal blocks, each accommodating six bolt-on circuit breakers. Fitted with terminals for push-on connectors. 1 129-L11-H-KF Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity IN DC 28 V 3...25 A 5,000 operations at 2 x IN -40... +75 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 Test voltage AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 3... 5 A 20 x IN 6...25 A 400 A operating area IP 32 terminal area IP 00 10 g (55-2000 Hz),0.76 mm (10-55 Hz) to VG 95210 part 28 50 g (11 ms) to VG 95210 part 28 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to VG 95210 Part 2 240 hours at 95 % RH to VG 95210 Part 7 approx. 25 g Ordering information Type No. 129 base mounting and connection Terminal design L11 Manual release H manual release facility Housing KF for tropical and high humidity conditions Current ratings 3...25 A 129 - L11 - H - KF - ...A ordering example Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 Internal resistance () 0.1 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.02 0.02 Current rating (A) 8 10 12 16 20 25 Internal resistance () 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals Authority CSA LRoS BWB (VG 95345 part 9) Voltage rating DC 28 V DC 28 V DC 28 V Current rating 3...25 A 3...25 A 6...25 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 35 Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 129-L11-H-KF Dimensions o4 1 Internal connection diagram 13.5 OFF 8.5 ON 0.8 45 2 1 50.1 31 11.5 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C o4.30.1 4.30.1 8 40 50 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds Accessories Mounting block 83-P10 100 10 M4 78 46 12 1 16 max. screw length 6 mm tightening torque 1.2 Nm 4.7 13.5 0.1 o6.5 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 10 10 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 36 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 7 Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 157/158-... Description Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, tripfree, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Available in versions for threadneck panel mounting, plug-in or integral mounting. The optional -KF housing is particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage wiring systems. 1 Accessories See series 127. - Also X 200 799 02 157-... Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) 158-... Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for type 157. X 200 799 01 As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra retention. X 200 798 01/02 As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a slotted knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening. X 210 739 01 Water splashcover/hex nut assembly for type 157. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...25 A 5,000 operations at 2 x IN -20...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05...2.5 A 8 x IN 3 ... 5 A 20 x IN 6 ...12 A 200 A 13...25 A 400 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 24 g Ordering information Type No. 157 threadneck panel mounting * 158 integral or plug-in mounting Terminal design P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 K10 screw terminals M4x6 Special housing (optional) KF for tropical and high humidity conditions Current ratings 0.05...25 A 157 - P10 - 10 A ordering example Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacityIcn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. *mounting hardware bulk shipped Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 2 2.5 Internal resistance () 280 100 110 29 14 7 4.9 3.4 2.5 1.8 1.2 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 Current rating (A) 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 10 12 13 15 16 20 22 25 Internal resisance () 0.1 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.02 0.02 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Authority VDE (EN 60934) CSA, UL LRoS Semko (EN 60934) Voltage ratings AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V Current ratings 0.05...25 A 0.1...16 A 0.2...25 A 0.05...25 A Approvals Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 37 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 157/158-... Dimensions 157-P10 1 Internal connection diagram tightening torque max. 1 Nm 3/8-27UNS-2A o4 4 20 OFF 14 ON 1.2 8 2 1 45 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 9.4 19.8 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 mounting hole 10000 0.05 - 2.5 A 3 - 30 A 14.5 1000 31 o9.6 -0.1 Trip time in seconds 8.9 -0.1 100 10 158-P10 o8 o4 1 7.7 20 OFF 14 ON 3 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 45 19.8 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 14.5 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 9.4 Installation drawings 31 operating area max. 5.4 157/158-K10 9.4 flat head screw M4x6 ISO 1580 tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm 1 38 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 35 mounting area Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 157/158-... Accessories Mounting sockets 10F-P10 Accessories for type 157-... Front panel water splash cover, transparent, Y 300 538 01 and knurled nut Y 300 628 01 X 200 799 02 (IP64) X 200 799 01 (bonded to nut) (IP64) 1 68 1 2 2 8 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 3/8-27 UNS-2B 10F-K10 wire cross sectional areas 2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded 2 x max. 4 mm2 solid 12 Front panel water splash cover, transparent with special knurled nut X 200 798 01 (IP64) X 200 798 02 (bonded to nut) (IP64) 1 1 30 1 5.6 1 2 50 1 9.5 2 12 6 3/8-27 UNS-2B 7.5 15 45 75 7 13 10F-A10 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 8 Splash cover (black) with hex nut, without O-ring (IP64) X 210 739 01 59 1 1 2 2 3/8-27 UNS-2B 7 wire cross sectional areas 2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded 2 x max. 4 mm2 solid Accessories for sockets 2-way bus bar Y 301 166 02 4.2 4-way bus bar Y 301 166 01 2.9 8.5 7.9 12.5 15 22.9 t = 0.8 15 15 52.9 15 Connector bus links -K10 X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 (black) X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 (brown) 50 pin lugs to DIN 46230 tinned copper o2.5 Connector bus links -P10 X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown) X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black) X 210 588 03/2.5 mm2 (red) X 210 588 04/2.5 mm2 (blue) 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated ~70 ~70 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 39 1 40 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1110-... Description Single pole switch/thermal circuit breaker (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934) with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism. Designed for snap-in panel mounting utilising keyed round hole or industry standard fuse-holder cut-out dimensions. Featuring an ergonomically styled two colour actuator with indicator band clearly showing the tripped/OFF position. Available with square or circular bezels. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage systems, household and office machines, instrumentation, marine applications. 1 1110-F1.. Accessories Y 304 745 01 Y 305 602 01 Water splash cover for use with square bezels Terminal shroud, for insulation or dust protection Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings AC 250 V; DC 28 V (DC 50 V to special order) 0.05...16 A 0.05...4 A: 10,000 operations at 1 x IN 5 ...16 A: 6,000 operations at 1 x IN -20...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) AC 250 V: 0.05...16 A DC 28 V: 0.05... 6 A 7 ...10 A 12 ...16 A IN 0.05... 6 A 7 ...16 A 0.05...16 A UN AC 250 V AC 125 V DC 50 V 8 x IN 10 x IN 200 A 300 A 1000 A 1000 A 200 A Ordering information Type No. 1110 snap in panel mounting Mounting F1 panel thickness 0.8...1.6 mm F2 panel thickness 1.8...3 mm F3 with location pin; panel thickness 0.8...1.6 mm F4 with location pin, panel thickness 1.8...3 mm Number of poles 1 1 pole protected Actuator style 2 black push button/white indicator ring, standard Other indicator ring colours are available to special order Terminal design P1 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 Characteristic curve M1 medium delay Current ratings 0.05...16 A 1110 - F1 1 2 - P1 M1 - 0.5 A ordering example Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077/EN60934 PC 1) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 8 g (57-500 Hz)0.61 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 30 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 12 g Shock Corrosion Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 Internal resistance () 442 123 110 27.8 12.4 7.0 4.5 3.1 2.3 1.7 1.1 0.71 0.41 0.38 Current rating (A) 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 16 Internal resistance () 0.25 0.19 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 CSA LRoS, BV Semko (EN 60934) Humidity Mass Approvals Authority VDE UL Voltage ratings AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V AC 125 V DC 50 V AC 250 V; DC 50 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V Current ratings 0.05...16 A 0.05... 6 A 7 ... 16 A 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A 0.5 ...16 A 0.05...10 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 41 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1110-... Dimensions 1110-F1.. / -F2.. / -F3.. / -F4.. When installing the circuit breaker apply pressure on bezel only 19 19 10 OFF ON 10 black 2.4 white 2 Internal connection diagram 1 15 9.5 51 47.5 1 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 10000 12.5 9 0.05 - 6 A 7 - 16 A 12.1 15.6 13.2 1000 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 Trip time in seconds 100 Panel cut out 1110-F1..-P.M1-...A 13.8 - 0.2 0.05 +0.2 - 0.4 +0.1 1110-F2..-P.M1-...A 13.8 -0.2 +0.1 0.05 +0.2 - 0.4 10 16 0.1 installation side 0.8 ... 1.6 installation side 16 0.15 1.8 ... 3 1 insertion force 20 N, removal force 120 N insertion force 20 N, removal force 120 N 1110-F3..-P.M1-...A 2.2 +0.2 +0.2 1110-F4..-P.M1-...A 2.2 +0.2 +0.2 - 0.4 +0.2 0.1 0.6 0.8 1 +0.2 - 0.4 R0.5 0.05 R0.5 0.05 6 8 10 2 4 ... times rated current 20 40 installation side 16 0.15 0.8 ... 1.6 16 0.15 installation side 1.8 ... 3 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 Installation drawing operating area 17 17 Accessories - Water splashcovers (transparent) Push button splash cover Y 304 745 01 (IP 54) 14 When using splashcover please note that the max. panel thickness is reduced by 0.5mm 17.8 Terminal shroud Y 305 602 01 o14.5 1.25 o4 3 3 mounting area 25 25 42 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 60 20.5 Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-... Description Miniaturised single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Available in versions for panel mounting, snap-in or threadneck, or as an integral type. For lower current ratings see types 104, 105, 106. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, hand-held machines and appliances. Accessories X 201 285 01 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for type 1140-G. 1 1140-E... Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 240 V; DC 48 V (DC 50 V UL/CSA) 3.5...16 A 3.5...8 A 1000 operations at 2 x IN 10...16 A 50 operations at 2 x IN -20...+60 C (T 60) Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 3.5... 8 A 8 x IN 10...16 A 120 A IN 3.5...16 A 3.5 ... 7A 8 ...16 A UN DC 50 V AC 250 V AC 250 V 200 A 1000 A 2000 A 1140-F... 1140-G.1. Ordering information Type No. 1140 single pole thermal circuit breaker Mounting E2 integral mounting F1 snap-in panel mounting G0 threadneck panel mounting without mounting hardware G1 threadneck panel mounting, with hex nut and knurled nut * G2 threadneck panel mounting, for standard fuseholder cut-out * G4 threadneck panel mounting with metal knurled nut* Number of poles 1 1 pole protected Actuator style 1 black push button Terminal design P1 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 Characteristic curve M1 medium delay Current ratings 3.5...16 A 1140 - F1 1 1 - P1 M1 - 10 A *mounting hardware bulk shipped ordering example Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 10777) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40 050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (57-500 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 10 g Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 3.5 4 5 6 7 8 Internal resistance () 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Current rating (A) 10 12 13 15 16 Internal resistance () < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals Authority VDE CSA AC 250 V; DC 50 V Semko Kema (EN 60934) Voltage ratings AC 240 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V, DC 50 V 3.5...16 A AC 240 V AC 240 V; DC 48 V 7 ...16 A 3.5...16 A Current ratings 7 ...16 A 3.5...16 A UL Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 43 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-... Dimensions 1140-E211-P1M1 o4.2 OFF ON Internal connection diagram Accessory Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly, transparent X 201 285 01 (IP 64) 1 o7 11 7.8 27.5 4 34.5 2 1 blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 19 9 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 10000 11 1000 hole for mounting screw M2x5 Trip time in seconds 100 1140-F111-P1M1 o4.2 OFF ON o7 10 11 7.8 4 2 1 27.5 34.5 0.1 1 9 19 25 blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 panel cut-out d 0.8 1.0 1.5 2-3 d 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 11 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 a 21.9 22 22.1 22.2 b 11.3+0.3 14 b Installation drawings 1140-F... operating area a 1140-G111-P1M1 tightening torque max. 1 Nm 3/8-27 UNS-2A OFF ON o4.2 8 8 8 mounting area 7 8 14 10.8 1140-E... 0.7 27.5 34.5 operating area 8 8 blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 mounting hole SW 14 8 mounting area 8 1140-G... operating area 11 9 19 o9.6 -0.1 8 8.9 -0.1 8 mounting area 8 44 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 8 Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-... (2 pole) Description Miniaturised double pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset teasefree, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Threadneck panel mounting. Suitable for line and neutral switching - the thermal actuator operating on one pole simultaneously opens both poles under overload conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, hand-held machines and appliances. Especially suited to AC duties where the correct orientation of line/ neutral is not known/cannot be guaranteed. Accessories 1140-G.5. X 201 285 01 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly. 1 Ordering information Type No. 1140 double pole threadneck panel mounting Mounting G0 threadneck panel mounting without mounting hardware G1 threadneck panel mounting with hex nut and knurled nut * G2 threadneck panel mounting for standard fuseholder cut-out * G4 threadneck panel mounting with metal knurled nut* Number of poles 5 double pole, 1 pole protected Actuator style 1 black push button Terminal design P7 blade terminals DIN 46244-C Characteristic curve M1 medium delay Current ratings 0.05...16 A 1140 - G1 5 1 - P7 M1 - 16 A *mounting hardware bulk shipped ordering example Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life AC 240 V; DC 48 V (DC 50 V UL/CSA) 0.05...16 A 0.05...3 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN 3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2 x IN 10... 16 A 50 operations at 2 x IN -20...+60 C (T 60) Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05...3 A 3.5... 8 A 10... 16 A IN 0.05...16 A 0.05...7 A 8...16 A 6 x IN 8 x IN 120 A UN DC 50 V AC 250 V AC 250 V 200 A 1000 A 2000 A Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole/pole Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 Internal resistance () 345 240 142 88 24 9.9 5.9 3.7 2.2 1.9 1.4 0.9 0.6 0.5 Current rating (A) 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 16 Internal resistance () 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40 050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (57-500 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 13 g Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals Authority VDE UL, CSA Kema (EN 60934) Voltage ratings AC 240 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 50 V AC 240 V; DC 48 V Current ratings 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 45 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-... (2 pole) Dimensions 1140-G15... tightening moment max. 1 Nm 3/ -27 UNS-2A 8 Internal connection diagram OFF 10.8 14 ON o4.2 1 3 0.7 7 4 49.5 2 1 blade terminal DIN 46244-C SW 14 mounting hole Typical time/current characteristics o9.6 -0.1 11 9 19 8,9 -0.1 10000 0.05 - 3 A 3.5 - 16 A 1000 1140-G25... tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm 3/8-27 UNS-2A 10.8 ON Trip time in seconds 100 14 OFF o4.2 7 10 0.7 49.5 1 13.8 +0.15 -0.1 blade terminal DIN 46244-C mounting holes 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 o9.6 -0.1 11 9 19 8,9 -0.1 panel thickness >0.8 o160.1 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 Installation drawing Accessories Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly, transparent X 201 285 01 (IP 64) operating area 8 mounting area 46 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 8 Issue C Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1160-... Description Thermal circuit breaker, with controlled self-resetting mechanism, specially suited to installation in inaccessible locations. Under overload conditions the circuit breaker contacts will open to protect the load circuit. A low current excitation circuit ensures that the contacts remain open thereby avoiding the hazards of automatic reset operation. The circuit breaker is reset by switching off the supply circuit for a short period. Typical applications Automotive and marine extra low voltage wiring systems and components. 1 1160-... Ordering information Type No. 1160 single pole plug-in type Design standard 02 standard version 12 V Current ratings 12, 15, 20, 30 A 1160 - 02 - 12A ordering example Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Holding current Reset time at 23C after 5 s of load with UN Interrupting capacity (o-o-o) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration DC 12 V 12...30 A 300 operations at 2 x IN -30...+60 C < 0.6 A < 35 sec 200 A, L/R = 2.5 ms operating area IP 54 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 6 g Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values Current rating (A) 12 15 20 30 Voltage drop (mV) < 150 < 150 < 150 < 150 Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 47 Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1160-... Dimensions Internal connection diagram 25.1 23.8 1 17.5 1 9.3 5.2 7.6 2.2 2 2.5 0.8 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 10000 9.2 9.9 1000 Accessories Sockets available to special order. Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.6 0.8 1 6 8 10 2 4 ... times rated current 20 40 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 48 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1170-... Description Compact single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease free, trip free, snap action mechanism and separate (colour coded) manual release. Combining full feature circuit breaker protection and convenience with low cost of ownership benefits. Fitted with blade terminals for plug-in mounting. Typical applications Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles and marine craft. 1 1170-... Accessories 12-J20 12-P10 12-P10-20 12-P10-30 12-P10-40 12-P10-60 X 210 588 01 X 210 588 02 X 211 157 01 X 211 157 02 single mounting socket with screw terminals for DIN rail mounting single mounting socket with .250 quick connect terminals for DIN rail mounting 2-way mounting socket 3-way mounting socket 4-way mounting socket 6-way mounting socket 100-way 1.5mm2/AWG 16 cable links with pre-fitted push-on connectors for type 12-P10 mounting socket as above, but with 2.5mm2/AWG 14 cable links Bus bar with terminal Bus bar without terminal Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life DC 28 V (AC to special order) 5...25 A 6,000 operations at IN 3,000 operations at 2 x IN 20 A 1,000 operations at 2 x IN 25 A -30...+60 C 5...15 A 200 A (1170-01/-02/-31) 5...15 A 400 A (1170-21/-22) (higher capacity to special order) 20...25 A 400 A 1 break operation at 2000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (57-500 Hz)0.76 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 50 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 13 g Ambient temperature Interrupting capacity Icn Ordering information Type No. 1170 plug-in Design standard 01 blade terminals for automotive fuse blocks (standard) with retaining clips 02 blade terminals for automotive fuse blocks, without retaining clips 21 as design 01 but with higher interrupting capacity 22 as design 02 but with higher interrupting capacity 31 blade terminals for automotive fuse blocks with retaining clips and ribs for higher pull-out force Current ratings 5...25 A 1170 - 01 - 15 A ordering example Ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Standard current ratings, typical voltage drop values and actuator colours (manual release) Current rating (A) 5 6 7.5 8 10 15 20 25 Voltage drop (mV) < 150 < 150 < 150 < 150 < 150 < 150 < 150 < 150 Actuator colour orange-brown (approximating RAL 8023) mossy-green hazel honey red blue yellow pearl (approximating RAL 6005) (approximating RAL 8011) (approximating RAL 1005) (approximating RAL 3020) (approximating RAL 5012) (approximating RAL 1018) (approximating RAL 1013)* *= off-white (without dye) with ultradur Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 49 Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1170-... Dimensions 1170-01/-21 7 OFF ON o4 3 Internal connection diagram 1 3 38 2 6.4 7.6 1 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 10000 5.2 14.5 18.8 0.6+0.23 3.6 4.2 terminal area to DIN 72581 part 3 1000 max. 9.8 22 20 Trip time in seconds 100 current rating without A 1170-02/-22 7 OFF ON o4 3 10 3 1 38 0.1 7.6 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 6.4 5.2 14.5 18.8 22 0.6+0.23 3.6 terminal area to DIN 72581 part 3 4.2 max. 9.8 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.84 0.88 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 20 current rating without A 1170-31 7 OFF ON o4 3 3 18.8 16.6 38 4.2 0.6 6.4 5.2 14.5 18 7.6 15.2 0.6+0.23 3.6 terminal area to DIN 72581 part 3 5.3 max. 9.8 22 20 current rating without A 50 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1170-... Accessories Socket 12-P10 30.3 25.4 Weidmuller style label (not supplied) blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 47 43 Ordering information Mounting socket 12 Type No. 12 Mounting socket Terminal design P10 blade terminals A 6.3-0.8 J20 screw terminals 6-32 UNC A10 1 blade terminal A6.3-0.8 / 1 screw terminal 6-32 UNC Version ... blank: single socket 20 two-way 30 three-way 40 four-way 60 six-way 12 - P10 - 20 ordering example 58 symmetrical hat rail EN 50022-35x7.5 12.7 3.5 1 48.4 o3.9 Socket 12-J20 30.3 25.4 Weidmuller style label (not supplied) terminal screw 6-32 UNC Accessories for mounting socket 12 Connector bus links -P10 X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown) X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black) 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated spring washer 47 43 3.5 58 symmetrical hat rail EN 50022-35x7.5 12.7 o3.9 48.4 Socket 12-A10 30.3 Bus bar X 211 157 01 with terminal X 211 157 02 without terminal cylinder head screw ISO1207-M4x4 nickel plated 2 terminal screw 6-32 UNC 25.4 Weidmuller style label (not supplied) ~70 washer A 4.3 DIN 125 nickel plated blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 47 43 3.5 10 7 58 12.8 154.8 spring washer 12.7 symmetrical hat rail EN 50022-35x7.5 48.4 Dimensions for surface mounting 60 48.4 o4 13 o3.9 Other sockets available to special order Labels: Weidmuller, D-33102 Paderborn Issue C 7 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 51 1 52 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-F1... Description Miniaturised single pole rocker switch/thermal circuit breaker combining ON/OFF switching and extremely fast overload performance in a single component (S-type TO CBE to EN 60934/IEC 934). Under overload conditions an internal neon (filament bulb for low voltages) illuminates to give a clear signal of the tripped status of the mechanism and thereby the cause of power interruption, suffix -B. Alternatively the illumination can be conventionally wired to indicate the ON status of the device, suffix -E. Returning the rocker switch through the OFF position and back ON will reset the mechanism and restore the supply. Largely temperature-insensitive. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, PCBs, hand-held machines, appliances, instrumentation. 1 1410-F1.. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life circuit 1-3 protection circuit 1-2 Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 240 V; DC 28 V (DC 48 UL/CSA) 0.63...10 A 30,000 operations for IN 6.3 A AC/DC 10,000 operations for IN > 6,3 A AC 3,000 operations for IN > 6,3 A DC 300 operations at 2 x IN -20 ... +60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN 3.15 ...10 A 8 x IN AC, max. 70 A 3.15 ...10 A 10 x IN DC or to UL 1077 at AC 125/DC 48 V: 200 A operating area IP 30 terminal area IP 00 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 20 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 96 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 9 g Ordering information Type No. 1410 snap-in panel mounting type Mounting F snap-in panel mounting Size of frame 1 to fit mounting cut-out 28 x 12.7 mm Number of poles 1 single pole, thermally protected Accessories 0 without accessories Terminal design P1 blade terminals 2.8-0.8 Characteristic curve F1 fast acting Actuator style W rocker, rounded profile Actuator colour 14 red translucent Actuator markings Q I and 0 Trip/ON illumination (optional) B illuminated when tripped E illuminated when ON Voltage range (optional) 2 20- 28V marked 24V 35mA 3 90-140V marked 115V <1mA 4 185-275V marked 230V <1mA Current ratings 0.63...10 A 1410 - F 1 1 0 - P1 F1 - W 14 Q E 3-2A ordering example Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.63 0.8 1 1.5 1.8 2 2.5 Internal resistance () 1.05 1.0 <1 <1 < 0.8 < 0.8 < 0.12 Current rating (A) 3.15 4 5 6.3 8 10 Internal resistance () < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 Approvals Authority SEV (EN 60934) CSA, UL Voltage ratings AC 240 V DC 28 V AC 125 V DC 48 V Current ratings 0.63... 4 A 0.63... 8 A 0.63...10 A 0.63... 8 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 53 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-F1... Dimensions 1410-F...-....-....B. 16 20 45 Internal connection diagram 1410-F...-....-....B. 1410-F...-....-....E. 1 6.5 3 3 21.2 23.2 20 13.5 ON 32 27.6 1 6 OFF 17 5 1.5 1 LINE 3 2 1 LINE 4 2 N.B. When the circuit breaker trips electrically terminal 2 (and 3) remain live (illumination voltage). Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 9.5 5.1 blade terminal DIN 46244-C blade terminal DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8 2.1 32.3 12 23.5 7.5 1 8.8 12 1 9 10000 illuminated trip indication 10.4 1000 21.2 1410-F...-....-....E. 20 16 20 45 Trip time in seconds 100 10 3 6.5 2 3 21.2 23.2 9.5 2.8 blade terminal DIN 46244-C 2.1 5.1 11.5 12 23.5 32.3 7.5 1 8.8 12 1 operating area blade terminal DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8 illuminated trip indication 10.4 9 21.2 mounting hole 28 +0.2 12.7 +0.3 R 0. 2 +0 .2 10 10 32 0.8 ... 3 10 20 1 1 13.5 ON 32 27.6 6 OFF 17 5 1.5 0.1 0.01 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 Installation drawing 10 10 sharp edged mounting area 54 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-L/-G... Description Single pole press-to-reset thermal circuit breaker with extremely fast overload switching performance (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Single hole threadneck, PCB or integral mounting with a choice of designs. Miniaturised construction minimises PCB real estate required. Type 1410-L2 and 1410-G1 versions feature changeover contacts suitable for providing status output signals. Largely temperature-insensitive. Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, PCBs, hand-held machines, appliances, instrumentation. 1 1410-L1... 1410-L2... 1410-G1... Ordering information Type No. 1410 single pole circuit breaker Configuration L PCB mounting G threadneck panel mounting Mounting 1 threadneck 3/8-27 UNS-2A (1410-G) 1 PCB 16.3x4.6 grid (1410-L) 2 PCB 10.15x7.62 grid (1410-L) Number of poles 1 1 pole, thermally protected Hardware 0 without 1 with hex nut and knurled nut (1410-G only) bulk shipped Terminal design L1 solder pins 1.8x0.8 silver-plated (-L1 only) L2 solder pins 1x0.8 silver-plated (-L2 and -G1 only) P2 blade terminals A2.8-0.8 silver-plated (-G1 only) Characteristic curve F1 fast acting Actuator S manual re-set Actuator colour 01 black (for -G1.. and -L1..) 02 white (for -L2..) Current ratings 0.63 ... 10 A 1410L1 1 0 - L1 F1 - S 01 - 0.8 A ordering example Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range 1-2 Auxiliary circuit 1-3 Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 240 V; DC 28 V (DC 48 V UL/CSA) 0.63...10 A 0.2 x IN max. 1 A, AC 250 V style -L2 and -G1 only 300 operations at 2 x IN (-L2...) 500 operations at 2 x IN (-L1../-G1..) -20...+100 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN 3.15...10 A 8 x IN AC, max. 70 3.15...10 A 10 x IN DC or to UL 1077 at AC 125/DC 48 V: 200 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 20 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 96 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 5 g Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity (o-o-o) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.63 0.8 1 1.25 1.5 1.8 2 2.5 Internal resistance () 1.2 1.0 0.7 < 0.8 < 0.8 < 0.8 < 0.8 < 0.5 Current rating (A) 3.15 4 4.5 5 6.3 8 10 Internal resistance () < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 Authority VDE UL, CSA Humidity Mass Approvals Voltage rating AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 125 V; DC 48 V DC 50 V Current ratings 0.63... 8 A 0.63... 8 A (-L2/-G1) 0.63...10 A (-L1) Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 55 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-L/-G... Dimensions 1410-L110-L1F1-S01 1.8 12.5 Internal connection diagrams 1410-L11... 2 12.8 8.6 1410-L21... 1410-G11... 32 20.1 17 15 5 1.8 25 4.6 0.2 0.8 mounting holes 1 1 1 Typical time/current characteristics at 23C 6 0.2 16.3 0.2 1410-L210-L2F1-S02 32.5 30 0.8 1.4 28 9 10000 1000 3 0.4 1 6.4 10.15 7.6 3.8 3 2 1 +0.1 10 2 1 5 Trip time in seconds 3.1 0.8 mounting holes 100 10 7.5 6.4 0.2 7.6 0.1 10.15- 0.2 1 1410-G111-L2F1-S01 3/8-27UNS-2A o7 0.7 11 0.1 3 0.01 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 11.7 3 0.4 1 6.4 7.6 2 1 0.8 9 3.1 10.15 28 15.7 mounting hole 8.9 - 0.1 7 Installation drawings 1410-L11... operating area 13 8.8 11 wall made of insulating material SW14 o9.6 - 0.1 1 1410-G111-P2F1-S01 3/8-27UNS-2A o7 0.7 11 mounting area 3 7 7.6 11.7 1410-G... 3 0.4 2 1 operating area 0.8 wall made of insulating material 2.8 6.4 10.15 7.6 28 15.7 9 mounting hole ~20 8.8 11 8.9 - 0.1 13 SW14 o9.6 - 0.1 mounting area 56 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1610-... Description Miniaturised single pole press-to-reset thermal circuit breaker designed for automotive fuse block installation. Extends the benefits of circuit breaker performance and convenience to applications which are cost critical. Typical applications Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles and marine craft. 1 1610-21 1610-22 Accessories 12-J20 12-P10 12-P10-20 12-P10-30 12-P10-40 12-P10-60 X 210 588 01 X 210 588 02 X 211 157 01 X 211 157 02 single mounting socket with screw terminals for DIN rail mounting single mounting socket with .250 quick connect terminals for DIN rail mounting 2-way mounting socket 3-way mounting socket 4-way mounting socket 6-way mounting socket 100-way 1.5mm2/AWG 16 cable links with pre-fitted push-on connectors for type 12-P10 mounting socket as above, but with 2.5mm2/AWG 14 cable links Bus bar with terminal Bus bar without terminal Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Service short-circuit breaking capacity Ambient temperature Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity 1610-21: DC 24 V 1610-22: DC 12 V 6...25 A 1610-21: 300 operations at 50 A 1610-22: 500 operations at 50 A -30...+60 C operating area IP 30 terminal area IP 00 1610-21: 3 break operations at 150 A, or 1 break operation at 2000 A 1610-22: 3 break operations at 200 A, or 1 break operation at 2000 A 5 g (57-500 Hz),0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (ll ms) to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 5 g Ordering information Type No. 1610 single pole automotive circuit breaker Voltage rating 21 DC 24 V 22 DC 12 V H1 DC 12 V, with manual release facility Current ratings 6 8 10 15 20 25 A 1610 - 21 - 8 A ordering example Vibration (with mounting socket) Shock (with mounting socket) Corrosion Humidity Mass Current ratings,typical voltage drop values and actuator colours Current rating (A) 6 8 10 15 20 25 Voltage drop (mV) < 200 < 200 < 200 < 200 < 200 < 200 Actuator colour (manual release) mossy-green honey red blue yellow pearl (approximating RAL 6005) (approximating RAL 1005) (approximating RAL 3020) (approximating RAL 5012) (approximating RAL 1018) (approximating RAL 1013)* N.B. It is good practice to switch off the vehicle's ignition system before resetting the circuit breaker. Free travel of the actuator must be ensured. *= off-white (without dye) with ultradur Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 57 Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1610-... Dimensions 1610-21 3.8 OFF 6 0.8 ON 20.3 2.7 Internal connection diagram 1 2 6.4 7.5 1 28.8 24 Typical time/current characteristic curve 5.2 14.5 16.6 18.8 0.6 3.3 3.9 10000 +60C +23C -30C 1000 Trip time in seconds 1610-22 20.3 3.4 Please leave space for button travel 6 2.7 100 10 4 1 24 7.5 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 6.4 5.2 14.5 16.6 18.8 0.6 3.3 3.9 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 1610-H1 20.3 7.3 4 OFF 0.8 ON 3.6 6 29.5 24 6.4 5.2 14.5 16.6 18.8 0.6 3.3 3.9 58 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 7.5 Issue C Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1610-... Accessories Socket 12-P10 30.3 25.4 Weidmuller style label (not supplied) blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 47 43 Ordering information Mounting socket 12 Type No. 12 Mounting socket Terminal design P10 blade terminals A 6.3-0.8 J20 screw terminals 6-32 UNC A10 1 blade terminal A6.3-0.8 / 1 screw terminal 6-32 UNC Version ... blank: single socket 20 two-way 30 three-way 40 four-way 60 six-way 12 - P10 - 20 ordering example 58 symmetrical hat rail EN 50022-35x7.5 12.7 3.5 1 48.4 o3.9 Socket 12-J20 30.3 25.4 Weidmuller style label (not supplied) terminal screw 6-32 UNC Accessories for mounting socket 12 Connector bus links -P10 X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown) X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black) 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated spring washer 47 43 3.5 58 symmetrical hat rail EN 50022-35x7.5 12.7 o3.9 48.4 Socket 12-A10 30.3 Bus bar X 211 157 01 with terminal X 211 157 02 without terminal cylinder head screw ISO1207-M4x4 nickel plated 2 terminal screw 6-32 UNC 25.4 Weidmuller style label (not supplied) ~70 washer A 4.3 DIN 125 nickel plated blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 47 43 3.5 10 7 12.8 154.8 58 spring washer 12.7 symmetrical hat rail EN 50022-35x7.5 48.4 Dimensions for surface mounting 60 48.4 o4 13 o3.9 7 Other sockets available to special order Labels: Weidmuller, D-33102 Paderborn Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 59 1 60 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1658-... Description Very cost effective design to meet international requirements. No exposed metal parts which are, or could become, current-carrying except for terminals. q Manual reset, trip free mechanism q Extremely small and lightweight q UL, CSA, VDE approved Typical applications Battery chargers, consumer products, power supplies, motors. 1 1658-... Accessories Y 306 671 01 Y 303 200 01 Y 300 190 03 Y 302 294 03 Y 300 192 01 Y 302 295 01 Y 301 059 02 Y 302 732 01 Y 303 051 01 X 200 799 01 X 201 285 01 Mounting nut 3/8", 27-thread Mounting nut 7/16", 28-thread Knurled nut 3/8", 27-thread Knurled nut 7/16" - 28-thread Hex nut 3/8", 27-thread Hex nut 7/16", 28-thread Press to Reset Plate for 3/8", 27-thread, aluminium Press to Reset Plate for 7/16", 28-thread, aluminium Black Plastic Knurled Nut for 3/8", 27-thread Reset Button Seal - long Reset Button Seal - short Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077/EN 60934 PC1) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration AC 250 V; DC 28 V 5...25 A 1000 operations at 2 x IN -20...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 Test voltage AC 3000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 200 A IN UN 5...15 A AC 250 V 2000 A 20...25 A AC 125 V 2000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 30 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 16 g Ordering information Type No. 1658 single pole thermal circuit breaker Threadneck design G21 manual reset type, 3/8"-27 threadneck G41 manual reset type, 7/16"-32 threadneck A21 auto reset type, 3/8"-27 threadneck A41 auto reset type, 7/16"-32 threadneck A00 auto reset type, without threadneck Hardware 00 no hardware 01 one hex nut, bulk 02 one hex nut, one hex nut, bulk 03 one hex nut mounted 04 one hex nut, one hex nut, mounted 05 one hex nut, knurled nut, bulk 06 one knurled nut, bulk 07 one knurled nut, mounted 08 two hex nuts, bulk Terminals P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 P13 blade terminals A6.3-0.8, 90 S80 straight screw terminals* S83 90 bent screw terminals* Current ratings 5 ... 25 A 1658 - G21 - 02 - P10 - 5 A Ordering example * Screws and lock washers bulk shipped Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values Current rating (A) 5 6 7 8 9 Voltage drop (mV) 150 150 150 150 150 Current rating (A) 10 12 15 20 25 Voltage drop (mV)) 140 140 240 240 240 Approvals Authority VDE UL, CSA Voltage rating AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V AC 125 V AC 125 V Current ratings 5...25 A 5...15 A 20..25 A 5...25 A 1658-G... 1658-G... 1658-A... Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 61 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1658-... Dimensions Internal connection diagram 1 ON OFF o6 1 2 27 12.7 0.5 0.7 6 17.5 12 2 1 14 15.7 13.6 Typical time/current characteristics at 23C 32 10000 A00 3/8-27UNS mounting hole 9.6 -0.1 1000 A21 Trip time in seconds 100 3/8-27UNS G21 8.9 -0.1 10 4 10 mounting hole 10.2 0.1 1 A41 0.1 1 2 10 G41 7/16-28 double "D" 11.2 0.1 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 Terminal design See ordering information for mounting hardware P10 S83 1 2 1 2 Installation drawing 12 3 8.5 terminal screw 6-32 UNC lock washer operating area blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 P13 1 2 P10-S83 3 1 2 7 1 2 8.5 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 angled 90 terminal screw lock washer 6-32 UNC blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 1 2 34 S80 5 5 4 4 mounting area terminal screw 6-32 UNC lock washer 62 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 12 Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1658-... Accessories Mounting nut 3/8", 27-thread Y 306 671 01 14.3 0.5 2.5 0.5 Mounting nut 7/16", 28-thread Y 303 200 01 16 3 for 3/8, 27UNS-2B for 7/16, 28UNEF-2B Knurled nut 3/8", 27-thread nickel-plated brass Y 300 190 03 o13 2.5 Knurled nut 7/16", 28-thread nickel-plated brass Y 302 294 03 o16 3.2 1 3/8-27UNS-2B 7/16-28UNEF-2B Hex nut 3/8", 27-thread nickel-plated brass Y 300 192 01 3/8-27UNS-2B 2.5 Hex nut 7/16", 28-thread nickel-plated brass Y 302 295 01 7/16-28UNEF-2B 2.5 SW14 SW14 Press to Reset Plate for 3/8", 27-thread, aluminium Y 301 059 02 o21.4 (R) Press to Reset Plate for 7/16", 28-thread, aluminium Y 302 732 01 o24 0.4 0.4 (R) E-T - E-T - A BREA KE R A BREA KE R T ES SE S TO R E o9.9 SS T O RE o11.2+0.7 Press to Reset Plate for 3/8", 27-thread plastic Y 303 051 01 3/8-27 UNS-2B (R) E-T - A BREA KE SS TO R E SE T 0.4x45 1.6 3.18 o18.80.2 Reset button seal for 3/8", 27-thread short long X 201 285 01 X 200 799 01 3/8-27 UNS-2B Version with 7/16", 28-thread to special order Issue C SE 3/8-27 UNS-2B T PR PR E R PR E Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 63 1 64 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F... Description An extremely versatile range of rocker switch/thermal circuit breakers (S-type TO CBE to EN 60934) offering the choice of single pole, double pole with single pole protection, and double pole with protection on both poles. Designed for snap-in panel mounting with versions available for three different panel cut-out sizes. Neon illumination is optional (filament bulb for low voltages) and there is a range of colours and markings for the rocker. Under overload conditions the rocker returns to the OFF position. Any one of the following additional function modules can be supplied factory fitted to the rear of the switch/circuit breaker. q Under voltage release coil (for double pole versions only). q Magnetic trip coil for short circuit protection. q Magnetic trip coil for remote relay trip. q Auxiliary contacts for status signalling. q Mechanical slide interlock. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). 1 3120-F... Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life AC 250 V; DC 50 V 0.1...20 A (up to 30 A to special order) 50,000 operations for IN 16 A double pole 30,000 operations for IN 16 A single pole, 10,000 operations for IN >16 A -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 10 x IN 250 A 2 pole, or 150 A 1 pole IN UN 2 pole 0.1... 2 A AC 250 V 200 A 2.5... 3 A AC 250 V 1000 A 3.5... 8 A AC 250 V 2000 A 9 ... 16 A AC 250 V 3500 A 18... 20 A AC 250 V 5000 A 0.1...20 A DC 50 V 1000 A operating area IP 40 (IP 54 with water splash protection) terminal area IP 00 8 g (57-500 Hz), 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 30 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 33 g (double pole) approx. 27 g (single pole) 0.1...2 A 2.5...20 A Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage wiring systems, office machines, electro-medical equipment, power supplies, communications systems. Accessories Y 303 068 01 Insulated cover, snap-fitted to the exposed areas of the two incoming terminals (when terminal screws are not specified) to provide brush contact protection. Terminal adapter to convert screw terminals to push on connections when factory fitted under voltage release module is specified (two adapters required per unit). Retaining clip for -F3 mounting frame for panel thickness under 2 mm. As above for panel thickness under 4 mm. As above, for -F5 mounting frame. Blanking piece in -F3 size mounting frame. Rear terminal shroud. Separate water splash cover for use with -F4 and -F5 size mounting frames. Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Y 303 862 01 Y 303 675 01 Y 303 675 02 Y 303 676 01 Y 303 885 31 Y 304 275 01 X 221 619 01 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area between poles (2 pole) Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 2 2.5 3 Internal resistance per pole () 94 24 12 5.30 4.20 2.90 1.50 0.9 0.80 0.45 0.27 0.0785 0.0595 Current rating (A) 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Internal resistance per pole () 0.0565 0.0435 0.0435 0.0325 0.0215 0.0165 0.0165 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals Authority VDE, Semko (EN 60934) BV, LRoS UL, CSA Voltage ratings AC 240 V, DC 28 V DC 50 V DC 50 V AC 250 V, DC 28 V AC 250 V, DC 50 V Current ratings 0.1...20 A 0.1...20 A double pole 0.1...10 A single pole 0.1...20 A 0.1...20 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 65 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F... Ordering information Type No. 3120 rocker switch/circuit breaker Mounting F snap in frame Size of frame panel thickness 3 to fit mounting cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm 1-6.35 mm 4 to fit mounting cut-out 44.5x22 mm 1-2.5 mm 5 to fit mounting cut-out 44.5x 22 mm 2.6-4 mm 6 to fit mounting cut-out 45x33.7 mm 1.2-2.4 mm Number of poles 0 2 pole, unprotected, switch only 1 1 pole, thermally protected 2 2 pole, thermally protected 5 2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only (terminals 11, 12k, 12i) 6 1 pole, unprotected, switch only Mounting frame design 1 collar height 1 mm 3 collar height 9 mm 4 collar height 2 mm with water splash protection (IP 54), not with -F6... Terminal configuration P7 blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm (terminals 12(k), 22(k), 11,. 21), not for under voltage module, not for switch H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 11, 21: terminal screws, not for switch N7 as P7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i) as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm not for under voltage module G7 as H7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i) as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm Characteristic curve T1 thermal, 1.01-1.4 x IN Q1 switch only Actuator style W rocker Switch colour designation opaque translucent (for illuminated versions) 01 black 12 white 02 white 14 red 04 red 15 orange 19 green Rocker markings A 0 AUS OFF B I EIN ON C E 0 AUS OFF F X I EIN ON ABCDEFX Internal connection diagrams 2 pole, thermally protected on both poles 11 line 21 2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only 11 line 21 12(i) 12(k) 22(i) 22(k) 12(i) 12(k) 22(i) load load 1 pole, thermally protected 11 line 2 pole, unprotected 11 line 21 1 12(i) 12(k) 22(i) 12(i) load 22(i) load Typical time/current characteristics Single or double pole load 0.1...2 A 10000 +60C +23C -30C 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 Trip time in seconds X = without marking Rocker illumination (optional) B filament/neon AC/DC G green LED, AC/DC Y yellow LED, AC/DC R red LED, AC/DC Illumination voltage range/ power consumption 0 4 - 7 V marked 6 V 80mA (B,G,Y,R) 1 10 -14V marked 12V 75 mA (B,G,Y,R) 2 20 -28V marked 24V 35 mA (B,G,Y,R) 3 90-140V marked 115V <1 mA (B) 4 185-275V marked 230V <1 mA (B) 5 42-54V marked 48V 35 mA (B,Y,R) 2.5...20 A 10000 +60C +23C -30C 1000 100 Current ratings 0.1...20 A 3120 - F 3120 - F 3 2 1 - N7 T1 - W 14 A B 4 - 5 A . 0 . - N7 Q1 - W .. . . . - 20 A ordering example (switch only) 10 N.B. Switch only versions must be specified with -N7 or -G7 terminals. Terminals 12(k) and 22(k) are not fitted. Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -30 -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92 1 1.08 1.14 1.23 1 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 66 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F... Dimensions Style F3.1 collar height 1 mm 25 16 Mounting style variants Style F3.3 collar height 9 mm optional ilumination OFF position 54 25 19.5 54 35 7 35 33 35 33 9 10 10.7 21 10 3.5 15.5 3 1 10.7 21 blade terminal DIN 46244-C-Ms-S 3.5 15.5 41 3 41 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm Style F3.4 collar height 2 mm, with water splash protection 27 19.5 56 35 Installation drawing 33 10 3.8 flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm operating area 10.7 21 3.5 15.5 3 41 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm Style F 4.1 15.5 25 16 Optional illumination 48 10 7 7 8 7 10 mounting area 35 33 7 Cut-out dimensions Panel cut-out F3 panel thickness 10.7 21 3.5 15.5 3 Panel cut-out F6 min. 2.5 min. 2 ma x. R 1.5 .R 0. 3 ax m 41 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm 1-6.35 ma x. R .R 0. 3 2 ax +0.3 Style F 5.1 25 16 Optional illumination 48 50.5 21.5+0.2 "A" m 33.7 +0.2 - 0.05 Panel cut-out F4/F5 1-2.5 with ...F4 2.6-4 with ...F5 min. 2 1.5 m ax 44.5 +0.2 .R 0. 3 dimension "A" 10.7 21 3.5 15.5 3 Edges of working parts: DIN 6784 41 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm 22 +0.3 Dimension diagram for style F6 is available on request. Issue C 10 ma x. R panel thickness 1.2 +0.4 1.6 +0.8 2.4 +1 45 +0.2 45 +1.1 45 +2.2 -0.05 -0.05 -0.05 35 33 7 10 10 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 67 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F... Accessories Insulated cover Y 303 068 01 Rear terminal shroud black Y 304 275 01 (IP64) 40.5 1.75 -0.25 9 +0,5 2.5 20.5 0.9 20 50 1 Terminal adapter Y 303 862 01 4 .5 13.5 3.7 R3 10 o8 4 blade terminal DIN 46244-C-Ms-S Water splash cover, transparent (IP66) for styles -F4../-F5... X 221 619 01 48 Retaining clip for 3120-F3... Ref. Y 303 675 01/02 58 50.5 22 28 o8 * Y 303 675 01 suitable for panel thickness < 2 mm Y 303 675 02 suitable for panel thickness < 4 mm 3.4 o4.4 Retaining clip for 3120-F5... Ref. Y 303 676 01 52 44.5 60 73 1 22.5 1 R3 1 sharp-edged Blanking piece in -F3 frame Y 303 885 31 matt finish 54 31 25 16.5 1 0.8 36 33 2.5 without bends R 0. 1 28 41 21 68 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 35 16.5 25 70+5 R 0. 35 Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F... Description Switch/thermal circuit breaker (S-type TO CBE to EN 60934) with standard isolator style two button operation. Single button press-toreset version also available. Both types can be supplied in single pole configuration only, in double pole with single pole protection, and in double pole with protection on both poles. Designed for snap-in panel mounting. There is a choice of push button colour combinations and neon illumination (filament bulb for low voltages) is optional. Any one of the following additional function modules can be supplied factory fitted to the rear of the switch/circuit breaker. q Under voltage release coil (for double pole versions only). q Magnetic trip coil for short circuit protection - see page 113. q Magnetic trip coil for remote relay trip. q Auxiliary contacts for status signalling. q Mechanical slide interlock. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). 1 3120-F... Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life AC 250 V; DC 50 V 0.1...20 A (up to 30 A to special order) 50,000 operations for IN 16 A double pole 30,000 operations for IN 16 A single pole, 10,000 operations for IN >16 A -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 0.1...2 A 2.5...20 A 10 x IN 250 A 2 pole, or 150 A 1 pole Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage wiring systems, office machines, electro-medical equipment, power supplies, communications systems, industrial controls. Accessories Y 303 068 01 Y 303 862 01 Y 303 675 01 Y 303 675 02 Y 303 885 31 Y 304 275 01 Y 306 001 01 Y 306 551 01 Insulated cover, snap-fitted to the exposed areas of the two incoming terminals (when terminal screws are not specified) to provide brush contact protection. Terminal adapter to convert screw terminals to push on connections when factory fitted under voltage release module is specified (two adapters required per unit). Retaining clip for -F3 mounting frame for panel thickness under 2 mm. As above for panel thickness under 4 mm. Blanking piece in -F3 size mounting frame. Rear terminal shroud. Water splash cover for use with -F2 size mounting frame. Retaining clip for -F2 mounting frame. Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area between poles (2 pole) Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 2 2.5 3 Internal resistance per pole () 94 24 12 5.30 4.20 2.90 1.50 0.9 0.80 0.45 0.27 0.0785 0.0595 Current rating (A) 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Internal resistance per pole () 0.0565 0.0435 0.0435 0.0325 0.0215 0.0165 0.0165 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass IN UN 2 pole 0.1... 2 A AC 250 V 200 A 2.5... 3 A AC 250 V 1000 A 3.5... 8 A AC 250 V 2000 A 9 ... 16 A AC 250 V 3500 A 18... 20 A AC 250 V 5000 A 0.1...20 A DC 50 V 1000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 8 g (57-500 Hz), 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 30 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 33 g (double pole) approx. 27 g (single pole) Approvals Authority VDE, Semko (EN 60934) BV, LRoS UL, CSA Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 28 V DC 50 V DC 50 V AC 250 V, DC 28 V AC 250 V, DC 50 V Current ratings 0.1...20 A 0.1...20 A double pole 0.1...10 A single pole 0.1...20 A 0.1...20 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 69 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F... Ordering information Type No. 3120 push button switch/circuit breaker Mounting F snap in frame Size of frame 2 special frame for fitting splash cover 3 to fit mounting cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm, panel thickness 1-6.35 mm Number of poles 0 2 pole, unprotected, switch only 1 1 pole, thermally protected 2 2 pole, thermally protected 5 2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only (terminals 11,12k,12i) 6 1 pole, unprotected, switch only Mounting frame design F with 2 push buttons G with 1 push button (switch-on only) Terminal configuration P7 blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm (terminals 12(k), 22(k), 11,. 21), not for under voltage module, not for switch H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 11, 21: terminal screws, not for switch N7 as P7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i) as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm not for under voltage module G7 as H7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i) as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm Characteristic curve T1 thermal, 1.01-1.4 IN Q1 switch only, only for N7 or G7 terminal Switch style/colour D 1 push button (re-set only) 01X black 04X red 12X white translucent 19X green translucent S 2 push buttons on/off GRX green translucent/red WRX white translucent/red WBX white translucent/black Push button illumination (optional) B filament/neon, AC/DC L neon, AC G green LED, AC/DC Y yellow LED, AC/DC R red LED, AC/DC Illumination voltage range 0 6 V 80 mA (B, G, Y, R) 1 12 V 75 mA (B, G, Y, R) 2 24 V 35 mA (B, G, Y, R) 3 115 V <1 mA (L) 4 230 V <1 mA (L) 5 48 V 35 mA (B, Y, R) Current ratings 0.1...20 A 3120 - F 3120 - F 3 2 F - N7 T1 - S 3 0 F - N7 Q1 - S GRX ... L . 4 - 10 A . - 20 A ordering example switch only Trip time in seconds 1000 Internal connection diagrams 2 pole, thermally protected 11 line 21 2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only 11 line 21 12(i) 12(k) 22(i) 22(k) 12(i) 12(k) 22(i) load load 1 pole, thermally protected 11 line 2 pole, unprotected 11 line 21 1 12(i) 12(k) 22(i) 12(i) load 22(i) load Typical time/current characteristics 1 or 2 pole load 0.1...2 A 10000 +60C +23C -30C 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 2.5...20 A 10000 +60C +23C -30C N.B. Switch only versions must be specified with -N7 or -G7 terminals. Terminals 12(k) and 22 (k) are not fitted. 100 10 1 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -30 -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92 1 1.08 1.14 1.23 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 70 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F... Dimensions 3120-F3.F-...-S... Optional illumination OFF position 25 16.2 14.2 54 operating area Installation drawing 15 10 33 10 15.5 1 7 7 8 7 10 10.7 21 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S 3.5 15.5 41 3 10 mounting area flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm Panel cut-out 3120-F3... min. 2.5 ma x. R 3120-F3.G-...-D... OFF position 25 16.2 14.2 Optional illumination 1-6.35 2 +0.3 54 50.5 ma x. R0 .3 15 10 33 10 3120-F2... 10.7 21 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm retaining clip panel water splash cover (see page 72) 3.5 15.5 41 3 21.5 metal min. 2 plastic min. 3 60 0.15 +0.2 +0.5 +0.2 50.5 26 +0.2 3120-F2.F-... R2 cover 35.4 16.2 74 600.1 Edges of working parts: DIN 6784 15 10 4.5 33 o3.2 PT-screw Type K40 o4mm 10.2 10.7 21 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S 3.5 15.5 41 3 flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm Issue C 10 10 o4.3 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 71 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F... Accessories Insulated cover Y 303 068 01 Rear terminal shroud black Y 304 275 01 (IP64) 40.5 1.75 -0.25 9 +0,5 2.5 20.5 0.9 20 50 1 Terminal adapter Y 303 862 01 4 .5 13.5 3.7 R3 10 o8 4 blade terminal DIN 46244-C-Ms-S Retaining clip for 3120-F3... Ref. Y 303 675 01/02 58 50.5 Water splash cover, transparent (IP66) for style 3120-F2.F-... X 221 619 01 Consisting of - retaining clip Y 306 551 01 - cover Y 306 001 01 48 70+5 22 28 * Blanking piece in -F3 frame Y 303 885 31 matt finish 54 31 1 1.4 o4.4 o6.5 cover 25 16.5 35 36 33 60 73 41 21 72 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 16.5 Y 303 675 01 suitable for panel thickness < 2 mm Y 303 675 02 suitable for panel thickness < 4 mm retaining clip 2 o8 panel 25 Issue C Auxiliary Contact Module X3120-S for circuit breaker 3120-F... Description A module supplied factory fitted to type 3120 to provide electrically separate changeover contacts which operate as the main contacts open/close. Ideally suited to status signalling and sequence switching. Dimensions Typical applications Monitoring of the switching position of the circuit breaker or any connected load. 21 10 14 25.5 1 blade terminals DIN 46244-A2.8-0.5-Ms-silver plated 8.5 7.5 7.5 19.8 2 Ordering information Type No. X3120 Module for type 3120 Function S auxiliary contact module Contact configuration 0 change-over contact Terminal design 1 blade terminals 2.8 x 0.5, silver plated Contact rating AC DC Voltage rating Current rating Voltage rating Current rating 12 V 0.1...4 A 24 V 0.1...4 A A 10-250 V 0.1...4 A 60 V 0.1...1 A 110 V 0.1...0.5 A 220 V 0.1...0.25 A B 5 -250 V 0.05...1 A 5 V-250 V 0.05...1 A M module mounted to circuit breaker 3120-.. X3120 - S 0 1 AM ordering example Internal connection diagram line 11 21 34 32 Module mounted 12(i) 22(i) 31 12(k) load 22(k) Technical data Voltage rating Current rating Typical life Ambient temperature Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) between main and auxiliary circuit Insulation resistance Vibration AC 250 V; DC 220 V 4 (1) A 50,000 operations -30...+60 C Test voltage AC 3000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 6 g (type X3120-S...A) 8 g (type X3120-S...B) (57-500 Hz), 0.46 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 15 g (11 ms), type X3120-S...A 20 g (11 ms), type X3120-S...B to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-30, test Ca approx. 38 g (complete assembly) Approvals (complete circuit breaker/module assembly) Authority VDE (EN 60934) UL, CSA Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 28 V AC 250 V Current ratings 4A 4A Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 73 Undervoltage Release Module X3120-U...for circuit breaker 3120-F... Description A module suitable for all double pole versions of type 3120 to trip the main switch/circuit breaker mechanism in the event of loss of voltage. When the voltage is restored the rocker switch must be reset to reconnect the load, thereby avoiding the safety hazards associated with automatic re-starting of machinery. Note: Basic unit 3120-...-H7 or -G7 screw terminals necessary. Dimensions flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580 for mains connection 41 +0.1 - 0.2 33.5 Typical applications 15 6.6 21 22 23.5 2 terminals X3120-U02... 10.7 21 1 terminal X3120-U01... blade terminal DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8 Without terminal(s): X3120-U00... Ordering information Type No. X3120 Module for type 3120 Function U undervoltage release module Terminal design 00 standard (without separate connections) 01 1 blade terminal 2.8x0.8 02 2 blade terminals 2.8x0.8 Voltage ratings 00 230/240 V AC 50/60 Hz 01 120 V AC 50/60 Hz 02 100 V AC 50/60 Hz 03 24 V DC M module mounted to the circuit breaker X3120 - U 00 00 M ordering example Internal connection diagrams X3120-U00 X3120-U01 X3120-U02 line 11 U< 21 line 11 U< line 21 7.6 1 Machines such as power tools, industrial equipment and domestic appliances where automatic restart after restoration of power could be dangerous (EU Machinery Directive) line 11 U< line 21 12(i) 12(k) 22(i) 22(k) 12(i) 12(k) 22(i) 22(k) 12(i) 12(k) 22(i) 22(k) load load load Approvals (complete circuit breaker/module assembly) Authority VDE (EN 60934) UL, CSA Voltage ratings AC 100...240 V; DC 24 V AC 100...240 V; DC 24 V Technical data Voltage ratings Release values AC 100, 120 V, 230/240 V 50/60 Hz DC 24 V 20 to 70 % UN (at a rated voltage of AC 100 V the device may release at 70 V and must release at 20 V) t < 20 ms > 85 % UN -30...+60 C 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 30 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95% RH to IEC 68-2-30, test Ca approx. 53 g (complete assembly) Release delay Latch-in values Ambient temperature Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass 74 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Remote Trip Module X3120-M... for circuit breaker 3120-F... Description A module which adds remote trip capability to all versions of type 3120. A voltage applied across the coil, by means of an external sensor for example, will cause disconnection of the main switch/circuit breaker mechanism. Dimensions Typical applications Electrical monitoring of safety sytems, remote trip. 10.7 21 18 14 30 1 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S Ordering information Type No. X3120 Module for type 3120 Function M magnetic relay trip module Style 2 magnetic remote trip coil Terminal design P7 blade terminals 2 x 2.8 x 0.8 tin plated M module mounted to the circuit breaker Voltage ratings AC 12/24/48/60/120/220/230/240 V DC 12/24 V X3120 - M 2 P7 M - 12 V ordering example Internal connection diagram line 11 21 12(i) 12(k) load 22(i) 22(k) 12(n) remote trip 12 module mounted FA Approvals (complete circuit breaker/module assembly) Authority VDE (EN 60934) UL, CSA Voltage ratings AC 12...240 V; DC 12...24 V AC 12...240 V; DC 12...24 V Technical data Voltage ratings Power consumption Pulse operation Release delay Typical life Ambient temperature Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) between main circuit and trip coil circuit Insulation resistance Vibration AC 12...240 V; DC 12...24 V approx. 200 W 20 ms < tON <100 ms/tOFF > 10 sec t < 20 ms 50,000 operations at UN -30...+60 C Test voltage AC 3000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 30 g (ll ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-30, test Ca approx. 53 g (complete assembly) Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C 9 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 75 Mechanical Slide Interlock Module X3120-V...for circuit breaker 3120-F... Description Suitable for use with all type 3120 versions, this module provides a mechanical safety interlock which, according to the option specified, prevents the main switch/circuit breaker mechanism from being reset/ switched on. The actuator is intended for use with interlock systems to ensure that machinery cannot be operated without covers and safety guards in place, for instance. Dimensions 9.8 Typical applications Mechanical monitoring of safety systems, e.g. for garden shredders 21 custom designed part 8.2 13 14 interlock version 01 1 2 o4.1 5 21 13 2.9 4 1.8 3.2 4 8 21 21 9 interlock may be moved in either direction min. 8.5 mm max. 10.5 mm Ordering information Type No. X3120 Module for type 3120 Function V mechanical slide interlock module Module operation 1 3120 can only be switched on without the interlock fitted Interlock design 00 without interlock 01 interlock version 01 (see dimension diagram) Delivery condition of slide L interlock supplied separately with the module M module factory-fitted with the slide in its centre position O module supplied without interlock Operating direction of interlock 0 without interlock, or interlock supplied separately 1 interlock operated from the side near terminals 11, 12k, 12i of the 3120-... 2 interlock operated from the side near terminals 21, 22k, 22i of the 3120-... Assembly status L module supplied separately M module mounted to the circuit breaker X3120 - V 1 00 O 0 M ordering example 76 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 11 8 5.2 Issue C 18 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130 Description Single, two and three pole rocker switch/thermal circuit breakers (Stype TO CBE to EN 60934) of compact design for snap-in panel mounting. Available either with protection on one/both/all poles or, in the case of the double pole version, protection on one pole only. Neon illumination is optional (filament bulb for low voltages) and there is a choice of rocker colours. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934) Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, household and office machines, hand tools. Ordering information 1 pole Type No. 3130 rocker switch/circuit breaker Mounting F snap in frame Frame 1 standard 3 special single pole version Number of poles 1 single pole, thermally protected 2 2 pole, thermally protected 3 3 pole, thermally protected 5 2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only 6 3 pole, thermally protected on two poles only A 1 pole, unprotected Frame mounting 0 panel thickness 1-2.5 mm (only 3130-F1..-...) 1 panel thickness 1.5-3.2 mm (only 3130-F3.1-...) Terminal design P7 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S H7 for terminals 1.1, 2.1 3.1 terminal screws M 3,5 for terminals 1.2, 2.2, 3.1 blade terminals N7 blade terminals, with shunt terminal Characteristic curve T1 thermal, 1.05-1.4 IN Q1 switch, only with terminal design -N7 Switch style W rocker, one-piece, rounded profile Switch colour designation opaque translucent 01 black 12 white 02 white 14 red 04 red 19 green 09 green Rocker markings Q "I" and "O" moulded in Rocker illumination Multi pole versions B filament/neon, AC/DC G green LED, DC R red LED, DC Y yellow LED, DC Single pole version W 12 Q Y white rocker, yellow LED, AC/DC W 14 Q R red rocker, red LED, AC/DC W 19 Q Y green rocker, yellow LED, AC/DC Illumination voltage range* 1 6 V (4-7 V) B, G, R, Y 2 12 V (10-14 V) B, G, R, Y 3 24 V (20-28 V) B, G, R, Y 4 48 V (42-54 V) B, R, Y 6 115 V (90-140 V) B (R**, Y**) 7 230 V (185-275 V) B (R**, Y**) 8 415 V (320-450 V) B Current ratings 0.1...20 A 1 pole 0.1...16 A 2 and 3 pole 3130 - F 1 3 0 - P7 T1 - W 12 Q B 7 - 5 A * N/A for non-illuminated version ** Single pole version only ordering example 3130 3 pole 1 Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 V; DC 50 V 0.1...20 A 1 pole 0.1...16 A 2 and 3 pole 30,000 operations at IN, 1 and 3 pole 50,000 operations at IN, 2 pole -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 0.1... 2 A 10 x IN 2.5...20 A 150 A 2.5...16 A 250 A 2.5...12 A 150 A 14 + 16 A 130 A IN 0.1...12 A 1 + 2 pole AC 250V/3500A 3 pole 3AC 250V/5000A 1 + 2 pole DC 50V/2000A Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area current path/current path Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) 1 pole 2 pole 3 pole 3 pole 14...16 A AC 250V/3500A DC 50V/2000A Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 1 pole: 25 g (11 ms) 2 + 3 pole: 20 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 45 g (three pole) approx. 31 g (double pole) approx. 17 g (single pole) Approvals Authority VDE (EN 60934) Voltage rating AC 240/415 VDC 50 V DC 50 V DC 28 V UL, CSA Semko AC 250 V, DC 50 V 3 AC 250 V AC 240 V, DC 28 V 3 AC 415 V Current rating 0.1...20 A 0.1...16 A 0.1... 8 A 0.1...16 A 0.1...20 A 0.1...16 A 0.1...12 A 0.1...16 A 0.1...12 A single pole multi pole single pole multi pole single pole 1 and 2 pole 3 pole 1 and 2 pole 3 pole Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 77 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130 Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 2 2.5 3 Internal resistance per pole () 94 24 12 5.30 4.20 1.50 0.9 0.80 0.45 0.27 0.0785 0.0595 Current rating (A) 3.5 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Internal resistance per pole () 0.0565 0.0435 0.0325 0.0215 0.0165 0.0165 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 Trip time in seconds 1000 Typical time/current characteristics Multi-pole types: all poles symmetrically loaded With single pole overload, thermal tripping will be at approx. 1.54 x IN with 2 pole devices and at approx. 1.6 x IN with 3 pole devices. 0.1...2 A 10000 +60C +23C -30C 1 <0.02 100 Internal connection diagrams 1 pole LINE I.I 10 3 pole LINE I.I 2.I 3.I 1 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 I.2 load lamp I.2 2.2 2.2 2.5...20 A 1 pole 2.5...16 A 2 and 3 pole 10000 +60C +23C -30C 1000 2 pole LINE I.I 2.I switch LINE I.I 2.I I.3 I.2 2.2 2.3 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -30 -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92 1 1.08 1.14 1.23 78 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130 Dimensions 3130-F110-... OFF 5.85 Dimensions 3130-F130-... 14.5 9.5 OFF ON 37.5 32.5 ON 2 terminal for illumination conductor size 0.14 mm2, length 180 mm 33 5.85 I.3 I.2 LINE I.I I.3 I.2 LINE I.I 10 2 20 34 switch only LINE I.I 10 33 2 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S 34 2 20 3 2 I unit blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S Side view 1 Side view LINE I.I R3 flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO 1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm Panel cut-out -0.4 -0.2 flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm Panel cut-out min. 1.5 0.1 R3 5 R 0. 34 +0.2 min. 1.5 18 panel thickness 1-2.5 mm 0.1 < R0 34 +0.2 36 optional illumination panel thickness 1-2.5 mm 41 .5 +0.3 +0.2 36 +0.3 14.6 Optional illumination Edges of working parts: DIN 6784 Edges of working parts: DIN 6784 Dimensions 3130-F120-... Dimensions 3130-F310-... OFF ON 26 21 37.6 +0.2 OFF ON 17.8 9.5 2 5.85 5.85 2 terminal for illumination conductor size 0.14 mm2, length 180 mm I.3 I.2 LINE I.I 33 I.3 I.2 LINE I.I 10 2 20 34 2 I unit blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S 2 20 34 10 33 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S Side view Side view LINE I.I LINE I.I R3 flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm Panel cut-out min. 1.5 R1 .5 flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm Panel cut-out A 29.5 0.1 R0.5 19.5 -0.4 -0.2 min. 1.5 panel thickness 1-2.5 mm 0.1 < R0.5 34 +0.2 39.5 Optional illumination +0.2 B B 35 36 +0.15 +0.15 36 A Optional illumination 26.1 +0.2 +0.3 2.35 3.20 Edges of working parts: DIN 6784 37 +0.15 Edges of working parts: DIN 6784 Issue C 18 1.50 +0.3 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 79 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130 Installation drawing Accessories Splash cover, transparent, for 3 pole version X 221 258 01 (IP 54) operating area 25 41.5 1 10 I.3 I.2 LINE I.I 36.5 50 32 8 5 20 7 7 o4.4 5 o11 50 o8 12 55 mounting area 80 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 2-4100-... Description Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Options include an additional unprotected circuit tap (-A3) and -KF housing particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions. Designed for threadneck panel mounting. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, hand tools, appliances. Accessories X 200 799 02 X 200 799 01 X 200 798 01/02 X 210 739 01 X 201 296 03 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for type 2-4100. As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra retention. As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a slotted knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening. Water splash cover/hex nut assembly for type 2-4100. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Water splash cover transparent, with hex nut, without O ring. 1 2-4100-... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...10 A 2,000 operations at 2 x IN -20...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05...2 A 2.5... 6 A 7 ... 10 A 10 x IN 8 x IN 6 x IN Ordering information Type No. 2-4100 threadneck panel mounting Terminal design L10 solder terminals P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm P50 blade terminals A4.8-0.8 mm Shunt terminal (optional) A3 shunt terminal (3 A max. load) Special housing (optional) KF for tropical and high humidity conditions Current ratings 0.05 ... 10 A 2-4100 - L10 - 5A ordering example Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664 A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Shock Corrosion Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Currrent rating (A) 0.05 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 Internal resistance () 322 125 101 25 11 6.3 4.1 2.8 2.1 1.6 0.97 0.66 0.45 Current rating (A) 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 10 Internal resistance () 0.34 0.29 0.18 0.14 0.1 0.08 0.069 0.053 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 Authority VDE (EN 60934) CSA UL Semko (EN 60934) Humidity Mass IN UN 0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V 200 A 5A AC 250 V 1000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (57-500 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 15 g Approvals Voltage rating AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V Current rating 0.05...10 A 0.05...3,5A 0.05... 5 A 0.1...10 A -A3 versions are not UL approved Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 81 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 2-4100-... Dimensions tightening torque 1 Nm 3/8-27 UNS-2A OFF ON Internal connection diagram o6.4 1 22.5 17.5 (3) 10 42.5 3.5 (-A3) 7.5 2 1 6.5 1 3 2 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C blade terminals DIN46244-A6.3-0.8 D-shaped threadneck 19 8 current rating in A mounting hole 10000 8.8 2 11 SW 14 0 9.6 -0.1 8.9 -0.1 0 1000 Installation drawing Trip time in seconds 100 operating area 10 1 max. 2.5 4 23 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 1 2 6 mounting area Terminal design -L10 -P50 6 3 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 6 Accessories Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01 and knurled nut Y 300 628 01 X 200 799 02 (IP64) X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64) 5.5 1 3 2 1 3 2 6 blade terminals DIN46244-4.8-0.8 6.5 3/8-27 UNS-2B -P10-A3 Water splash cover, transparent with special knurled nut X 200 798 01 (IP64) X 200 798 02 bonded to nut (IP64) 9 Hex nut with splash cover, black X 210 739 01 (IP64) Water splash cover, transparent, with hex nut, without O ring X 201 296 03 (IP64) blade terminals DIN46244-A6.3-0.8 max. 7 3/8-27 UNS-2B 3/8-27 UNS-2B 82 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-... Description Single pole thermal circuit breaker with press-to-reset, tease-free, tripfree, snap action mechanism. Type 2-5000 is available with optional manual release (-H), type 2-5700 can be supplied as a push-push switch/circuit breaker (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934 in press-to-reset configuration: M-type when fitted with manual release -H; S-type with push-push operation). Fitted with flange or threadneck for panel mounting. Options include an additional unprotected circuit tap (-A3) and -KF housing particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, battery chargers, power supplies, appliances, machinery, extra low voltage systems. 1 2-5000-... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...25 A 5,000 operations at 2 x IN -20...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05...2.5 A 8 x IN 3... 5 A 20 x IN 6...12 A 200 A (higher interrupting capacity available to special order) 13...25 A 400 A IN UN 0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V 200 A 5... 7 A AC 250 V 1000 A 8...16 A AC 250 V 2000 A 0.05...16 A DC 28 V 200 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 29 g 2-5700-... Accessories For types 2-5000 and 2-5700 Y 303 563 01 Ten-way connecting/bus bar for use with circuit breakers with screw terminals. For type 2-5000 Y 300 728 01 Water splash cover for type 2-5000. Y 301 056 02 Fixing plate for Y 300 728 01. Y 300 476 01 Rear terminal shroud. For type 2-5700 with IG1 threadneck X 200 799 02 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly. X 200 799 01 As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra retention. X 200 798 01/02 As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a slotted knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening. X 210 739 01 Water splash cover/hex nut. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. For type 2-5700 with IG2 threadneck X 210 663 01 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly. X 201 296 01 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly - without 'O'ring. X 200 801 03 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly - with 'O'ring. Separate hardware Y 300 192 01 3/8" hex nut. Y 300 284 02 3/8" knurled nut. Y 300 116 02 12 mm hex nut. Y 300 065 01 12 mm knurled nut. X 200 801 08 Water splash cover, transparent, with hex nut, with O ring Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Ordering information Type No. 2-5000 flange mounting 2-5700 threadneck panel mounting Threadneck design IG1 moulded threadneck 3/8"-27UNS-2A (type 2-5700 only) IG2 moulded threadneck M12x1 (type 2-5700 only) Terminal design P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 mm K10 screw terminals M4x6 Shunt terminal (optional) -P10 only A3 shunt terminal (up to IN 2.5 A/6 A max. load) Manual release (optional) H manual release facility (type 2-5000 only) DD push to release/push to reset (type 2-5700 only) Special housing (optional) KF for tropical and high humidity conditions Current ratings 0.05 ... 25 A 2-5700 - IG1 - P10 - DD - 8A ordering example Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 83 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-... Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Internal resistance () 280 100 110 29 14 7 4.9 3.4 2.5 1.8 1.2 0.85 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 Current rating (A) 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 10 12 13 15 16 20 22 25 Internal resistance () 0.1 0.065 0.065 0.05 0.05 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 40 50 o4.5 1 4 3 2 Dimensions OFF ON 2-5000-P10 o9.5 o13.5 12.2 18.2 5 1 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 2 2.5 19.8 31 current rating in A 5 18.5 10.4 0.02 A 44 7 14.5 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 2-5000-P10-A3 0.05...2.5 A 1 4 32 13 Approvals Authority VDE, Semko (EN 60934) CSA/ UL SEV, Nemko LRoS BV (type 2-5700 only) Voltage ratings AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V Current ratings 0.05...25 A 0.05...16 A 2-5700-P10 IG1=3/8-27UNS-2A tightening torque max. 1 Nm IG2=M12x1 tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm o6.5 22.5 OFF 0.2 ...25 A 16.5 ON 0.1 ...25 A A 1 4 32 19.8 29 10.4 46.5 10 0.05...25 A 14.5 D-shaped threadneck 5 IG1=8.8 IG2=11.3 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 current rating in A SW 14 IG1=o9.6 -0.1 IG2=o12.2 -0.1 84 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com IG1=8.9 -0.1 IG2=11.5 -0.1 Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-... Terminal design -P10-A3 0.05...2.5 A -K10 Internal connection diagrams 0.05...2.5 A (with or without shunt terminal) 1 3...25 A (without shunt terminal) 1 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 13 10.4 (3) flat head screw M4x6 ISO1580 tightening torque 1.2 Nm (-A3) 2 2 Installation drawings 2-5000-... operating area Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 1 10000 0.05 - 2.5 A 3 - 25 A 1000 max. 2.5 A 1 4 32 Trip time in seconds 100 mounting area 10 2-5700-... operating area max. 2.5 1 0.1 1 A 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 25 25 1 4 32 1 1 mounting area Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 85 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-... Accessories for types 2-5000 and 2-5700 with screw terminals -K10 Bus bar Y 303 563 01 18 7 M4 10 176 162 X 60 1 Accessories for type 2-5000-... Water splash cover, transparent for push button (IP64) Y 300 728 01 Fixing plate Y 301 056 02 2.3 0.5 Accessories for type 2-5700-... With 3/8" threadneck (-IG1) Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01 and knurled nut Y 300 628 01 X 200 799 02 (IP64) X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64) 50 31.5 4.5 19.2 1.5 14.5 18 40 2 X 18.5 3/8-27 UNS-2B 40 50 Water splash cover, transparent with special knurled nut X 200 798 01 (IP64) X 200 798 02 bonded to nut (IP64) 1.1 Hex nut with splash cover black X 210 739 01 (IP64) transparent splas cover X 201 296 03 (IP64) Rear terminal shroud, transparent (IP64) Y 300 476 01 12.5 29 3/8-27 UNS-2B 3/8-27 UNS-2B E-T-A 49 Separate hardware Hex nut Y 300 192 01 3/8-27UNS-2B o13.5 Knurled nut Y 300 284 02 3/8-27UNS-2B o12 o6 o11.4 SW14 2.5 4 With M12 threadneck (-IG2) Hex nut with splash cover, black X 201 296 01 without O ring (IP64) X 200 801 03 with O ring (IP66) X 200 801 08 transparent with O ring (IP66) Water splash cover, transparent, with knurled nut X 210 663 01 (IP64) M12x1 M12x1 Separate hardware Hex nut Y 300 116 02 M12x1 Knurled nut Y 302 065 01 3.2 M12x1 SW14 2.5 0.5 x 45 o17 86 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 2-5200-... Description Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, tripfree, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934; M-type when fitted with optional manual release feature). Designed for plug-in mounting with E-T-A sockets 10 and 16. The optional -KF housing is particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions. Typical applications Extra low voltage wiring systems and components. Accessories 10R-K10 10R-P10 10R-A10 Y 301 166 02 Y 301 166 01 16 X 200 409 01 Y 301 477 01 Modular snap-together surface mounted sockets, each accommodating two plug-in circuit breakers. With screw terminals. As above but with push-on terminals. As above but with a combination of screw and push-on terminals. Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets. Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets. Single socket for symmetric EN rail mounting. Adapter for mounting socket type 16 to asymmetric rail (G-profile). Blanking plug with insulated pins, for sockets 10, 20, 40, 60. 1 2-5200-... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn DC 28 V (AC 250: suffix 051034) 0.05...16 A (up to 25 A to special order) 5,000 operations at 2 x IN -20...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 Test voltage AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05...2.5 A 8 x IN 3...5 A 20 x IN 6...16 A (25 A) 400 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 8 g (57 to 500 Hz/ 0.61 mm, 10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 35 g Ordering information Type No. 2-5200 plug-in Manual release (optional) H manual release facility Special housing (optional) KF for tropical and high humidity conditions Special version 051034 Voltage rating AC 250 V Current ratings 0.05 ... 16 A 2-5200 - H - 051034 - 5 A ordering example Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 2 Internal resistance () 280 100 110 29 14 7 4.9 3.4 2.5 1.8 1.2 0.84 0.6 0.4 0.25 Current rating (A) 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 10 12 13 15 16 Internal resistance () 0.2 0.1 0.065 0.065 0.05 0.05 0.02 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Humidity Mass Approvals Authority LRoS Semko Voltage ratings AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V Current ratings 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 87 Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 2-5200-... Dimensions o13.5 o9.5 Accessories Sockets 10R-K10 1 30 wire cross sectional areas 2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded 2 x max. 4 mm2 solid 13 12 1 10R-P10 4 10 ON 15.5 OFF 5.6 12 22 12 50 11 21 12 68 6 11 48.5 9.5 7,5 15 45 75 7 8 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 9.6 1 1 2 o4.4 19 14.5 10R-A10 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 8 Bus bar for sockets 10...: Y 301 166 02 (2-way) 4.2 12.5 2.9 21 22 7.9 10 59 15 12 22 t = 0.8 11 50 7 wire cross sectional areas 2 stranded 2 x max. 2.5 mm 2 x max. 4 mm2 solid 21 31 current rating in A 22.9 Y 301 166 01 (4-way) Internal connection diagram 1 15 15 52.9 15 Socket 16 70 52 15 1.5 Adapter for EN rail 50035-G32 (specified as a separate item) X 200 409 01 for socket 16 available on request 2 39.5 32 symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C Blanking plug Y 301 477 01 for sockets 10R-P10/K10 38.5 10000 0.05 - 2.5 A 3 - 25 A 42 Terminal for mounting rack X 200 800 01 for sockets 10R, 10F on EN rail 50 035-G32 27.5 14 30 1.5 1000 Trip time in seconds 9.5 M5 x 12 o4 14.5 27 100 19 50 10 1 Connector bus links -P10 X 210 588 01/1.5mm2 (brown) X 210 588 02/2.5mm2 (black) X 210 588 03/2.5mm2 (red) X 210 588 04/2.5mm2 (blue) 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 Connector bus links -K10 X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 (black) X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 (brown) 50 pin lugs to DIN 46230 tinned copper o2.5 0.1 ~70 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 88 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com ~70 12 9.5 8.5 5 Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/2-6400-... Description Single pole thermal circuit breakers with push-to-reset, tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R type TO CBE to EN 60934; M-type when fitted with manual release features/type 2-6200 only). Featuring auxiliary contacts (1 x N/C; 1 x N/O) as standard. Options include manual release (type 2-6200 only), an additional unprotected circuit tap (-A3), a centre reset position in which all contacts are open (-ZR: type 2-6200-H only), and -KF housing particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Motors, transformers, solenoids, controls for oil and gas boilers. 1 2-6200-... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...16 A 1 A, AC 250 V/DC 28 V 5,000 operations at 2 x IN -20...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V AC 840 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 10 x IN IN UN 0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V 200 A 5...7 A AC 250 V 1000 A 8...15 A AC 250 V 2000 A 16 A AC 250 V 3500 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (57-500 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 40 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 25 g 2-6400... Accessories For type 2-6400 with IG1 threadneck X 200 799 02 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly. X 200 799 01 As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra retention. X 200 798 01/02 as X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a slotted knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening. X 210 739 01 Water splash cover/hex nut. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. For type 2-6400 with IG 2 threadneck X 210 663 01 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly. X 201 296 01 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly without 'O'ring. Separate hardware Y 300 192 01 3/8" hex nut. Y 300 284 02 3/8" knurled nut. Y 300 116 02 12 mm hex nut. Y 300 065 01 12 mm knurled nut. Ordering information Type No. 2-6200 flange mounting, with auxiliary contacts 2-6400 threadneck panel mounting, with auxiliary contacts* Mounting (type 2-6400 only) IG1 moulded threadneck 3/8-27UNS-2A IG2 moulded threadneck M 12 x 1 Terminal design - main circuit L10 solder terminals P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm Shunt terminal (optional) A3 shunt terminal same as main terminal (up to 7 A/ 5 A max. load; up to 16 A/10 A max. load) Manual release (optional) H manual release facility (type 2-6200 only) Intermediate position (optional) ZR intermediate position (type 2-6200-H only) Auxiliary contacts (standard) Si N/O and N/C contacts, solder terminals Special housing (optional) KF for tropical and high humidity condition Current ratings 0.05 ... 16 A 2-6200 - P10 - Si - 8 A ordering example Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main circuit to aux. circuit aux. circuit 4-5 to 6-7 Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. *mounting hardware bulk shipped Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 89 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/6400-... Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 Internal resistance () 257 138 90 32.2 14.6 8.4 5.15 3.82 2.80 2.15 1.42 0.96 0.51 0.40 Current rating (A) 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 16 Internal resistance () 0.30 0.20 0.12 0.10 0.07 0.056 0.046 0.035 0.03 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Dimensions 2-6200-... 16.5 31 o8.5 ON -P10 0.05 - 7A 3 5 1 7 11 39 12.5 7 18.5 OFF 11.5 blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 current rating in A Approvals Authority VDE (EN 60934) CSA/ UL Semko (EN 60934) Demko Voltage ratings AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V Current ratings 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A 0.1 ... 16 A 0.05...16 A o3.5 5 21 50 40 5 2-6400-... IG1=3/8-27UNS-2A tightening torque max. 1 Nm IG2=M12x1 tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm OFF ON (moulded threadneck) o6.4 8.8 11.3 =IG1 =IG2 10.5 16.5 22.5 14.5 7 11 46 11.5 -P10 0.05 - 7A 31 16.5 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 5 8.9 -0.1 SW14 o9.6 -0.1 current rating in A o12.2 -0.1 =IG1 =IG2 Installation drawing 2-6200-... operating area 38 18 1.5 4 39 mounting area 4 90 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 11.5 -0.1 =IG1 =IG2 mounting hole Issue C Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/6400-... Terminal design -P10 0,05...7 A see dimension diagram -P10 8...16 A 1 5 7 1 5 7 Internal connection diagrams 0.05...7 A 8...16 A (3) (2) 4 6 3 (-A3) 4 6 2 (-A3) 2-6200-...-ZR -P10-A3 0,05...16 A 0 (Z) 1 1 5 7 0 (Z) 1 1 5 7 0 (Z) 1 1 5 7 1 (3) (3) 4 6 2 (3) 4 6 2 4 6 2 OFF position intermediate position ON position -L10 0,05...7 A 5 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 7 10000 -L10 8...16 A 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 -L10-A3 0,05...16 A 10 1 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 Installation drawing 2-6400-... operating area Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 22.5 42.5 1.5 4 mounting area 43.5 4 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 91 Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/6400-... Accessories for type 2-6400-... With 3/8" threadneck (-IG1) Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01 and knurled nut Y 300 628 01 X 200 799 02 (IP64) X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64) 3/8-27 UNS-2B 1 Water splash cover, transparent with special knurled nut X 200 798 01 (IP64) X 200 798 02 bonded to nut (IP64) Hex nut with splash cover black X 210 739 01 (IP64) 3/8-27 UNS-2B 3/8-27 UNS-2B Separate hardware Hex nut Y 300 192 01 3/8-27UNS-2B o13.5 Knurled nut Y 300 284 02 3/8-27UNS-2B o11.4 SW14 2.5 4 With M12 threadneck (-IG2) Hex nut with splash cover black X 201 296 01 without O ring (IP64) X 200 801 03 with O ring (IP66) X 200 801 08 transparent with O ring (IP66) Water splash cover transparent with knurled nut X 210 663 01 (IP64) M12x1 M12x1 Separate hardware Hex nut Y 300 116 02 M12x1 Knurled nut Y 302 065 01 3.2 M12x1 SW14 2.5 0.5 x 45 o17 92 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Single and multi pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers (CBEs) with and without auxiliary contacts Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V Current ratings 0.05...32 A 2 A latching type bimetal is combined with a magnetic coil to provide the joint benefits of delayed operation for low level over-current protection and fast magnetic action on higher value short circuits. E-T-A has perfected thermal-magnetic technology to provide a choice of mounting options, covering an extensive range of current ratings all with high precision performance. These models are well suited to telecommunications, process control and other industrial applications where sophisticated equipment needs correct - and dependable - protection. The narrow profile of E-T-A thermal-magnetic circuit breakers enables high density packaging solutions. Additional features to ensure perfect fit of device to application include options such as auxiliary contacts for status signalling and the choice of push button or toggle manual control. There are also single, two and multi-pole models in a range of types and variants. Plug-in versions provide a convenient means of positive circuit interruption by simply removing the circuit breaker - ideal for safety critical systems during maintenance and shutdown. E-T-A thermal-magnetic circuit breakers for track mounting can be fitted to different standard rail designs, either direct in the case of combi-foot models, or with an E-T-A adapter. All models are available in special configurations with separate thermal and thermal-magnetic circuits, providing capability for overload protection together with an independent control circuit, which may be operated in response to an external sensor input. All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 93 Overview Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Type No. 201 / 201-WA 2210-S2..-... E2210 assembly Overview single pole Description 2 rail mounting 201 standard type 201-WA low resistance option socket or panel mounting, toggle actuator, single or multi pole, with auxiliary contact option type 2210-S on Euro Card for 19" rack mounting Max. voltage rating AC 250 V; DC 65 V 3 AC 433 V; AC 250 V; DC 65 V 3 AC 433 V; AC 250 V; DC 65 V Current ratings 201: 0.05...16 A 201-WA: 0.05...10 A without auxiliary contacts 5,000 operations at 2 x IN 0.1...25 A 0.1...16 A Aux. contact rating AC 240 V / DC 65 V 1A 10,000 operations at 1 x IN AC 240 V / DC 65 V 1A 10,000 operations at 1 x IN Typical life / contact rating Interrupting capacity Icn 201: 0.05...0.8 A self-limiting 1...2 A 200 A 2.5...16 A 400 A 201-WA: 0.05...0.2 A self-limiting 0.3...2 A 200 A 2.5...10 A 400 A 0.1... 5 A 6 ...25 A 400 A 800 A 0.1... 5 A 400 A 6 ...16 A 800 A Approvals VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, LRoS VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko, BV, LRoS see pages 105 - 108 see pages 109 - 112 1 single pole circuit breaker 10.5 Available options Dimensions see pages 101 - 103 11 OFF 0 I 53 68 I 0 7.5 10 80 40.8 174 Internal connection diagrams 1 (Z) LINE 0 I 1 11 23 (Z) LINE 0I 1 11 23 (Z) line 1 0I 11 23 12 24 I> 12 24 I 12 24 I 2 I> 2(k) OFF position 2(k) ON position 2(k) OFF position 94 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C 100 Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 19" Rack Rack 19BGT2 2210-S2.. for distribution rails Distribution rail X2210-S0606J 19" racks with sockets type 63-P10-Si (5 or 10) rack for max. 5 sockets type 63-P10-Si Prewired and auxiliary contact options toggle actuator, single pole, with auxiliary contact, for distribution rail or mounting socket distribution rail for installation in telecommunications control cabinets, fitted with retaining clip, extraction tool and cover 2 AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V Line feed: max. 63 A Max. supply for each socket: 20 A Max. load per position: 16 A Line feed: max. 32 A Max. supply for each socket: 10 A Max. 1 A for each position AC 250 V; DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V Max. 16 A for each position Max. 1 A for each position 0.4...25 A complete unit: max. 80 A max. 25 A for each position max. 1 A for each position AC 240 V / DC 65 V 1A 10,000 operations at 1xIN 2210-S2..-...-410033: AC 250 V 1000 A DC 65 V 2000 A or 2210-S2..-...-410005: AC 250 V 2000 A DC 65 V 3500 A VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko see pages 115 - 116 see pages 123 - 124 see pages 113 - 114 see pages 117 - 122 12 0 I 465 196 68 54.3 101.6 75 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 11 12 2k 10 37.7 84 x 5.08 = 426.72 482.6 2 (U) 482.6 40.8 188 465 45 185 LINE 1 11 (N) Sig 482.6 I> 12 I> 2(k) Issue C 99 50 2.5 (158.3) 465 46 8 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 95 Overview Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Type No. Distribution rail X2210-K... 2210-T2...-... 2215-... Overview 3 pole 2215-L1.. Description 2 fully insulated distribution rail for plug-in mounted circuit breakers, for telecommunications and control systems rail mounting, toggle actuator, single or multipole, with auxiliary contact option threadneck or PCB mounting, toggle actuator, single pole, with auxiliary contact option Max. voltage rating AC 250 V, DC 65 V complete unit: max. 80 A max. 25 A per position max. 1 A per position 3 AC 433 V; AC 250 V; DC 65 V AC 250 V; DC 48 V Current ratings 0.1...32 A 0.05...10 A Aux. contact rating AC 240 V / DC 65 V 1A 10,000 operations at 1 x IN AC 250 V / DC 28 V 1A 10,000 operations at 1 x IN Typical life / contact rating Interrupting capacity Icn 0.1... 5 A 6 ...32 A 400 A 800 A 300 A Approvals VDE, CSA, UL, BV, LRoS VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, Available options Dimensions see pages 125 - 129 see pages 131 - 134 see pages 135 - 137 11.5 multipole 10 45 0 I 78.5 o12 o8.8 46 15 26.5 2 12 11 14 max. A U o4.8 15 43.5 40 29 Sig 31 45 Internal connection diagrams 0 I line (Si) 1 11 0 I line (Si) 1 11 0 I line 1 N 11 23 25.6 I 12 (Si) I 12 (Si) I 12 14 Si-break contact 2 2 OFF position ON position 2 96 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com LINE 1 Si 1 Si 2 52 15 I 0 + + Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Circuit breaker E2215 2215-F1.. 3120-....-..M13200 rocker version type 2215-L on Euro Card for 19" rack mounting flange mounting, toggle actuator, double pole, with auxiliary contact option switch/circuit breaker with rocker or push button operation plug-in type with standard manual release facility 2 AC 250 V; DC 48 V AC 250 V; DC 48 V AC 250 V; DC 50 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V 0.05...10 A 0.05...10 A 0.1...16 A 0.05...25 A AC 250 V / DC 28 V 1A 10,000 operations at 1 x IN AC 250 V / DC 28 V 1A 10,000 operations at 1 x IN without auxiliary contacts without auxiliary contacts 4,000 operations at 2 x IN 30,000 operations at 1 x IN 1pole 50,000 operations at 1 x IN 2pole 300 A 600 A 0.1...2 A 100 x IN 2.5...16 A 250 A 2 pole or 150 A 1 pole 0.05...0.8 A self-limiting 1...2 A 200 A 2.5...25 A 400 A VDE, CSA, UL VDE, CSA, LRoS see pages 149 - 152 see pages 139 - 140 see pages 141 - 143 see pages 145 - 148 54 14 I 0 35 52.6 I 0 I 0 I 0 100 10 LINE 30 48.5 15.5 OFF o9.5 1 2 9 9.6 2 12 11 14 1 9 18 19 50 174 29 41 0 I line 1 11 0 I line 13 11 21 11 line 21 line 1 12 14 I> 2 OFF position I I 12 14 22 24 12(i) I> 22(i) 12 I 24 2 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 97 Overview Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Type No. 3300-... / 3400-... 3500-... / 4000-... 3600 / 3900-P10-Si Overview Description 2 threadneck panel mounting, with auxiliary contact option 3300 fast acting 3400 standard delay flange mounting 3500 standard type with aux. contact option 4000 low resistance type with standard aux. contacts and intermediate position socket mounting, single pole 3600 standard type with auxiliary contact option 3900 low resistance type with standard aux. contacts and intermediate position Max. voltage rating AC 250 V; DC 65 V AC 250 V; DC 65 V AC 250 V; DC 65 V Current ratings 0.05...16 A 3500: 0.05...16 A 4000: 0.05...10 A AC 250 V / DC 65 V 1A 5,000 operations at 2 x IN 3600: 0.05...16 A 3900: 0.05...10 A AC 250 V / DC 65 V 1A 5,000 operations at 2 x IN Aux. contact rating AC 250 V / DC 65 V 1A 5,000 operations at 2 x IN Typical life / contact rating Interrupting capacity Icn 0.05...0.8 A self-limiting 1...2 A 200 A 2.5...16 A 400 A 3500: 4000: 0.05...0.8 A self-limiting 1...2 A 200 A 2.5...16 A 400 A 0.05...0.2 A self-limiting 0.3...2 A 200 A 2.5...10 A 400 A 3600: 3900: 0.05...0.8 A self-limiting 1...2 A 200 A 2.5...16 A 400 A 0.05...0.2 A self-limiting 0.3...2 A 200 A 2.5...10 A 400 A Approvals VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, Semko, Nemko, LRoS see pages 153 - 156 VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, Semko, Nemko, LRoS see pages 157 - 160 VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, Semko, Nemko, LRoS see pages 161 - 164 Available options Dimensions OFF o6.4 13 OFF 11 OFF o8.5 o11.5 o6.5 50.3 22.5 46.5 11 11 42 10 51 42 40.8 Internal connection diagrams line 1 5 7 line 1 5 7 line 1 5 7 34 I 6 I 34 6 I 34 6 3 from IN=8 A 3 from IN=8 A 3 from IN=8 A 2 2 2 98 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers E-T-A Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers - Selector Chart Type No. Mounting method Printed Circuit Board Main terminal design Number of poles Max. ratings Choice of characteristic curves Water splash cover Manual trip facility Auxiliary contacts solder terminals screw terminals blade terminals shunt terminal plug-in pins Illumination threadneck single pole multi pole 201 2210 2210 for distribution rail q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q r q r r r r q q q q q q r r q q q q q q r r q q q q q q q q r q q q 250 433 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 65 65 65 48 50 28 65 65 65 65 65 65 16 32 Overview 25 10 16 25 16 16 16 16 10 10 2215 3120 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3900 4000 q = standard r = optional MAX IN (A) socket flange rail DC (V) AC (V) 2 q q q r r r q q r r r r r q q r r q q q q Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 99 Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2 Overview 100 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 201/-WA Description Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Featuring a narrow profile housing, recessed terminals, standard EN rail mounting, and precision CBE performance. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934) Typical applications Process control systems, instrumentation. 201-... standard type 201-WA-... low-resistance type Accessories X 200 409 01 X 210 589 01 X 210 589 02 X 221 497 00 X 221 498 00 X 221 496 00 Mounting adapter for asymmetric rail (G-profile). 50-way 2.5 mm2 cable links with prefitted connection lugs, black As above but with 1.5 mm2 cable links, brown Bus bar Bus bar Supply terminal for bus bar Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V (DC 80 V UL/CSA) 201: 0.05 ... 16 A 201-WA: 0.05...10 A 5,000 operations at 2xIN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 201 0.05...0.8 A 1...2 A 2.5...16 A Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) IN 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration 201-WA 0.05...0.2 A self-limiting 0.3...2 A 200 A 2.5...10 A 400 A UN AC 250 V DC 80 V 1000 A 1000 A 2 Ordering information Type No. 201 201-WA single pole, rail mounted version low-resistance version Option 2705 fitted with adapter X 200 409 01 Current ratings 0.05...16 A (type 201) 0.05...10 A (type 201-WA) - 10 A ordering example Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn 201-WA - The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 20 5 g (57-500 Hz), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 60 g Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 Internal resistance () 201 201-WA 447 131 40 19.3 10.4 7.1 4.3 2.5 1.67 0.61 0.38 0.24 211 48 12.4 5.7 3.1 2.0 1.32 0.76 0.49 0.21 0.101 0.078 Current rating (A) 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 15 16 Internal resistance () 201 201-WA 0.19 0.090 0.061 0.041 0.034 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Authority VDE, Demko, CSA, UL LRoS 0.054 0.035 0.025 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 80 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V Current ratings 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A 0.3...16 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 101 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 201/-WA Dimensions 45 OFF ON Internal connection diagram o8.5 11.5 conductor cross section max. 0.5 - 10 mm2 rigid conductor 0.5 - 6 mm2 flexible conductor tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm 43 line 1 11 53 5 I> 2 12-14 7.5 4.8 6.5 12.5 80 symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 current rating in A slot for fitting labels from Wieland Type 9003 Weidmuller Type BS.1/2 SchT PES Phoenix dekafix Type DST6 T./WT 4K-DST5 2 Phillips screw, size 2 to EN ISO 4757 Installation drawing for protection class II (IEC 730-1) 2 operating area (double insulation) cable entry cable entry mounting area Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 Typical time/current characteristics Type 201 0.05...7 A 10000 AC Type 201 8...16 A 10000 AC Type 201-WA 0.05...10 A 10000 DC 1000 1000 1000 100 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 Trip time in seconds 100 10 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 +60 C +23 C -30 C 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20 % on DC supplies. Magnetic tripping currents are decreased by 20 % on AC supplies. 102 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 201/-WA Accessories Adapter for EN rail 50035-G32 specified as a separate item X 200 409 01 Adapter X 200 409 01 20 G profile EN 50035-G32 Connector bus links -K10 X 210 589 01/2.5 mm2 (black) X 210 589 02/1.5 mm2 (brown) 50 pin lugs to DIN 46230 tinned copper o2.5 2 ~70 Bus bar X 221 498 01 16 x 12.5 = 200 12.5 2.5 1.3 IEC 664 500 V/70 A (40C) CE E-T-A(R) GERMANY 207 3.5 Supply terminal for bus bar X 221 496 01 M4 17 1.3 4.6 2.5 9 conductor size max. 10 mm2 12 16 15 Issue C 5.2 11 14 29 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 103 2 104 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S.. Description One, two and three pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN 60934/IEC 934). Designed for panel or plug-in mounting. Available with auxiliary contacts (1 x N/O, 1 x N/C) for status signalling and fitted with an unprotected shunt tap terminal as standard. Two and three pole models are internally linked to ensure that both/all poles trip in the event of an overload on one pole, even if the actuator is held in the ON position. A choice of characteristic curves further extends the range of applications possibilities for these CBEs. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Process control equipment, robotics, machine tool control, communications systems, instrumentation. Special versions, e.g. for aggressive environmental conditions and low voltages (5 V) on request. 2210-S2... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) AC 250 V; 3 AC 433 V (50-60 Hz); DC 65 V (higher voltages to special order) 0.1...25 A for curves M1, T1, T2 0.1...16 A for curves F1, M3 1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V 10,000 operations at 1xIN -30...+60 C (T 60) Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2,5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V AC 1000 V AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 0.1...5 A 400 A; 6...25 A 800 A Curve T2 : 0.1...25 A 15xIN Curve M3: 0.1... 2 A AC 200 A 0.1...8 A AC 250 V 1000 A 2000 A 3AC 250V 2000 A 10...16 A AC 125 V 2000 A 2000 A 3AC 250V 2000 A 20A AC 250 V 3500 A 3500 A 3AC 216V 3500 A 0.1...20 A DC 65 V 2000 A 2000 A Ordering information Type No. 2210 single or multi pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker Mounting S socket or panel mounting Actuator design 2 toggle Number of poles 1 1 pole protected 2 2 pole protected 3 3 pole protected 4 4 pole protected 5 2 pole, protected on one pole only Panel mounting 0 without hardware 1 with M3 thread 2 with 6/32 thread Terminal design (main contacts) P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 Characteristic curve F1 fast acting: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only) M1 standard delay: therm. 1.05-1.4xIN; magn. 6-12xIN AC;7.8-15.6xIN DC T1 delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 10-20xIN AC T2 thermal only, 1.01-1.4xIN M3 standard delay, low resistance: therm.1.4-1.8xIN; magn. 6-12xIN AC; 7.8-15.6xIN DC Intermediate position H without intermediate position (standard) Z with intermediate position Auxiliary contacts 0 without auxiliary contacts 1 with auxiliary contacts in all poles 2 with auxiliary contacts in pole 1 (only multi pole devices) 3 with auxiliary contacts in poles 1 and 3 (3 pole devices) Auxiliary contact function 1 one each N/C and N/O (standard) 2 one N/O contact (23/24) 3 one N/C contact (11/12) 4 one N/O contact, closed in the intermediate and ON position Auxiliary contact - terminal design 1 same as main terminals Current ratings 0.1...25 A 2210 - S 2 1 0 - P1 F1 - Z 1 1 1 - 10 A ordering example 2 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main/aux. circuit aux. circuit 11-12/23-24 pole/pole Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity IN (UL 10771) UN 1 pole 2 pole 3 pole Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 30 terminal area IP 00 Curve F1: 3 g (57-500 Hz), 0.23 mm (10-57 Hz) Curves M1, M3, T1, T2: 5 g (57-500 Hz),0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis Curve F1: 25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5 10 g (11 ms), direction 6 Curves M1,M3, T1, T2: 25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5 20 g (11 ms), direction 6 to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours in 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 50 g per pole Shock Corrosion Humidity Remote trip coil available to special order. Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 105 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S.. Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current Internal resistance () rating F1 M1 (A) fast acting standard delay for DC for AC + DC 0.1 162 92 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 39.3 17.5 9.2 6.8 4.2 2.8 1.6 0.78 0.42 0.26 0.18 0.12 0.092 0.054 0.025 0.022 0.02 0.02 26.1 11.6 6.6 4.1 3 1.65 1.10 0.47 0.28 0.183 0.124 0.077 0.063 0.045 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Dimensions 2210-S... T1 delayed for AC 81 24.2 10.4 6.0 3.9 2.7 1.53 0.98 0.42 0.24 0.17 0.12 0.073 0.055 0.039 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 M3 standard delay for AC + DC 42 11.7 5.6 2.9 1.75 1.42 0.75 0.5 0.22 0.136 0.083 0.057 0.041 0.032 0.021 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 - T2 thermal for AC + DC 77 23 10.2 5.7 3.7 2.6 1.39 0.9 0.36 0.19 0.141 0.091 0.051 0.040 0.027 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 unit III unit II unit I 3.5 19 OFF Z 25 25 ON 1 10.5 30.5 18 37.5 43 68 25 12.5 1 11 23 24 12 2k 11.5 10 6.8 6x6.8 = 40.8 polarizing tooth 12.5 12.5 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 2 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 50 32 mounting thread M3 or 6/32 max. screw length 5.8 mm tightening torque 0.5 Nm 0 5.5 Approvals Authority VDE (EN 60934) UL, CSA Demko, Semko LRoS, BV Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 65 V 3 AC 433 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V 3 AC 415 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V 0.1...20 A 0.1...25 A 0.1...25 A 0.1...16 A Current ratings O11 0 multi pole devices 16 Cut-out dimensions 2210-S2... 32 16 3-pole 2-pole 1-pole Toggle positions o4 12 0 o11.5 12.5 12.5 36.6 1.5 24 90 recess with panel thickness s > 1.5 mm o11.5 Shock directions Installation drawing 2210-S2.. 3 5 6 4 1 operating area (double insulation) 2 5 1 11 23 24 12 2k mounting area (standard insulation) 106 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 20 current rating Issue C s OFF position intermediate position ON position Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S.. Internal connection diagrams with auxiliary contact function 1 (one each N/O and N/C) (...-H111-...) without intermediate position (...-Z111-...) with intermediate position (Z) 0 I line 1 (Z) 11 23 0 I line 1 (Z) 11 23 0 I line 1 11 23 7.4 4.4 12 24 12 24 12 24 7.4 4.4 12.5 6.25 Accessories for 2210-S... 2-way mounting socket 23-P10-Si 6-way mounting socket 63-P10-Si (retaining clip Y 302 974 01 available on request) polarized blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 22.2 21 10 retaining clip I> 2(k) OFF position I> 2(k) intermediate position I> 2(k) ON position with auxiliary contact function 4 0 (Z) I line 1 23 0 (Z) I line 1 23 0 (Z) I line 1 23 12.5 25 12.5 50 75 3.5 6 x 6.8 = 40.8 6.8 50 57.4 50 57.4 64 64 2 6 30 polarized recess 24 24 24 Single mounting sockets with adapter 17-P10-Si 17-P10-Si-20025 (retaining clip Y 302 974 02 available on request) slot fitting labels from Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST Weidmuller dekafix, BS, PES Wieland Type 9003 polarized blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 retaining clip 2 I> 2(k) OFF position I> 2(k) intermediate position I> 2(k) ON position depth 10 mm 10 25.8 8.5 33.3 Accessories for mounting sockets Bus bar for type 17 socket (for max. 100 A continuous load) X 211 157 01 with terminal X 211 157 02 without terminal Phoenix terminal AKG 35 (max.cross section 35 mm2) cylinder head screw M4x4 ISO1207 nickel plated washer A 4.3 DIN 125 nickel plated 41.3 1.4 5 6.5 80 12.5 symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 adapter X20040901 G-profile EN 50035-G32 polarization recess Single mounting sockets with adapter 17-P70-Si 17-P70-Si-20025 (retaining clip Y 302 974 02 available on request) slot fitting labels from Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST Weidmuller dekafix, BS, PES Wieland Type 9003 blade terminals DIN 46244 part 2 C profile (2xA2.8-0.8) retaining clip 2 female connector M4 Cu rail, tin-plated depth 10 mm 10 10 7 12.8 154.8 fusible link (1.1 mm thick constriction) 25.8 8.5 33.3 41.3 1.4 5 Insulated sleeving for bus bar Y 303 824 01 9 5.4 125 6.5 80 12.5 symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 adapter X20040901 G-profile EN 50035-G32 polarization recess 17 Toggle guard for 1 pole units X 221 617 01 R15 24 Connector bus links -P10 X 210 588 01/1.5mm2 brown X 210 588 02/2.5mm2 black X 210 588 03/2.5mm2 red X 210 588 04/2.5mm2 blue 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated 2.5 R9 12 38 32 o3.5 ~70 1 Issue C R5 12 9.5 45.8 45.s Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 107 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S.. Typical time/current characteristics Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -30 -20 -10 0 +10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1 1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29 Multi pole devices: all poles symmetrically loaded. With single pole overload, thermal tripping will be at max. 1.7 x IN with curves F1, M1 and T2, and at max. 2.2 x IN with curve M3. N.B. * Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies. -F1 0,1...16 A 10000 DC -M1 0,1...6 A 10000 AC* -M1 8...25 A 10000 AC* 1000 1000 1000 Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 100 100 10 10 1 1 1 2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current -T1 0,1...6 A 10000 AC -T1 8...25 A 10000 AC -M3 0,1...5 A 10000 AC* 1000 1000 1000 Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 100 100 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current -M3 6...16 A 10000 AC* -T2 0,1...6 A 10000 AC/DC -T2 8...25 A 10000 AC/DC 1000 1000 1000 Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 100 100 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 +60 C +23 C -30 C 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 108 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-... Description Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker mounted on Euro Card for 19" rack mounting, with one Euro Card accommodating one or two single pole, double pole or three pole circuit breakers. Convenient toggle actuation enables series 2210 additionally to be used as an ON/OFF switch. A red LED is located in the front frame of the Euro Card, indicating the switching status of the circuit breaker (via the auxiliary circuit). E2210-... Typical applications Process control, measuring and control systems, telecommunications. Technical data Circuit breaker Main circuit: voltage rating current rating range Standard current ratings 3 AC 433V; AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 65 V 0.1...16 A 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 A 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5A 6 8 10 12 16 A AC 240 V; DC 65 V 1A see type 2210-S2.. 2 Auxiliary circuit: voltage rating current rating Other data Front plate Dimensions (1 TE = 5.08 mm, 1 HE = 44.45 mm) Width: one single pole circuit breaker one double pole circuit breaker one three pole circuit breaker two single pole circuit breakers two double pole circuit breakers two three pole circuit breakers Height: Material: aluminium, anodized 4 TE 6 TE 9 TE 4 TE 10 TE 12 TE 3 HE LED Voltage rating DC 24 V / DC 60 V Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 109 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-... Ordering information Type No. E2210 Mounting style 1 1 x single pole, central mounting (standard) 2 1 x single pole, top mounting 3 1 x single pole, bottom mounting 4 1 x double pole, central mounting (standard) 5 1 x three pole, central mounting (standard) 6 2 x single pole, symmetrical mounting (standard) 7 2 x double pole, symmetrical mounting (standard) 8 2 x three pole, symmetrical mounting (standard) Front plate 1 aluminium (standard) 2 moulded LED 1 red, DC 24 V (standard) 2 red, DC 60 V 3 green, DC 24 V 4 green, DC 60 V Circuit breaker Mounting S panel mounting Actuator design 2 short toggle Number of poles 1 1 pole protected 2 2 pole protected 3 3 pole protected 5 2 pole, protected on one pole only Panel mounting 1 with M3 thread Terminal design (main contacts) = P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 Characteristic curve **) 01 F1 fast acting: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only) 02 M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 6-12xIN AC; 7.8-15.6xIN DC 03 T1 delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 10-20xIN AC 04 T2thermal only, 1.01-1.4xIN 05 M3 standard delay, low resistance: therm.1.4-1.8xIN AC; magn.6-12xIN AC; 7.8-15.6xIN DC different curves for multi pole versions to order*) One single pole circuit breaker Dimensions multi-pin connector R1 LED I 0 E-T-A X 174 4TE Terminal selection view X dbz 2 4 6 8 10 12 LED 14 16 22 2(k) 26 GI 1 30 20 24 28 32 (10/12) (14/16) R1 + LED GI 12 24 23 11 2 Internal connection diagram line 0 (Z I 1 11 23 0 (Z) I 1 11 23 0 (Z) I 1 11 23 12 I> 2(k) OFF position 24 12 24 12 I> 2(k) ON position 24 I> load 2(k) intermediate position Two single pole circuit breakers Dimensions unit I (G I) LED I 0 LED I 0 R1 multi-pin connector XX Intermediate position **) H without intermediate position (standard) Z with intermediate position Auxiliary contacts **) 1 with auxiliary contacts (only with 1x1 pole, 2x1 pole) 5 with auxiliary contact only in the last unit of multipole versions Auxiliary contact function **) 1 1 N/C, 1 N/O (standard) 2 1 N/O (23/24) 3 1 N/C (11/12) 4 1 N/O contact, closed in the intermediate and ON position Auxiliary contact-terminal design E-T-A 100 X E-T-A R2 unit II (G II) 174 4TE view X dbz Terminal selection 12 24 23 11 12 24 23 11 2(k) GI 1 GI 1 same as main terminals **) Current ratings 0.1 ... 16 A ***) G II 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 1 G II 2(k) z(6/8) + z(10/12) - R1 LED G I z(14/16) R2 + LED G II E2210 - 6 1 1 - S 2 1 1 - 02 - H 1 1 1 - 0.1 A XX 0.1/0.2 A only with 2x1 pole/2x2 pole/2x3 pole *) Clearly add the desired specifications. **) With mounting styles 6, 7 and 8: both circuit breakers must have the same characteristics. ***) It is possible to fit circuit breakers of mixed current ratings on the Euro Card. Internal connection diagrams for units G I and G II 0 (Z I 1 11 23 (Z) 0I 1 11 23 0 line (Z) I 1 11 23 12 I> 2(k) OFF position 24 12 24 12 I> 2(k) ON position 24 I> 2(k) intermediate position load 110 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C 3HE 3HE 100 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-... One double pole circuit breaker Dimensions multi-pin connector R1 LED E-T-A 3HE 100 I 0 X LED E-T-A One three pole circuit breaker Dimensions multi-pin connector R1 I 0 G IC G IB G IA G IB 174 G IA 6TE 174 view X 9 TE dbz 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 28 32 G IA line G IB line 1 G IC line 1 11 23 II II Terminal selection view X dbz 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 2(k) 26 24 G IB 28 1 30 32 G IA line 1 II Terminal selection (10/12) (14/16) R1 + LED G IB G IC G IB 12 24 23 11 G IB G IB LED 2(k) 12 24 23 11 22 2(k) 1 26 2(k) 1 30 2(k) 1 G IC (10/12) LED G IC G IC LED (14/16) R1 + 3 HE X 100 G IC G IB G IA 2 G IA 1 Internal connection diagram (Z) G IB line 1 11 II Internal connection diagram II 0 I II 23 0 (z) I II 1 II II 12 24 I> I> 2(k) 2(k) load load I> I> I> 12 24 2(k) load 2(k) load 2(k) load Two double pole circuit breakers Dimensions LED Two three pole circuit breakers Dimensions LED I 0 unit I (G I) multi-pin connector G IB R1 G IA unit I (G I) R1 E-T-A I 0 LED E-T-A multi-pin connector G IC G IB G IA X G IIC G IIB G IIA 10TE space between guide rails X G IIB G IIA 3HE LED I 0 E-T-A I 0 R2 E-T-A R2 unit II (G II) 174 view X 30.6 d bz 4 10TE space between guide rails unit II (G II) 174 view X 40.6 d bz 4 Terminal selection 2(k) G IIA 1 10 2(k) G IIB 1 14 18 22 26 30 6 Terminal selection 2(k) 12 24 23 11 12 12 24 GII 23 16 11 8 GI 20 24 28 32 22 26 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 28 z(6/8) + G I LED G I+G II G II LED 2(k) G IA 1 2(k) G IB 1 z(10/12) - R1 LED G I G IC 1 2(k) G IIA 1 2(k) G IB 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 z(14/16) R2 + 12 24 23 11 12 12 24 GII 23 16 11 8 GI 20 24 28 32 22 26 LED G II G IIC 1 2(k) 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 28 z(6/8) + G I LED G I+G II G II LED 2(k) G IA 1 2(k) G IB 1 z(10/12) - R1 LED G I z(14/16) R2 + LED G II 30 32 G IA/G line 1 II 30 32 Internal connection diagram for units 1 (G I) and 2 (G II) 0 (Z I G IB/G line 1 11 23 II II II Internal connection diagram for units 1 (G I) and 2 (G II) 0 (Z) I G IA/G IIA G IB/G IIB G IC/G IIC line line line 1 1 1 11 23 II II II II II 12 24 I> 2(k) load I> 2(k) load I> 2(k) load I> 2(k) load 12 24 I> 2(k) load Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 3HE 100 100 111 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-... Sockets for Euro Cards Description The following sockets may be used with single pole circuit breakers: 0Z041Z000004 24/7 pole mixed socket to DIN 41612 - form M. Connection: 7 pole for 6.3x0.8 mm connectors and 24 pole midi-wire wrap posts (1 x 1 mm). 0Z041Z000007 24/7 pole mixed socket to DIN 41612 - form M. Connection: 7 pole for 6.3x0.8 mm connectors and 24 pole for 2.8x0.8 mm connectors. 8.17 6x5.08=30.48 Dimensions of sockets for Euro Cards 0Z041Z000004 84.9 12.4 2.9 22 10.1 20 o1 10 blade terminals A6.3x0.8 DIN46244 7x5.08=35.56 7.62 5.08 14.8 0Z041Z000005 A 15 pole socket to DIN 41612, form H, for 6.3 x 0.8 mm connectors is required in addition to the socket mentioned above, if two double pole or two three pole circuit breakers are fitted on one Euro Card. 6.5 o2.8 5.08 90 2 95 0Z041Z000007 84.9 10 8 A2.8x0.8 A6.3x0.8 95 90 o2.8 20 12.4 10 5.08 7.62 5.62 7x5.08=35.56 5.08 6x5.08=30.48 5.62 0Z041Z000005 84.9 12.4 2.9 20 10.1 blade terminals A6.3x0.8 DIN46244 14x5.08=71.12 8.17 o2.8 5.08 90 95 112 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 14.8 6.5 14.8 6.5 Issue C 19" Rack Description 19" rack fitted with E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si to accommodate thermalmagnetic circuit breakers with each terminal block accepting up to 6 circuit breakers. Three rack sizes are available. Typical applications Circuit breakers that may be accommodated on 19" racks fitted with E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si: type 2210 type 3600 type 3900 see pages 105 - 108 see pages 161 - 164 see pages 161 - 164 Technical data Type No. X 201 096 01 X 201 097 01 X 211 530 01 Material: Height (1 HE = 44.45 mm) 4 HE 4 HE 2 HE The 19" rack and the mounting flanges are made of 2 mm thick steel sheet. RAL 7032, grey 2 Colour: Ordering information X 201 097 01 X 211 530 01 X 201 096 01 for 10 E-T-A terminal blocks 63-P10-Si for 5 E-T-A terminal blocks 63-P10-Si for 9 E-T-A terminal blocks 63-P10-Si plus 1 fuse holder Connection by means of one or two 4 pole female multi-pin connectors for max 4 mm2 cables, which may be connected either on the right or left side of the rack. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 113 19" Rack Dimensions X 201 097 01 19" rack with 10 E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si type 63 e.g. type 3600-P-Si or 3900-P-Si (465) e.g. type 2210 Accessories Connector bus links -P10 X 210 588 01/1.5mm2, brown X 210 588 02/2.5mm2, black X 210 588 03/2.5mm2, red X 210 588 04/2.5mm2, blue 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated 101.6 177 482.6 431 40 56 2 2 X 201 096 01 19" rack with 9 E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si plus one fuse holder type 63 e.g. type 3600-P-Si or 3900-P-Si (465) e.g. type 2210 fuse holder 7 101.6 93 37.7 14 431 40 56 X 211 530 01 19" rack with 5 E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si e.g. 6 x type 3600-P-Si or 3900-P-Si e.g. 6 x type 2210 465 type 63 2 93 37.7 482.6 14 482.6 431 40 56 114 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 2 93 88.5 2 177 ~70 7 Issue C 19BGT2 19" Rack Description The compact 19" rack features aluminium profiled cross members with an anodized front plate. The panel cutout accommodates up to 30 positions numbered 1 through 30. Blanks cover unused positions, with 6, 12, 24 or 30 being "open". The rack can be fitted with plug-in type circuit breakers 3600/3900, 2210 or E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller (SSRPC) E-1048600. Please specify the correct option according to the ordering information shown, as different depths must be allowed for. Four bus bars (X1...X4) with 10 positions each (6.3 mm blade terminals) provide easy terminal connection. Prewired options available ex factory are: q Parallel connected feed (2.5 mm2) with separate supply for each socket via bus bars X1 and X2. Choice of wiring colours: black, red, blue, grey. Outputs are not connected. q Parallel connected auxiliary contacts (N/C) grouped per socket, 0.75 mm2, via bus bars X3 (supply) and X4 (signalisation). Choice of wiring colours: black, red, blue, grey. q Series connected auxiliary contacts (N/O) of all positions with 0.75 mm2, via bus bars X3 (feed) and X4 (signalisation). Choice of wiring colours: black, red, blue, grey. q Custom designed connection according to specification. Other fittings, e.g. back-up fuse, separate circuits, custom designed markings etc., are available to special order. Front cutout for 30 positions, numbered 1 through 30 Technical data 19" rack length: 84 TE total length: 426.72 mm height: 2 HE total height: 88.90 mm depth: 184 mm material: aluminium, anodized 1 socket = 6 positions (No. 1 - 6) 2 sockets = 12 positions (No. 1 - 12) 3 sockets = 18 positions (No. 1 - 18) 4 sockets = 24 positions (No. 1 - 24) 5 sockets = 30 positions (No. 1 - 30) blanks cover unused sockets. polarised E-T-A mounting socket type 63-P10-Si (6 positions) rear blade terminals 6.3 mm max. load: 16 A continuous 10-way for 6.3 mm blade terminals max. current rating: 63 A 2 Mounting socket Ordering information Type No. 19BGT 19"-rack Height 2 2 HE = 88.90 mm Circuit breaker types (prepared) 2210 for circuit breaker type 2210 3600 for circuit breaker type 3600 1048 for SSRPC E-1048-600 Number of positions 06 6 poles 12 12 poles 18 18 poles 24 24 poles 30 30 poles Feed prewired A0 without A2 feed prewired (2.5 mm2) Wire colour SW black RT red BL blue GR grey Auxiliary contacts prewired (0.75 mm2) B0 without B1 aux. contacts connected in series (not for E-1048-600) B2 aux. contacts connected in parallel Wire colour SW black RT red BL blue GR grey 19BGT 2 - 2210 - 24 A2 SW B1 RT ordering example Bus bars Feed (X1, X2) Bus bars 10-way for 6.3 mm blade terminals Auxiliary contacts (X3, X4) max. current rating: 32 A Feed HO7VK cables 2.5 mm2 with fully insulated 6.3 mm blade terminals to VBG 4 one cable per socket max. current rating: 20 A HO7VK cables 0.75 mm2 with fully insulated 6.3 mm blade terminals to VBG 4 max. current rating: 20 A black, red, blue, or grey AC 250 V/DC 65 V on the inner side via 6.3 mm blade terminals Auxiliary contact wiring Wire colour option Voltage rating Housing ground/earth Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 115 19BGT2 19" Rack Dimensions Terminals Feed (2210, 3600/3900) X1 - feed X2 - feed X3 - aux. contact supply feed X4 - signalisation aux. contacts feed in e.g. 6 x type 2210 auxiliary contact supply signalisation e.g. 6 x type 3600-P-Si type 63-P10-Si or 3900-P-Si 465 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Socket S1 S2 S3 ... S5 Feed with auxiliary contacts connected in parallel (2210, 3600/3900) 75 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 84 x 5.08 = 426.72 482.6 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 185 88 X1 - feed X2 - feed X3 - aux. contact supply feed X4 - signalisation aux. contacts Socket S1 S2 S3 ... S5 Feed with auxiliary contacts connected in series (2210, 3600/3900) X1 - feed X2 - feed X3 - aux. contact supply feed X4 - signalisation aux. contacts Example: Version for 18 positions 465 75 88 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Socket S1 S2 S3 ... S5 84 x 5.08 = 426.72 482.6 Feed (E-1048-600) X1 - feed X2 - feed X3 - error output supply X4 - fault indication output Accessories Feed terminal X 221 503 01 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Socket bus bar X1, X2 6.3 mm connectors S1 S2 S3 ... S5 30 Feed with fault outputs connected in parallel (E-1048-600) conductor size 6 ... 25 mm2 50 X1 - feed load X2 - feed control X3 - error output supply X4 - fault indication output Blanks (can be separated) Y 306 485 01 52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Socket S1 S2 S3 ... S5 71 Internal connection diagrams Plug-in jumper X 221 544 01 150 2210 line 1 11 23 6.3 mm pin, tinned copper 3600/3900 line 15 34 I> E-1048-600 control circuit IN+ 2 IN- 5 green 1 +UB 7 6 1.5 mm2, grey H07V-K I> 6 -UB red to bypass the auxiliary contacts of sockets not used 2(k) 2 3 from IN = 8 A 116 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C load 12 24 7 F+ fault indication 3 circuit F- Control and Protection Electronics 4 Q Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410033-...A Description Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with trip-free, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation. Two-chamber construction with cascade contact arrangement to provide high voltage DC capability and high switching performance. Designed for plug-in mounting in distribution rails X 2210-S0606J, X 2210-K... or terminal blocks 23P10-Si-202005 and 63-P10-Si-202005. Typical applications Communications systems, power supplies, process control equipment. 2210-S291-P9M2-410033-... A Accessories 23-P10-Si-202005 Lug mounted socket which accommodates one single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit breakers. With push-on terminals. Lug mounted socket which accommodates 3 single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit breakers. With push-on terminals. Terminal rail 3-way terminal blocks 4-way terminal blocks 5-way terminal blocks 6-way terminal blocks 7-way terminal blocks 8-way terminal blocks 9-way terminal blocks Tool to aid withdrawal of circuit breakers from terminal blocks. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) AC 250V; DC 65V 1...25 A 1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V resistive load > 10,000 operations at 1 x IN > 20,000 operations mechanical -30C...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) AC 250 V 1000 A cos = 0.8 DC 65 V 2000 A L/R = 4 ms operating area IP 30 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz); to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11ms) directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 20 g (11 ms) direction 6 to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours in 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 80 g 2 63-P10-Si-202005 X 2210-S0606J X 2210-KA303 E X 2210-K0404 E X 2210-K0505 E X 2210-K0606 E X 2210-K0707 E X 2210-K0808 E X 2210-K0909 E X 211 018 01 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main to aux. circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 16 25* *80% IN continuous load Internal resistance () 1.10 0.25 0.13 0.07 0.04 0.02 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals Authority VDE (EN 60934) Demko/Semko CSA/UL Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V Current ratings 1...25 A 1...16 A 1...25 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 117 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410033-...A Dimensions 3.6 LINE 1 unit 1 0 12 Internal connection diagrams 11 LINE 1 11 I I> 25 25 25 18 unit 2 12 0 I I> 12 OFF ON 1 2(k) OFF position 2(k) ON position 19 3.5 43 68 12.5 Shock directions 2.1 6.8 40.8 50 32 mounting thread M3 max. screw length 5.8 mm tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm 12.5 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 10 2 1 11 12 2k 11.5 1 3 5 6 4 1 2 unit II 8A unit I 16 Installation drawing operating area (double insulation) 12.5 9 12 2k 1 11 mounting area (standard insulation) 118 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 20 5 Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410005-...A Description Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with trip-free, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation. Two-chamber construction with cascade contact arrangement to provide high voltage DC capability and high switching performance. Designed for plug-in mounting in distribution rails X 2210-S0606J, X2210-K... or terminal blocks 23-P10Si-202005 and 63-P10-Si-202005. Typical applications Communications systems, power supplies, process control equipment. 2210-S291-P9M2-410005-... A Accessories 23-P10-Si-202005 Lug mounted socket which accommodates one single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit breakers. With push-on terminals. Lug mounted socket which accommodates 3 single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit breakers. With push-on terminals. Terminal rail 3-way terminal blocks 4-way terminal blocks 5-way terminal blocks 6-way terminal blocks 7-way terminal blocks 8-way terminal blocks 9-way terminal blocks Tool to aid withdrawal of circuit breakers from terminal blocks. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) AC 250V; DC 65V 0.4...25 A 1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V > 10,000 operations at 1 x IN > 20,000 operations mechanical -30C...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) AC 250 V 0.4...1 A 1.6...25 A DC 65 V 0.4...4 A 6...25 A cos = 0.8 self-limiting 2000 A L/R = 4 ms self-limiting 3500 A 2 63-P10-Si-202005 X 2210-S0606J X 2210-KA303 E X 2210-K0404 E X 2210-K0505 E X 2210-K0606 E X 2210-K0707 E X 2210-K0808 E X 2210-K0909 E X 211 018 01 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main to aux. circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.4 0.65 1 1.6 2 2.5 3 4 Internal resistance () 6.87 2.96 1.84 0.75 0.50 0.35 0.25 0.15 Current rating (A) 6 8 10 12 16 20* 25* Internal resistance () 0.09 0.03 0.03 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 30 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz); to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11ms) directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 20 g (11 ms) direction 6 to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours in 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 80 g Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass *80% IN continuous load Approvals Authority VDE (EN 60934) Demko/Semko CSA/UL Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V Current ratings 0.4...25A 0.4...16 A 0.4...25 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 119 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410005-...A Dimensions 3.6 Internal connection diagrams LINE 1 unit 1 0 I I> 11 LINE 1 11 12 0 I I> 12 12 25 25 OFF ON 25 18 unit 2 1 I> 2(k) OFF position I> 2(k) ON position 19 3.5 43 68 12.5 Shock directions 2.1 6.8 40.8 50 32 mounting thread M3 max. screw length 5.8 mm tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm 12.5 10 2 1 11 12 2k 11.5 3 5 6 4 1 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 1 2 unit II 8A unit I 16 Installation drawing operating area (double insulation) 12.5 9 Selective back-up fuses Voltage rating Prospective shortcircuit Selective to NH fuse rating Current rating of 2210-S291-P2M2-410005 35 A 50 A DC 60 V 3500 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 35 A 50 A 20 5 6A 12 A 20 A 25 A 25 A 3A 8A 20 A 25 A 25 A AC 250 V 2000 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 1 11 12 2k mounting area (standard insulation) NH fuse according to VDE 0636, part 21 (IEC 269) NH fuse = low voltage power fuse 120 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410...-...A Typical time/current characteristics Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors shown to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temp. C -30 -20 -10 0 +10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1 1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29 0.4...6 A 10000 AC +60 C +23 C -30 C 0.4...6 A 10000 DC +60 C +23 C -30 C 1000 1000 Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds 100 100 10 1 1 0.1 0.1 2 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 8...25 A 10000 AC +60 C +23 C -30 C 8...25 A 10000 DC +60 C +23 C -30 C 1000 1000 100 100 Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds 10 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 121 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410...-...A Accessories Mounting sockets 23-P10-Si-202005 retaining clip Y 302 974 01 to special order polarized blade termminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 22.2 7.4 4.4 2 1 21 10 terminal 250V 1 11 E-T-A Typ 23 Gr. C 57.4 64 12 2(k) coding plug 40.8 3.5 6.8 50 6.8 12.5 2 6 30 2 25 63-P10-Si-202005 polarized blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 22.2 7.4 4.4 6 5 4 3 12.5 2 1 6.25 21 10 250V 1 11 E-T-A Typ 63 Gr. C 12 2(k) 57.4 50 40.8 3.5 6.8 64 6.8 12.5 50 75 terminal coding plug 2 6 30 Distribution rail X2210-S06... see pages 123 - 124 Distribution rail X2210-K... see pages 125 - 129 122 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Distribution rail X2210-S06... Description E-T-A rails distribute electrical power in telecommunications, automation, data and control systems. They have been designed to industry standard requirements and are suitable for mounting in ETSI control cabinets. These distribution rails are supplied with mounting bracket, cover, 6 blanks and withdrawal tool. Live parts in terminal areas are protected against brush contact (VDE 106, part 100). Typical applications Telecommunications systems using ETSI racks; process control, measuring and control systems. X2210-S06... with circuit breaker 2210-S291... Technical data Circuit breakers to be fitted Voltage rating Load Signalisation (N/C contact) Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Flame resistance (IEC 695, part 2-2) Terminal design input output input terminal B + (N) to output terminal + (N) input terminal B - (U) to female contact 2 (k) input terminal B-Sig to female contact 12 output terminal - (U) to female contact 1 output terminal - to female contact 11 Mass X2210-S0606J 2210-S291-P9M2-410005 2210-S291-P9M2-410033 AC 250 V, DC 65 V max. 25 A per position max. 80 A for complete unit AC 240 V / DC 65 V max. 1 A per position Rated impulse withstand voltage 2.5 kV self-extinguishing Pollution degree 2 Ordering information Type No. X2210 Module for circuit breaker type 2210-... Version S distribution rail Identification number 06 6 positions Terminal block (fitted) 00 without 01 1 x 02 2 x 03 3 x 04 4 x 05 5 x 06 6 x Accessories (fitted) G without H with mounting bracket J with mounting bracket, cover and 6 blanks K with mounting bracket, cover and 5 blanks L with mounting bracket, cover and 4 blanks M with mounting bracket, cover and 3 blanks N with mounting bracket, cover and 2 blanks P with mounting bracket, cover and 1 blank Q with mounting bracket and cover, without blanks R without mounting bracket, with cover and 6 blanks X2210 - S 06 06 J ordering example 2 clamp-type terminal 2.5 to 25 mm2 clamp-type terminal 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 Typical volume resistances in main circuit < 1.5x10-3 < 1.5x10-3 < 2x10-3 < 1.5x10-3 < 2x10-3 660 g Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 123 Distribution rail X2210-S06... Dimensions Installation example voltage input mounting bracket withdrawal tool blank e.g. 2210-S291-P9M2-410005-...A 196 legend strip terminal block (N) + Sig (U) - load input 54.3 8 (158.3) 2.6 cover 46 8.5 13.5 2.5 Phillips screw M5 DIN 7985 (captive) 188 Phillips screw M2.5 DIN 41494 T1.5 (captive) (U) 2 -1 7 17 16.4 30.5 63.5 2 50 3 6.5 29 distribution rail 01 45 (N) Sig 25 mm2 conductor size cable to be stripped over 15 mm 2.5 mm2 conductor size 02 03 99 04 circuit breaker 05 Phillips screw M4 DIN 7985 terminal block withdrawal tool X 211 018 01 06 legend strip blank 124 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Distribution rail X2210-K... Description E-T-A rails distribute electrical power in telecommunications, automation, data and control systems. A compact version is available for 3 to 9 loads. Mounting brackets and cover are not included. Live parts in terminals areas are protected against brush contact (VDE 106 part 100). Typical applications Telecommunications systems (surveillance systems); process control. X2210-K... Ordering information Type No. X2210 Module for circuit breaker type 2210-... Version K compact distribution rail Identification number A3 for 3 circuit breakers 04 for 4 circuit breakers 05 for 5 circuit breakers 06 for 6 circuit breakers 07 for 7 circuit breakers 08 for 8 circuit breakers 09 for 9 circuit breakers Terminal block (intermediate element) (fitted) 00 without 01 1 x 02 2 x 03 3 x 04 4 x 05 5 x 06 6 x 07 7 x 08 8 x 09 9 x E short version X2210 - K 04 04 E ordering example for 4 positions Technical data Circuit breakers to be fitted Voltage rating Load Signalisation (N/C contact) Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Flame resistance (IEC 695, part 2-2) Terminal design input (terminal A/B): output (terminal block + or N, or U) 2210-S291-P9M2-410005 2210-S291-P9M2-410033 AC 250 V, DC 65 V max. 25 A per position max. 80 A for complete unit AC 240 V/DC 65 V max. 1 A per position Rated impulse withstand voltage 2.5 kV self-extinguishing Pollution degree 2 2 clamp-type terminal 2.5 to 25 mm2 single and stranded conductor clamp-type terminal 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 single and stranded conductor Typical volume resistances in main circuit input terminal A/B +(N) to output terminal + (N) input terminal A/B - (U) to female contact 2 (k) input terminal A/B - Sig to female contact 12 output terminal - (U) to female contact 1 output terminal to female contact 11 Mass X2210-K0404 E < 1,5 x 10-3 < 1,5 x 10-3 < 2 x 10-3 < 1,5 x 10-3 < 2 x 10-3 approx. 280 g Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 125 Distribution rail X2210-K... Dimensions Distribution rail X2210-KA303 E X2210-K0404 E X2210-K0505 E X2210-K0606 E X2210-K0707 E X2210-K0808 E X2210-K0909 E B 99.6 125.2 150.7 176.3 201.9 227.5 253.1 A 116 141.5 167.5 193 218.5 244 270 Internal connection diagram 3-way 4-way 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way distribution rail + Si circuit breaker 0I I> 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 conductor size stripped over 11 mm 2.5 ... 25 mm2 conductor size stripped over 15 mm 16.4 I> 7 terminal block + - 13.5 e.g. 2210-S291-P9M2-410033-...A 30.2 29 o4.8 31 26.5 44 2 load o8.8 2 + B -0.8 max. A circuit breaker 0I 23 25.6 I> - Sig + N I> 9 U 10 36 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2 conductor size stripped over 11 mm contact point o12 2 15 46 2.4 M6 45 terminal block flat head screw ISO 7045-M4 to secure and withdraw terminal block terminal block + - 25.4 o9.5 63.5 load insulation co-ordination to IEC 664 and 664A: 2.5kV/2 1.2 29 126 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 17 Issue C Distribution rail X2210-K01.../K02.../K03... Description E-T-A rails distribute electrical power in telecommunications, automation, data and control systems. They have been designed to the BW7R design requirement of the telecommunications industry. Mounting brackets and cover are not included. Live parts in terminal areas are protected against brush contact (VDE 106 part 100). Typical applications Telecommunications systems of the BW7R design; process control, measuring and control systems X2210-K01.../K02.../K03... Technical data Circuit breakers to be fitted Voltage rating Load Signalisation (N/C contact) Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 asnd 664A) Flame resistance (IEC 695, part 2-2) Terminal design input (terminal A/B): output (terminal block + or N, or U) 2210-S291-P9M2-410005 2210-S291-P9M2-410033 AC 250 V, DC 65 V max. 25 A per position max. 80 A for complete unit AC 240 V/DC 65 V max. 1 A per position Rated impulse withstand voltage 2.5 kV self-extinguishing Pollution degree 2 Ordering information Type No. X2210 Module for circuit breaker type 2210-... Version K distribution rail Identification number 01 standard 02 distribution rail for remote supply 03 distribution rail, separate rails (2x8 outputs) Terminal block (intermediate element) (fitted) 00 without 01 1 x 02 2 x 03 3 x 04 4 x 05 5 x 06 6 x 07 7 x 08 8 x 09 9 x 10 10 x 11 11 x 12 12 x 13 13 x 14 14 x 15 15 x 16 16 x Accessories (fitted) B insulating sleeving 2, cover 1 C insulating sleeving 2, cover 0 D insulating sleeving 0, cover 1 F insulating sleeving 1, cover 2, for remote supply X2210 - K 01 04 B ordering example 2 clamp-type terminal 2.5 to 25 mm2 single and stranded conductor clamp-type terminal 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 single and stranded conductor Typical volume resistances in main circuit input terminal A/B +(N) to output terminal + (N) input terminal A/B - (U) to female contact 2 (k) input terminal A/B - Sig to female contact 12 output terminal - (U) to female contact 1 output terminal to female contact 11 Mass X2210-K0116 B < 1,5 x 10-3 < 1,5 x 10-3 < 2 x 10-3 < 1,5 x 10-3 < 2 x 10-3 approx. 1140 g Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 127 Distribution rail X2210-K01.../K02.../K03... Connection protection against electric shock * (insulating sleeving) connection pin (Cu 6 mm dia.) auxiliary contact of the CBEs (bridged between distribution rails on request) Installation load circuits common auxiliary contact rail captive screw *** (U) supply Sig (N) slide (to eject the connection pin) current input cable circuit breakers terminal block (may be withdrawn to connect the load circuit) cover rack 2 Sig (U) (N) plug-in CBE ** captive screw *** 25 mm2 terminals (to connect the next distribution rail) Connection pins and insulating sleeves may be removed when the distribution rail is directly connected by cable. ** Inserted in cover. *** Also ground connection between distribution rail and 7R rack. Separate ground connection not required. * Internal connection diagram terminal block captive screw circuit breaker (U) - Sig (N) + blank 0 I I> The distribution rail is secured to the mounting bracket by means of the captive screws. A moulded cover is provided. Two aluminium brackets carry the distribution rail and the moulded cover, at the same time leaving room for the cables. Several units can similarly be mounted together. + - load The supply cable which should be protected to a max. of 100 A is connected via a terminal block to the plus, minus and signal cables. Further distribution rails may be connected with power on by means of the insulated slide pins. The distribution rail will accommodate up to 16 circuit breakers or similar components. 0 I I> An intermediate block is fitted for each position to facilitate installation of the load circuits in service. All 16 plug-in blocks can be inserted or removed by the Phillips screw. Load circuits can be safely installed without interrupting the supply. Finger-safe distribution rail components can also be inserted with power on. + - terminal block load - (U) Sig + (N) Plug-in connections ensure ease of intallation. The cover and blanks provide front of rail protection. 128 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Distribution rail X2210-K... Description E-T-A distribution rails ensure ease of expansion and retrofit without the need to disconnect the system. Safe operation with power on is ensured by the fully insulated plug-in design, enabling industry demands for trouble-free operation to be satisfied. Major benefits of this wellproven system include high reliability and user convenience. E-T-A distribution rails meet the needs of many power supply systems including the 7R design of the German telecommunications market. Even where space is at a premium E-T-A circuit breakers type 2210S291-P9M2-410005-.., for both AC and DC use, will protect all downstream electrical equipment from overcurrent and short-circuits as well as providing protection against electrical shock hazards. The Bw7R type 2 configuration can be equipped with one standard unit and one modified version for remote supply devices. Additional versions of the standard type are suitable both for telecommunications and process control and automation. Application q Telecommunications Terminal rails of the Bw7R type 2 design can be connected to power supplies providing AC 230 V (max. 275 V) or DC 60 V (max. 75 V). A back-up fuse with a max. rating of 100 A should be connected. Power distribution is by means of 16 outputs which are protected by E-T-A circuit breakers. Expansion is possible as required. Power supply units of telecommunication equipment are typically connected downstream. - X2210-K0116 B is designed to power system units - X2210-K0212 F is designed for remote feeds Both terminal rails can be mounted in Bw7R racks, one unit requiring a space of 500 mm. q Process control, automation and telecommunications Initially designed for Bw7R (vertical mounting), the terminal rails are also suitable for 19" control cabinets and other designs. 2 Features q Fully insulated design Distribution rails q Distribution rail X2210-K0316 E Absolutely safe in operation even when retrofitted, as live parts cannot be touched. q Ease of mounting Fastening of the assembly is by means of two bolts only. q Ease of electrical installation Positions 8 and 9 of this type are physically isolated so that two independent distribution rails with 8 outputs each are available in one housing. The signal contact rail is not isolated. Feed-in from both sides. Two separate power supplies which can carry different potentials (e.g. DC 65 V; AC 230 V) are accommodated on 500 mm spacings. q Terminal strip X2210-K0404 E to X2210-K0404 E The connection of only plus, minus and signal cable is required to operate the distribution rail for 16 outs. No further wiring is necessary. q Cost-effective expansion Distribution rails can readily be installed in multiples. Safe electrical connection of several rails, even during systems operation, is by use of coupling pins. q No costly system downtime A compact version of the distribution rail is available for applications requiring small distribution rails with up to 9 outputs only but providing the same benefits as the standard version. Feed from one side allows the supply of 4 to 9 outputs. The compact distribution rail can be used where space is at a premium because its length may be varied. q Group signalisation Live components need not be disconnected when the system is expanded. q Safe connection of the supply line Plug-in intermediate elements provide safe connection of the supply line independent of its position, thereby minimising installation difficulties. q Ease of access The circuit breakers suitable for the distribution rails comprise an auxiliary contact closing when the main contact opens. All auxiliary contacts are placed above the distribution rail, parallel between ground and the group signalisation rail. q Single signalisation Distribution rails can be mounted from the front. The load lines which are preconnected to the adapter plug can be easily inserted in the cable space obviating the need for costly threading. q Compact design Single signalisation can be provided by means of a modified intermediate element. The ground connection generally required in telecommunication systems is obviated. "Signal potential" is applied to the terminal of the intermediate element as soon as the circuit breaker trips. The system manufacturer should however provide separate signal lines (max. 16) which should be connected to the ground terminal of the intermediate element. Optimum utilisation of the space available as circuit breakers, distribution rail and accessories have been designed in close cooperation with users and system designers. q Electrical safety The system is suitable for voltages up to AC 275 V or DC 75 V (max. 100 A back-up fuse; 25 mm2 connecting cable). Insulation co-ordination in conformance with IECF 664 and 664A. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 129 2 130 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2.. Description One, two and three pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tripfree, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN 60934/IEC 934). Featuring a combi-foot design for both symmetric and asymmetric rail mounting. Available with auxiliary contact (1 x N/ O or 1 x N/C) for status signalling. Two and three pole models are internally linked to ensure that both/all poles trip in the event of an overload on one pole, even if the actuator is held in the ON position. This CBE can be supplied in current ratings to 32 A with a choice of characteristic curves. All screw terminals are recessed for safety. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Process control equipment, robotics, machine tool control, communications systems, instrumentation. 2210-T2.. single pole 3 pole Ordering information Type No. 2210 single and multi pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker Mounting T rail mounting Actuator design 2 toggle Number of poles 1 single pole protected 2 2 pole protected 3 3 pole protected 4 4 pole protected 5 2 pole, protected on one pole only Accessories 0 without accessories Terminal design (main contacts) K0 screw terminals Characteristic curve F1 fast acting: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn.2-4xIN DC (DC only) M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 6-12xIN AC, 7.8-15.6xIN DC T1 delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4 IN; magn. 10-20xIN AC T2 thermal only, 1.01-1.4xIN M3 standard delay, low resistance: therm. 1.4-1.8xIN; magn. 6-12xIN AC, 7.8-15.6 x IN DC Auxiliary contact design H without intermediate position Auxiliary contacts 0 without auxiliary contacts 1 with auxiliary contacts 2 auxiliary contacts on pole 1 only (multi pole devices) 3 auxiliary contacts on pole 1 and 3 (3 pole devices) Auxiliary contact function 2 N/O contact 3 N/C contact Auxiliary contact - terminal design 1 screw terminals Current ratings 0.1 ... 32 A 2210 - T 2 1 0 - K0 M1 - H 1 2 1 - 10 A ordering example Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V; 3 AC 433 V (50/60 Hz); DC 65 V AC 277/480 V UL/CSA 0.1...32 A (32 A resistive load only) 1 A, AC 240 V / DC 65 V 10,000 operations at 1xIN -30...+60 C (T 60) Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 3000 V AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 0.1...5 A 400 A; 6...32 A 800 A; Curve T2 : 0.1...32 A 15xIN Curve M3: 0.1... 2 A 200 A AC 20...32 A AC 277 V /2000 A 3 AC 480 V /2000 A DC 65 V / 2000 A 2 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main/aux. circuit pole/pole Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) IN 0.1...16 A 1 + 2 pole AC 277 V /5000 A 3 pole 3 AC 480 V /5000 A 1 + 2 pole DC 65 V /2000 A Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 30 terminal area IP 20 Curve F1: 3 g (57-500 Hz), 0.23 mm (10-57 Hz) Curves M1, M3, T1, T2: 5 g (57-500 Hz), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis Curve F1: 25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5 10 g (11 ms), direction 6 Curves M1, M3, T1, T2: 25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5 20 g (11 ms), direction 6 to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 60 g per pole Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 131 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2.. Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current Internal resistance () rating F1 M1 T1 (A) fast acting standard delay delayed for DC for AC + DC for AC 0.1 162 92 81 0.2 39.3 26.1 24.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 17.5 9.2 6.8 4.2 2.8 1.6 0.78 0.42 0.26 0.18 0.12 0.092 0.054 0.025 0.022 0.02 0.02 11.6 6.6 4.1 3 1.65 1.10 0.47 0.28 0.183 0.124 0.077 0.063 0.045 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 10.4 6.0 3.9 2.7 1.53 0.98 0.42 0.24 0.17 0.12 0.073 0.055 0.039 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Dimensions M3 low resistance T2 for AC + DC 77 23 10.2 5.7 3.7 2.6 0.9 0.36 0.141 0.091 5.5 45 20 OFF ON standard delay thermal for AC + DC 42 11.7 5.6 2.9 1.75 1.42 0.75 0.5 0.22 0.136 0.083 0.057 0.041 0.032 0.021 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 - slot fitting labels from Phoenix Weidmuller Wieland 37.5 30.5 25 18 11.5 88.5 15 1.39 9-12 Si 1 12-14 Si 2 78.5 7.5 44 12 0.19 0.051 0.040 0.027 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 2 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 12.5 12.5 43.5 40 main contact terminal max. 6 mm2 (rigid conductor) tightening torque 0.5 Nm G-profile EN 50035-G32 symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 EN 50022-35x15/1.5 Si-terminal max. 1.5 mm2 (rigid conductor) tightening torque 0.5 Nm 5.5 unit III Approvals Authority VDE (EN 60934) LRoS, BV UL, CSA Voltage ratings 3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V 3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V 3 AC 480 V, AC 277 V, DC 65 V Current ratings 0.1...32 A 0.1...32 A 0.1...32 A unit II unit I 12.5 multi pole devices Internal connection diagrams Installation drawing ...-H131-... OFF position line (Si) 0I 1 11 NC contact ON position line (Si) 0I 1 11 operating area (double insulation) 12 (Si) I I 2 line 1 12 (Si) ...-H121-... 0 I 2 line 1 (Si) 13 NO contact 0 I (Si) 13 Si 1 Si 2 14 (Si) I 2 I 2 14 (Si) mounting area 132 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 11.5 Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2.. Typical time/current characteristics Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -30 -20 -10 0 +10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1 1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29 Multi pole devices: all poles symmetrically loaded. N.B. * Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies. -F1 0,1...16 A 10000 DC -M1 0,1...6 A 10000 AC* -M1 8...32 A 10000 AC* 1000 1000 1000 Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 100 100 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 2 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current -T1 0,1...6 A 10000 AC -T1 8...32 A 10000 AC -M3 0,1...5 A 10000 AC* 1000 1000 1000 Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 100 100 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current -M3 6...16 A 10000 AC* -T2 0,1...6 A 10000 AC/DC -T2 8...32 A 10000 AC/DC 1000 1000 1000 Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 100 100 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 +60 C +23 C -30 C 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 133 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2.. Accessories Connector bus links -K10 X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 black X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 brown 50 pin lugs to DIN 46230 tinned copper o2.5 Shock directions 5 6 1 2 3 ~70 4 Bus bar for 2 pole units X 221 497 01 9 x 25 = 225 2 25 12.5 12.5 2.5 1.3 IEC 664 500 V/70 A (40C) CE E-T-A(R) GERMANY 250 14 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2 6.5 Bus bar for 1 pole units X 221 498 01 16 x 12.5 = 200 12.5 2.5 1.3 IEC 664 500 V/70 A (40C) CE E-T-A(R) GERMANY 207 3.5 Supply terminal for bus bar X 221 496 01 M4 17 1.3 4.6 2.5 9 conductor size max. 10 mm2 12 16 15 134 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 5.2 11 14 29 29 Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-L.../G... Description Miniaturised single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tripfree, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Two designs provide the option of either printed circuit board or threadneck panel mounting. A separate shunt tap terminal and auxiliary contacts are available. Fast acting, medium or long delay characteristics can be specified for both models. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 935). Typical applications Control equipment, communications systems, instrumentation. 2215-L1.. Ordering information Type No. 2215 single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker Mounting G1 threadneck panel mounting L1 PCB mounting Number of poles 1 1 pole protected Mounting hardware 0 without accessories 1 2 hex nuts 1/4"-40 UNS-2A, serrated washer, location pin (-G1 only) Terminal design (main contacts) P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 without shunt terminal B1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8, with shunt terminal L1 solder pins, without shunt terminal M1 solder pins, with shunt terminal Characteristic curve F1 fast acting: 1.01-1.4xIN ; magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only) M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 5-10xIN DC; magn. 3.5-8xIN AC T1 delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn.10-16xIN AC Auxiliary contacts S0 without auxiliary contact S1 with auxiliary contact (change over) Auxiliary contact - terminal design 1 blade terminals 6.3x0.8 -G1 2 solder pins -L1 Current ratings 0.05...10 A 2215 - G1 1 1 - P1 F1 - S1 1 - 0.5 A ordering example 2215-G1.. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 48 V (higher DC voltages to special order) 0.05...10 A 1 A, AC 250 V/DC 28 V 10,000 operations at 1xIN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 300 A IN 0.05 A 0.1...6 A 8...10 A 0.05...10 A UN AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 250 V DC 50 V 2 Dielectric strength IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main/aux. circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) 200 A 1000 A 2000 A 200 A Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 30 terminal area IP 00 Curve F1: 6 g (57-500 Hz), 0.46 mm (10-57 Hz) Curves M1, T1: 8 g (57-500 Hz), 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis Curves F1, M1, T1: 30 g (11 ms), directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Curve F1: 10 g (11 ms), direction 6 Curves M1, T1: 15 g (11 ms), direction 6 to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 25 g Shock Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current ratings (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 Internal resistance () 440 108 29.9 14.2 7.9 5.0 3.5 1.8 1.19 Current rating (A) 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 Internal resistance () 0.54 0.33 0.20 0.14 0.084 0.057 0.043 0.02 0.02 Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 135 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-L.../G... Dimensions 2215-L1... Installation drawing 25 25 0 spacer 14 4 operating area (double insulation) I o1.5 1.7 25.6 14 49 52 35 5 10.6 LINE 11 19 2 12 11 14 1 2 12 11 14 1 1x0.8 2.5 * 6 29 8.6 11.5 4 3 mounting area (standard insulation) 2 Dimensions 2215-G1... Internal connection diagram line 1 0 10 10 I 11 tightening torque max. 1 Nm I serrated washer lock washer 2 o3 (3) 12 19 0 threadneck 1/4"-40 UNS-2A hex nut 14 I 52.5 53.5 8 11 LINE Shock directions 2 12 11 14 1 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 9 5 2.5 * 6 4 3 6 29 front panel cut-out o6.4 +0.1 11.5 11 A3 LINE 4 16 1 2 6.1 o2.4 +0.1 Approvals Authority VDE UL CSA Semko Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 28 V AC 250 V, DC 50 V AC 250 V, DC 48 V AC 250 V, DC 28 V Current ratings 0.05...10 A 0.05...10 A 0.05...10 A 0.1 ...10 A 136 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-L.../G... Typical time/current characteristics Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -30 -20 -10 0 +10 +20 +30 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1 1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29 N.B. *Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies. -F1 0.05...6 A 10000 DC -F1 8...10 A 10000 DC -M1 0.05...6 A 10000 AC* 1000 1000 1000 100 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 Trip time in seconds 100 10 10 10 1 1 1 2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current -M1 8...10 A 10000 AC* -T1 0.05...6 A 10000 AC* -T1 8...10 A 10000 AC* 1000 1000 1000 100 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 Trip time in seconds 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 100 10 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current +60 C +23 C -30 C Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 137 2 138 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2215 for 19" Rack Mounting Description Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker mounted on Euro Card for 19" rack mounting, with one Euro Card accommodating up to three circuit breakers. Convenient toggle actuation enables series 2210 additionally to be used as an ON/OFF switch. A red LED is located in the front frame of the Euro Card, indicating the switching status of the circuit breaker (via the auxiliary circuit). Typical applications Process control, measuring and control systems, telecommunications. E2215-... Ordering information for circuit breakers only Type No. E2215 Mounting 1 3 x 1 pole, mounted symmetrically (standard) 2 2 x 1 pole, mounted centrally above and below 3 2 x 1 pole, mounted above and below 4 2 x 1 pone, mounted below and centrally 5 1 x 1 pole, mounted above 6 1 x 1 pole, mounted centrally 7 1 x 1 pole, mounted below Handle 1 aluminium handle (standard) LED 1 red LED, DC 24 V (standard) Circuit breaker Actuator design L2 moulded toggle Number of poles 1 single pole protected Accessories 0 without Terminal design P1 blade terminals A6.3-9,8 (standard) Characteristic curve 01 F1 fast acting: therm. 1.01x1.4 IN; magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only) 02 M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 5-10xIN DC; magn. 3.5-8xIN DC 03 T1 delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 6-13xIN AC Auxiliary contacts S1 with auxiliary contacts (change over) Auxiliary contact - terminal design 1 same as main terminals Current ratings 0.05...10 A E2215 - 3 1 1 - L2 1 0 - 02 - S1 1 - 0.1 A ordering example Technical data Circuit Breaker Main circuit: voltage rating current rating range standard current ratings AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 48 V 0.05...10 A 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 A 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5A 6 8 10 A AC 250 V/DC 28 V 1A see type 2215 2 Auxiliary circuit: voltage rating current rating Other data Front plate Dimensions: width height Material LED Max. voltage rating DC 24 V 4 TE (1 TE = 5.08 mm) 3 HE (1 HE = 44.45 mm) aluminium, anodized Select the circuit breakers to above ordering information. For further information please refer to pages 135 - 137. It is possible to fit circuit breakers of mixed current ratings on the Euro Card. Please add "Circuit breakers to be mounted on Euro Card" to the circuit breaker designation when ordering so that the applicable suffix number for the special version (E2215-L2..) can be determined . 19" racks may also be fitted with one or two circuit breakers by the customer, using industry standard components such as base plates, front plates with handle, sockets. Connection by means of blade terminals 6.3x0.8 mm. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 139 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2215 for 19" Rack Mounting Dimensions unit I (GI) ON OFF unit II (GII) multi-pin connector LED R1 X I 3 HE 4 TE R2 ON OFF R3 unit III (GIII) 174 Terminal selection 2 GI 12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14 2 1 2 1 2 1 view X dbz 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 Wiring diagram for LED-display d4 b4 + d10 b10 + d16 b16 + R1 R2 R3 LED GII GIII GI GII GIII Connection of the Euro Card to DIN 41612 with socket type H7/F24-F413.173 Connection of the 19" rack to DIN 41494. Internal connection diagrams applicable to all circuit breakers, G I to G III 0 I line 1 11 0 I line 1 100 ON OFF z4 z10 z16 11 12 14 I> 2 OFF position 12 14 I> 2 ON position 140 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-F1... Description Miniaturised two pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Fitted with panel mounting flange and push-on termination, also suitable for mounting on Euro Cards. Available with auxiliary contacts and a choice of fast, medium or long delay characteristics. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Control equipment, communications systems, instrumentation. 2215-F1... Ordering information Type No. 2215 double pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker Mounting F1 flange mounting, with M3 mounting thread Number of poles 2 2 pole protected 5 2 pole, protected on one pole only Accessories 0 without Terminal design (main contacts) P1 blade terminals 6.3 x 0.8 mm, without shunt terminal Characteristic curve F1 fast acting: 1.01-1.4xIN ; magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only) M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 5-10xIN DC; magn. 3.5-8xIN AC T1 delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 8-16xIN DC; magn. 6-13xIN AC Auxiliary contacts S0 without auxiliary contacts S1 with auxiliary contacts (change over) S2 with auxiliary contact on pole 1 only Auxiliary contact - terminal design 1 blade terminals 6.3x0.8 Current ratings 0.05...10 A 2215 F1 2 0 - P1 F1 - S1 1 - 0.5 A ordering example Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 48 V (higher DC voltage to special order) 0.05...10 A 1 A, AC 250 V/DC 28 V resistive load 10,000 operations at 1xIN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 600 A operating area IP 30 terminal area IP 00 Curve F1: 6 g (57-500 Hz), 0.46 mm (10-57 Hz) Curves M1, T1: 8 g (57-500 Hz), 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis Curves F1, M1, T1: 30 g (11 ms), directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Curve F1: 10 g (11 ms), direction 6 Curves M1, T1: 15 g (11 ms) direction 6 to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 50 g 2 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole/pole main/aux. circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current ratings (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0,3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 Internal resistance per pole () 440 108 29.9 14.2 7.9 5.0 3.5 1.8 1.19 Current ratings (A) 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 Internal resistance per pole () 0.54 0.33 0.20 0.14 0.084 0.057 0.043 0.02 0.02 Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 141 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-F1... Dimensions 2215-F1... 42 0 34 I Internal connection diagram line 13 11 21 25 25 15.5 13.5 I 0 12 14 22 24 I M3 2 I 4 52.6 2 12 11 14 LINE Shock directions 9 1 2.5 * 6 29 0.5 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 front panel cut-out 11.5 22.5 5 6 4 3 2 1 17 13 34 Installation drawing operating area (double insulation) 14 o3.4 2 35 LINE 19 2 12 11 14 1 4 3 mounting area (standard insulation) 142 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 11 16 Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-F1... Typical time/current characteristics Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -30 -20 -10 0 +10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1 1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29 N.B. *Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies. -F1 0.05...6 A 10000 DC -F1 8...10 A 10000 DC -M1 0.05...6 A 10000 AC* 1000 1000 1000 100 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 Trip time in seconds 100 10 10 10 1 1 1 2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current -M1 8...10 A 10000 AC* -T1 0.05...6 A 10000 AC* -T1 8...10 A 10000 AC* 1000 1000 1000 100 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 Trip time in seconds 100 10 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current +60 C +23 C -30 C Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 143 2 144 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-.. Description Single or two pole rocker switch/thermal-magnetic circuit breaker (Stype TM CBE to EN 60934). The addition of a magnetic tripping module to the type 3120 range described in catalogue section 1 extends the choices available to include single pole with thermal-magnetic protection; double pole switching with thermal-magnetic protection on one pole, thermal protection on the other; double pole switching with thermal-magnetic protection on one pole only. All are offered with rocker switch or push button control - two buttons for ON/OFF or one button press-to-reset only, in designs to suit one of three different panel cut-out sizes. Neon illumination (filament bulb for low voltages) is optional. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Motors, machine tools, office equipment, appliances. 3120-...-M... Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 50 V 0.1...16 A 50,000 operations at 1xIN double pole 30,000 operations at 1xIN single pole -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 0.1...2 A 100 x IN 2.5...16 A 250 A 2 pole 150 A 1 pole IN 0.1...4 A 5... 10 A 12...14 A UN AC 250 V AC 250 V AC 125 V Accessories Y 303 068 01 Y 303 675 01 Y 303 675 02 Y 303 885 31 X 210 832 01 Insulated cover, snap-fitted to the exposed areas of the two incoming terminals (when terminal screws are not specified) to provide brush contact protection. Retaining clip for -F3 mounting frame for panel thicknesses under 2 mm. As above for panel thicknesses under 4 mm. Blanking piece in -F3 size mounting frame. Separate water splash cover for use with -F4 and -F5 size mounting frames. 2 Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current ratings (A) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 2 Internal resistance per pole () therm-.magn. therm. 165 42.5 20.2 9.7 7.17 4.9 2.65 1.49 1.25 0.74 0.49 94 24 12 5.40 4.30 3 1.50 0.9 0.7 0.45 0.29 Current ratings (A) 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 6 7 8 10 14 16 Internal resistance per pole () therm-.magn. therm. Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area current path/ current path Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn 0.20 0.14 0.114 0.092 0.06 0.043 0.030 0.029 0.021 <0.02 <0.02 0.0785 0.0595 0.0565 0.0435 0.0325 0.0215 0.0215 0.02 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) 200 A 2000 A 1000 A Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 (with water splash protection IP 54) terminal area IP 00 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 30 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 53 g (2 pole) approx. 50 g (1 pole) Shock Corrosion Approvals Humidity Authority VDE (EN 60934) Voltage ratings AC 240 V, DC 28 V DC 50 V DC 50 V CSA, UL AC 250 V Current ratings 0.1...16 A 0.1...16 A double pole 0.1...10 A single pole 0.1...14 A Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 145 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-.. Ordering information Type 3120 rocker switch/circuit breaker Mounting F snap-in frame Size of frame panel thickness 3 to fit in cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm 1 - 6.35 mm 4 to fit in cut-out 44.5x22 mm 1 - 2.5 mm 5 to fit in cut-out 44.5x22 mm 2.6 - 4 mm 6 to fit in cut-out 45x33.7 mm 1.2 - 2.4 mm Number of poles 1 1 pole, thermal-magnetic protection 2 2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole, thermally protected on the other pole 5 2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole, unprotected on the other pole Mounting frame design 1 collar height 1 mm 3 collar height 9 mm (with safety frame) 4 collar height 2 mm, with water splash protection (IP 54) (not with -F6 frame) Terminal configuration P7 blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 mm (terminals 12(k), 22(k), 11, 21) H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 11, 21: terminal screws M3.5, blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 N7 as P7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i)) are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 G7 as H7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i)) are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 Characteristic curve M1 standard delay, therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 4-9xIN AC Switch style W rocker Switch colour designation OPAQUE TRANSLUCENT (for illuminated versions) Ordering information Type 3120 push button switch/circuit breaker Mounting F snap-in frame Size of frame 2 special frame for fitting splash cover 3 to fit in cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm panel thickness 1 - 6.35 mm Number of poles 1 1 pole, thermal-magnetic protection 2 2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole, thermally protected on the other pole 5 2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole, unprotected on the other pole Mounting frame design F frame with two push buttons G frame with one push button Terminal configuration P7 blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 mm (terminals 12(k), 22(k), 11, 21) H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 11, 21: terminal screws M3.5, blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 N7 as P7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i)) are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 G7 as H7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i)) are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 Characteristic curve M1 standard delay, therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 4-9xIN AC Switch style/colour D 1 push button (reset only) 01X black 04X red 12X white translucent 19X green translucent S 2 push buttons ON/OFF GRX green translucent/red WRX white translucent/red WBX white translucent/black Push button illumination (optional) B filament bulb (AC/DC) L neon (AC) G green LED, AC/DC Y yellow LED, AC/DC R red LED, AC/DC Illumination voltage range/ power consumption 4-7 V/6 V/80 mA (B,G,Y,R) 0 1 10-14 V/12 V/75mA (B,G,Y,R) 2 20-28 V/24 V/35mA (B,G,Y,R) 3 90-140 V/115 V/<1 mA (L) 4 185-275 V/230 V/<1 mA (L) 5 42-54 V/48 V/35 mA (Y,R) 2 01 black 02 white 04 red 12 white 14 red 15 orange 19 green Rocker markings A 0 AUS OFF B I EIN ON C D 0 AUS OFF E I EIN ON F ABCDEFX X X = without marking Rocker illumination (optional) B with illumination AC/DC G green LED, AC/DC Y yellow LED, AC/DC R red LED, AC/DC Illumination voltage range/ power consumption 4-7 V/6 V/80 mA (B,G,Y,R) 0 1 10-14 V/12 V/75mA (B,G,Y,R) 2 20-28 V/24 V/35mA (B,G,Y,R) 3 90-140 V/115 V/<1 mA (B) 4 185-275 V/230 V/<1 mA (B) 5 42-54 V/48 V/35 mA (B,Y,R) Current ratings 0.1...16 A 3120 - F 3 2 F - N7 M1 - S GRX L 4 - 10 A ordering example Current ratings 0.1...16 A 3120 - F 3 2 1 - N7 M1 - W 12 A B 4 - 10 A ordering example The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. 146 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-.. Dimensions Mounting style -F3.1, with rocker Collar height 1 mm 25 16 7 optional illumination OFF position 54 9 Mounting frame variants Mounting style -F3.3, with rocker collar height 9 mm 25 19.5 54 35 35 33 35 33 Flat-head screw M3.5x5 ISO 1580 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm 9 blade terminal DIN 46244-C-Ms-S 18 21 14 41 18 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S 21 14 41 9 15.5 30 3.5 flat-head screw M3.5x5 ISO 1580 tightening torque max.0.8 Nm 10 15.5 30 3.5 10 2 Mounting style -F3.4, with rocker collar height 2 mm, with water splash protection Installation drawing 3.8 27 19.5 10 56 35 Required safety distances for rocker and push button operating area 10 15.5 Mounting style -F3.F-..-S.., with 2 push buttons OFF position 25 16.2 optional illumination 54 14.2 7 7 mounting area 8 7 10 15 10 Cut-out dimensions Cut-out for mounting style -F3 with rocker and push button -0.4 -0.2 Cut-out for mounting style -F6 with rocker panel thickness -0.4 -0.2 min. 2.5 min. 2 1-6.35 ma x. R2 ma x. R 1.5 50.5 +0.3 x ma .R 0.3 "A" .,3 R0 x. ma Mounting style -F3.G-...-D..., with 1 push button OFF position 25 16.2 optional illumination +0.2 33.7 +0.2 - 0.05 54 14.2 1-2.5 for ...F4 2.6-4 for ...F5 Cut-out for mounting style -F4/-F5 with rocker -0.4 -0.2 21.5 15 min. 2 panel thickness 1.2 +0.4 1.6 +0.8 2.4 +1 0 0 0 dimension "A" 45 +0,2 45 +1.1 45 +2.2 -0.05 -0.05 -0.05 ma x. R 1.5 44.5 +0.2 ma x. R0 .3 +0.3 For mounting styles -F2.., -F4.., -F5.., -F6.. please see pages 67 and 71 22 Issue C 10 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 147 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-.. Internal connection diagrams therm.-magn. protection on one pole thermally protected on the other pole line 11 21 11 Accessories Insulated cover Y 303 068 01 therm.-magn. protection on one pole unprotected on the other pole line 21 2.5 12(i) 22(i) 12(i) 22(i) 20 0.9 9 12(k) I> 12 22(k) 12(k) I> 12 Retaining clip for 3120-F3... Y 303 675 01/02 58 Retaining clip for 3120-F5... Y 303 676 01 52 44.5 R 35 0. 50.5 22.5 22 28 1 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 Y303 675 01 suitable for panel thickness < 2 mm Y303 675 02 suitable for panel thickness < 4 mm 10 Blanking piece in -F3... size mounting frame Y 303 885 31 matt finish 54 31 1 25 16.5 1 0.1 36 33 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 41 21 2.5...16 A 10000 AC N.B. Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 25% on DC supplies. Separate water splash cover for use with -F4../-F5.. size mounting frames X 221 619 01 48 1000 100 Trip time in seconds 25 10 o8 1 16.5 0.1 3.4 o4.4 0.01 35 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 60 73 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -30 -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92 1 1.08 1.14 1.23 Separate water splash cover for style -F2 see page 72 148 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 0.8 Issue C 2.5 without bends R 2 Single or double pole load 0.1...2 A R3 AC 1 * sharp-edged 0. 1 28 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 1 Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3200 Description Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, press-to-reset, snap action mechanism and additional manual release (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Designed for plug-in mounting with E-T-A sockets 10 and 16. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Control equipment, extra-low voltage wiring systems and components. 3200-... Accessories 10R-K10 10R-P10 10R-A10 Y 301 166 02 Y 301 166 01 16 Y 301 477 01 X 210 589 01 X 210 589 02 X 210 588 01 X 210 588 02 Modular snap-together surface mounted sockets, each accommodating two plug-in circuit breakers. With screw terminals. As above but with push-on terminals. As above but with a combination of screw and push-on terminals. Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets. Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets. Single socket for symmetric EN rail mounting. Blanking plug with insulated pins, for sockets 10, 20, 40, 60. 50-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted connection lugs for type 10F-K10/-A10 sockets. As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links. 100-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted push-on connectors for type 10F-P10 sockets. As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links. Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 28 V 0.05...25 A 4000 operations at 2xIN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V double insulation >100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05...0.8 A 1...2 A 2.5...25 A self-limiting 200 A 400 A 2 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz)0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 50 g Ordering information Type No. 3200 plug-in Current ratings 0.05...25 A 3200 - 5 A ordering example Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Standard current ratings and typical internal resistances Current rating (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 Internal resistance () 534 149 56 24.2 13.6 8.1 5.25 3.55 2.02 0.90 0.51 0.36 0.23 Current rating (A) 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 25 Internal resistance () 0.141 0.107 0.060 0.049 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Approvals Authority VDE CSA LRoS Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 28 V AC 250 V, DC 28 V AC 250 V, DC 28 V Current ratings 0.05...25 A 0.05...15 A 0.3 ...25 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 149 Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3200 Dimensions Internal connection diagram line 1 OFF ON o9.5 o13 15.5 48.5 10 I> 1 2 2 9.6 19 43 current rating in A 14 19 2 50 Installation drawing operating area (double insulation) 34.5 11 43 2 1 2 6 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 N.B. Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. Typical time/current characteristics 0.05...7 A 10000 AC 8...16 A 10000 AC 18...25 A 10000 AC 1000 1000 1000 100 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 Trip time in seconds 100 10 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 +60 C +23 C -30 C 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 150 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3200 Accessories Sockets (continuous load up to 16 A) 10R-K10 10R-P10 wire cross sectional areas 2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded 2 x max. 4 mm2 solid 13 12 1 Blanking plug Y 301 477 01 for sockets 10R-P10/K10/A10 Terminal for mounting rack (DIN/EN 50035-G32) X 200 800 01 for sockets 10R, 10F 27.5 14 1 5.6 30 42 50 68 11 21 12 11 21 30 6 1.5 12 22 12 22 9.5 15 45 75 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 19 50 o4 14.5 27 10R-A10 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 8 Connector bus links -K10 X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 for sockets 20, 40, 60, 10R-K10/-A10 and 16 50 pin lugs to DIN 46230 tinned copper o2.5 12 8 9.5 7,5 7 M5 x 12 9.5 59 2 12 11 7 wire cross sectional areas 2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded 2 x max. 4 mm2 solid 21 22 Bus bars for sockets 10...: Y 301 166 02, two-way 4.2 Y 301 166 01, four-way 2.9 7.9 12.5 8.5 15 22.9 t = 0.8 15 15 52.9 15 Connector bus links -P10 X 210 588 01/1.5mm2, brown X 210 588 02/2.5mm2, black X 210 588 03/2.5mm2, red X 210 588 04/2.5mm2, blue for sockets 10R-P10, 10R-A10 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated Socket 16 70 52 15 1.5 Adapter for socket 16 X 200 409 01 for track mounting to EN 50035-G32 (G profile) on request 39.5 32 38.5 ~70 symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 Issue C ~70 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 151 2 152 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3300/3400 Description Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free, press-to-reset, snap action mechanism (R-type TM CBE to EN 60934; M-type with manual release -H). Available with fast acting and standard magnetic tripping characteristics - types 3300 and 3400 - both with threadneck panel mounting. Options include auxiliary contacts, a separate shunt tap terminal (-A3), and pull-to-trip manual release (-H). Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Control systems, instrumentation, medical equipment, machine tools, robotics. 3300 Accessories X 210 663 01 X 200 801 08 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for version with press-to-reset only (-IG2). Concertina style splash cover/hex nut assembly for version with press-to-reset only (-IG2). fast acting 3400 standard delay Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) operating area Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main circuit/aux. circuit aux. circuit 4-5/6-7 Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V 0.05...16 A 1 A, AC 250 V/DC 65 V 5000 operations at 2xIN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V double insulation AC 1500 V AC 840 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05...0.8 A self-limiting 1...2 A 200 A 2.5...16 A 400 A IN 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A UN AC 250 V DC 80 V 2 Ordering information Type No. 3300 fast acting 3400 standard delay Mounting IG2 moulded threadneck M12x1, protection class II, (bulk-shipped) not with -H;leave blank for metal threadneck (required for -H) Terminal design P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 K20 screw terminals M3.5x5.5 with clamp (not for -Si and -A3) Shunt terminal (optional) A3 same as main terminals, up to IN=7 A max. load 5 A Manual release (optional) H manual release facility (pull) for M12x1 metal threadneck only *) Auxiliary contacts (optional) Si with silver-plated solder terminals (N/O and N/C) Current ratings 0.05...16 A 3400 - IG2 - P10 3400 P10 - Si - 10 A ordering example, without manual release and with moulded threadneck ordering example, with manual release and metal threadneck Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) 1000 A 1000 A Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca 3300: approx. 55 g 3400: approx. 50 g - H - Si - 10 A Shock Corrosion Humidity *) metal threadneck version for -H is not approved. The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Mass Current ratings (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 Internal resistance ( 3300 3400 477 131 41 19.6 10.4 7.2 4.8 2.5 1.93 0.81 0.44 0.27 447 131 40 19.3 10.4 7.1 4.3 2.5 1.67 0.61 0.38 0.24 Current ratings (A) 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 13 14 15 16 Internal resistance () 3300 3400 0.18 0.109 0.066 0.046 0.032 0.020 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.19 0.090 0.061 0.041 0.034 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 153 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3300/3400 Dimensions -IG2-P10 o6.4 Internal connection diagrams OFF ON M12x1 tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm line 1 line 1 5 7 22.5 16 10 3 4 6 50.3 (-IG2) 52.3 (-H) I> I> 3 from IN=8 A 2 with shunt terminal (-A3) 2 and auxiliary contacts (-Si) 11 Terminal design 14.5 Einbauloch current rating in A 42 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 29 2 SW14 5 11.4 -P10-A3 11.5 -0.1 1 3 2 o12.2 -0.1 -H OFF ON o6.4 10.5 M12x1 -P10-Si 1 7 46 2 24.5 18.5 -K20 5 mounting holes 9 1.5 1 2 9.50.2 M3.5x5.5 ISO 1207 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm o3 +0.2 Installation drawing o12.5 +0.2 Approvals Authority operating area (double insulation) max. 2.5 Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 80 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V AC 250 V Current ratings 0.05...16 A 0.3 ...16 A 0.05...16 A 0.05...15 A (3300) 0.05...16 A (3400) 2 A and 2.5 A VDE, Demko, LRoS CSA, UL Nemko Semko (max. 2 mm when fitted with water splash cover) Metal threadneck version for -H is not approved 26 3 3 1 mounting area 41 3 154 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3300/3400 Typical time/current characteristics Type 3300 0.05...7 A 10000 AC +60 C +23 C Type 3400 0.05...7 A 10000 AC +60 C +23 C 1000 -30 C 1000 -30 C Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds 100 100 10 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 2 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 Type 3300 8...16 A 10000 AC +60 C +23 C Type 3400 8...16 A 10000 AC +60 C +23 C 1000 -30 C 1000 -30 C 100 Trip time in seconds 100 10 Trip time in seconds 10 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 Accessories For push buttons with M12 moulded threadneck (-IG2) Hex nut with splash cover, black X 201 296 01 (IP 64) X 200 801 08 (IP 66)with O-ring Water splash cover, transparent with knurled nut X 210 663 01 (IP 64) M12x1 M12x1 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 155 2 156 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500/4000 Description Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Featuring a flange for panel mounting, and optional auxiliary contacts and unprotected shunt tap terminal. Type 4000 offers lower internal resistance values and is fitted as standard with auxiliary contacts and an intermediate reset position in which all contacts are isolated. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Control systems, instrumentation, medical equipment, machine tools, robotics, communications systems. 3500 standard type 4000 low-resistance type Ordering information Type No. 3500 standard version 4000 low resistance version Mounting (optional) F11 flange with additional M3 insertion nuts Terminal design P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8, tinned K20 screw terminals M 3.5x5.5 with clamp (not with -Si or type 4000) Shunt terminal (optional) A3 same as main terminals (up to IN = 7 A, max. load 5 A) Auxiliary contacts (optional with type 3500) Si auxiliary contacts, silver plated terminals one each N/O and N/C ZR-Si auxiliary contacts with intermediate position (standard with type 4000) Current ratings 0.05...16 A (type 3500) 0.05...10 A (type 4000) 3500 P10 - A3 Si - 10 A ordering example Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V 3500: 0.05...16 A 4000: 0.05...10 A 1 A, AC 250 V/DC 65 V 5,000 operations at 2xIN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V AC 840 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 3500 0.05...0.8 A 1...2 A 2.5...16 A IN 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A 4000 0.05...0.2 A 0.3...2 A 2.5...10 A UN AC 250 V DC 80 V self-limiting 200 A 400 A 2 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main/aux. circuit aux. circuit 4-5/6-7 Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) type 3500 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration 1000 A 1000 A Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current ratings (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 Internal resistance () 3500 4000 447 131 40 19.3 10.4 7.1 4.3 2.5 1.67 0.61 0.38 0.24 211 48 12.4 5.4 3.1 2.0 1.32 0.76 0.49 0.21 0.101 0.078 Current ratings (A) 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 15 16 Internal resistance () 3500 4000 0.19 0.090 0.061 0.041 0.034 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.054 0.035 0.025 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 40 g Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 157 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500/4000 Dimensions Version -P10 OFF ON Internal connection diagrams with shunt terminal (-A3) and auxiliary contacts (-Si) o8.5 4 line 1 11 4.5 line 1 5 7 15.5 9.5 3 4.5 2.5 6.3 4 6 46.5 I> 2 I> 2 3 from IN=8 A Switching position with intermediate position and auxiliary contacts (-ZR-Si) 11.5 line 1 5 7 line 1 5 7 line 1 5 7 42 current rating in A 50 29 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 3 4 6 3 I> 4 6 3 I> 4 6 2 5 20 M3 insertion nuts (-F11) 11 I> 3 from IN=8 A 3 from IN=8 A 3 from IN=8 A 58 Installation drawing o3.5 2 OFF position 2 intermediate position 2 ON position Terminal design -P10-A3 operating area (double insulation) -P10-Si 7 max. 2.5 7 -P10-A3-Si 1 8 -K20 mounting area 5 1.5 9 M3.5x5.5 ISO 1207 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm Approvals Authority 3500: VDE, Demko CSA, UL Nemko, Semko LRoS 4000: VDE, Demko, Semko AC 250 V, DC 65 V LRoS CSA, Nemko AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V 0.05...10 A 0.3 ...10 A 0.05...10 A AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 80 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A 0.05...10 A 0.3 ...16 A Voltage ratings Current ratings 158 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500/4000 Typical time/current characteristics Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 N.B. * Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. ** Magnetic tripping currents are decreased by 20% on AC supplies. 3500 0.05...7 A 10000 AC* 3500 8...16 A 10000 AC* 4000 0.05...10 A 10000 DC** 1000 1000 1000 100 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 Trip time in seconds 100 10 10 10 1 1 1 2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 +60 C +23 C -30 C 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 159 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500 Special version 3500-...-2100 Single pole thermal-magnetic overcurrent circuit breaker with slow magnetic trip curve, suitable for high inrush currents (up to 12xIN). Suffix -2100 is also available for types 3400 and 3600. Enquire for further details. Special version 3500-...-2350 Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker suitable for high ambient temperatures. The special rating of the circuit breaker allows resetting at no load in ambient temperatures up to +80C. Suffix -2350 is also available for types 3400 and 3600. Enquire for further details. Typical applications Industrial control systems, telecommunications, etc. Typical applications Industrial control systems Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.06 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 Internal resistance () 292 165 41.7 19.7 12.1 7.9 5.5 2.6 1.88 0.77 0.42 0.24 Current rating (A) 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 15 16 Internal resistance () 0.18 0.11 0.067 0.052 0.035 0.031 0.022 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1 1.5 2 Internal resistance () 583 167 49.9 23.1 12.8 8.7 3.45 2.3 0.89 0.48 Current rating (A) 2.5 3 4 5 6 10 12 15 16 Internal resistance () 0.42 0.21 0.13 0.11 0.056 0.022 0.02 0.02 0.02 2 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C AC 10000 Typical time/current characteristics AC 10000 +80 C +23 C 1000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 Trip time in seconds 100 10 10 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current N.B. Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. N.B. Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. 160 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900 Description Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Designed for plug-in mounting with E-T-A sockets 17-P10Si, 23-P10-Si, 63-P10-Si; or panel mounting using E-T-A clips. Featuring an unprotected shunt tap terminal and optional auxiliary contacts. Type 3900 offers lower internal resistance values and is fitted as standard with auxiliary contacts and an intermediate reset position in which all contacts are isolated. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Process control systems, instrumentation, communications systems. 3600 standard type 3900 low-resistance type Accessories 23-P10-Si 63-P10-Si 17-P10-Si 17-P10-Si-20025 Y 301 398 02 X 210 588 01 X 210 588 02 Y 300 504 02 Lug mounted socket. With push-on terminals. Lug mounted socket. With push-on terminals. EN rail mounted socket. Socket supplied with adapter fitted or asymmetric rail mounting (G-profile). Withdrawal tool - spring metal clip to aid withdrawal of the circuit breaker from its mounting socket. 100-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted pushon connectors for type 10F-P10 sockets. As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links. One pair of clips to facilitate panel mounting of types 3600 and 3900. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V 3600: 0.05...16 A; 3900: 0.05...10 A 1 A, AC 250 V/DC 65 V 5000 operations at 2xIN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V AC 840 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 3600 0.05...0.8 A 1...2 A 2.5...16 A IN 0.05...16 A 0.05...16 A 3900 0.05...0.2 A self-limiting 0.3...2 A 200 A 2.5...10 A 400 A UN AC 250 V DC 80 V 1000 A 1000 A 2 Ordering information Type No. 3600 standard version 3900 low-resistance version Terminal design P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 Auxiliary contacts (optional with type 3600) Si with blade terminals 6.3-08,one each NO/NC, (type 3900 with intermediate position as standard) Si60 special auxiliary contact closed in the intermediate and ON position ZR-Si auxiliary contacts with intermediate position (type 3600) Si3/R special auxiliary contacts, 2 NC contacts with reset button (not approved) Current ratings 0.05...16 A (type 3600) 0.05...10 A (type 3900) 3600 - P10 Si - 10 A ordering example Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main/aux. circuit aux. circuit 4-5/6-7 Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) type 3600 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 45 g Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 Internal resistance () 3600 3900 447 211 131 48 40 12.4 19.3 5.7 10.4 3.1 7.1 2.0 4.3 1.32 2.5 0.76 1.67 0.49 0.61 0.21 0.38 0.101 0.24 0.078 Current rating (A) 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 15 16 Internal resistance () 3600 3900 0.19 0.054 0.090 0.035 0.061 0.025 0.041 0.02 0.034 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Approvals Authority 3600: VDE, Demko, Nemko Semko CSA/UL LRoS 3900: VDE, Demko, Semko Nemko LRoS AC 250 V, DC 28 V AC 250 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V 0.05...10 A 0.05...10 A 0.3 ...10 A AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 80 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V 0.05...16 A 0.1 ...10 A 0.05...16 A 0.3 ...16 A Voltage ratings Current ratings Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 161 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900 Dimensions -P10-Si OFF ON o11.5 o8.5 o6.5 o4 2 line 1 Internal connection diagrams with shunt terminal (standard) and auxiliary contacts line 1 5 7 11 5 3 3 4 6 51 I> 2 19 14 6 3 7 52 3 from IN = 8 A I> 2 3 from IN = 8 A Switching position with auxiliary contacts and reset button (-Si3/R) OFF position line 1 5 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 7 intermediate position line 1 5 7 ON position line 1 5 7 10 6.8 6 x 6.8 = 40.8 current rating in A 13 8.5 43 20 11.5 2 2 I> 2 3 from IN = 8 A I> 2 3 from IN = 8 A I> 2 3 from IN = 8 A 50 -Si3/R o11.5 OFF ON o8.5 o6.5 o4 2 Switching position with special auxiliary contact (-Si60) OFF position line 1 7 intermediate position line 1 7 ON position line 1 7 11 5 3 6 3 6 3 6 51 I> 2 14 6 3 7 52 19 3 from IN = 8 A I> 2 3 from IN = 8 A I> 3 from IN = 8 A 2 10 6.8 6 x 6.8 = 40.8 current rating in A 13 8,5 43 20 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 Switching position with intermediate position and auxiliary contacts (-ZR-Si) line 1 5 7 line 1 5 7 line 1 5 7 3 4 6 3 I> 4 6 3 I> 4 6 11.5 2 I> 3 from IN=8 A 3 from IN=8 A 3 from IN=8 A 50 Intermediate position: Holding down reset button and actuating manual release simultaneously. 2 OFF position 2 intermediate position 2 ON position Installation drawing operating area (double insulation) Terminal design -P10-A3 20 mounting area 2 12.5 162 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 38 1 3 2 Issue C Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900 Typical time/current characteristics Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 N.B. * Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. ** Magnetic tripping currents are decreased by 20% on AC supplies. 3600 0.05...7 A 10000 AC* 3600 8...16 A 10000 AC* 3900 0.05...10 A 10000 DC** 1000 1000 1000 100 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 Trip time in seconds 100 10 10 10 1 1 1 2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 +60 C +23 C -30 C 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current Accessories 19" Rack accommodating up to 60 E-T-A thermal-magnetic circuit breakers type 3600-P10-Si or 3900-P10-Si. For technical data see pages 113-114. 19" Rack 19BGT2 2HE for 18, 24 or 30 circuits. For technical data see pages 115 - 116. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 163 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900 Accessories Sockets 17-P10-Si (continuous load up to 16 A) slot fitting labels from Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST Weidmuller dekafix, BS, PES Wieland Type 9003 17-P10-Si- 20025 mounted with adapter Bus bar for socket 17 (for max. 100 A continuous load) X 211 157 01 with terminal X 211 157 02 without terminal Phoenix terminal AKG 35 (max.cross section 35 mm2) cylinder head screw M4x4 ISO1207 nickel plated 2 polarized blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 retaining clip washer A 4.3 DIN 125 nickel plated depth 10 mm 10 25.8 8.5 female connector M4 Cu rail, tin-plated 33.3 41.3 1.4 5 45.s 6.5 80 12.5 7 symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 adapter X20040901 G-profile EN 50035-G32 12.8 154.8 fusible link (1.1 mm thick constriction) 2 polarization recess Retaining clip Y 300 581 11 Please enquire for dimension diagram. Sockets 17-P70-Si slot fitting labels from Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST Weidmuller dekafix, BS, PES Wieland Type 9003 Insulated sleeving for busbar Y 303 824 01 9 5.4 125 17-P70-Si- 20025 mounted with adapter blade terminals DIN 46244 part 2 C profile (2xA2.8-0.8) retaining clip Connector bus links -P10 X 210 588 01 /1,5mm2, brown X 210 588 02 /2,5mm2, black X 210 588 03 /2,5mm2, red X 210 588 04 /2,5mm2, blue 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated depth 10 mm 10 25.8 8.5 17 33.3 41.3 1.4 5 6.5 80 12.5 symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 adapter X20040901 G-profile EN 50035-G32 45.8 Extraction tool Y 301 398 02 56 polarization recess Sockets 23-P10-Si 63-P10-Si polarized blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 7.4 4.4 7.4 4.4 12.5 6.25 22.2 21 10 retaining clip 46 2 mounting clips Y 300 504 02 1 ~70 Installation drawing with mounting clips Y 300 504 02 3.5 6 x 6.8 = 40.8 6.8 50 57.4 50 57.4 10 64 64 1.9 12.5 25 12.5 50 75 2 6 30 2 0.5 7.5 12.5 60.4 7.3 50 8.5 polarized recess Retaining clip Y 300 581 03 Please enquire for dimension diagram. 8 M4 16.5 20 164 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 2 Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Single and multi pole magnetic and hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers (CBEs) Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 415 V AC 250 V, DC 80 V Current ratings 0.006...100 A The E-T-A range of magnetic CBEs includes the miniature Printo-magnetic series (808 and 809) with extremely fast operating characteristics for printed circuit board applications, and series 8330, 8340 and 8350 for higher current duties. Types 808 and 809 cover ratings from as low as 0.006 A up to 5 A with low internal resistance values. Their unique method of magnetic operation not only provides rapid response times, but is also suited to impulse disconnection for control applications. Type 8340-G provides the option of either single round hole panel mounting or plug-in mounting utilising an E-T-A series 18 base. On/off control is by means of a push/pull button with visual indication of the off/tripped position. Types 8340-F and 8340-T, with industry standard dimensions and toggle actuation, are panel mounted with two fixing bolts (8340-F) or rail mounted with combi-foot (8340-T). All models within the 8330, 8340 and 8350 range offer a choice of fast acting magnetic operation or hydraulically delayed switching characteristics which may be selected to suit a range of application requirements such as those of the telecommunications and process control industries, where precise and dependable protection of sophisticated systems cannot be compromised. The 8330 is available in single and two pole models, multipole options are also available for types 8340 and 8350. Single, two and three pole models are available with various internal circuit configurations to provide status signal and relay trip functions. 3 All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved.Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 165 Overview Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Type No. 808 / 809-... 8330-... 8340-G2... Description PCB mounting 808: fast-acting type 809: delayed type Toggle/baton or rocker circuit breaker, flange or threadneck mounting, with auxiliary contact option Push/pull circuit breaker, threadneck panel mounting, with auxiliary contact option Overview Max. voltage rating DC 24 V (please inquire for other voltages) AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 50 V 3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V 0.02...30 A 3 Current ratings 808: 0.01 ...5 A 809: 0.006...3 A 5A 0.1...25 A 1A - Aux. contact rating Typical life 6,000 operations at 5A for switching circuit and 2.65 or 4.4 IN ffor excitation circuit 10,000 operations with 1 x IN 10,000 operations with IN 1 pole 1,000 operations with IN 2 and 3pole Interrupting capacity Icn 100 A 1000 A max. (to UL 1077) AC: 1000 A DC: 500 A AC: 1200 A DC: 2000 A Approvals CSA, UL CSA, UL, VDE, CSA, UL, BV, LRoS see pages 175 - 178 Available options Dimensions see pages 169 - 170 see pages 171 - 174 2.5 OFF o4 24.8 30 34 10.5 57.5 18.2 OFF M12x1 20 35 10 OFF ON 1 11 23 2(i) 24 12 2(k) 50 Internal connection diagrams LINE 1 4 6 5 7 NC NO LINE 1 11 23 2(i) 12 I> 24 I> C 2 + 3 2 2(k) 166 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 8340-F... X8340-S02 /-S04 8340-T... 8350-... Toggle circuit breaker, flange mounting, with auxiliary contact option Modular distribution rail for circuit breaker type 8340-F... Toggle circuit breaker, rail mounting, with auxiliary contact option Toggle circuit breaker, flange mounting, with auxiliary contact option Overview 3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V 0.02...30 A AC 230 V; DC 65 V 3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V 0.02...30 A 3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V 0.1... 60 A multi pole 0.1...100 A single pole 1A 6,000 operations with IN 0.02...80 A 3 6A 10,000 operations with 1 x IN single and multi pole AC: 1200 A DC: 2000 A AC: 6 A DC: 1 A 1A 10,000 operations with IN single and multi pole AC: 1200 A DC: 2000 A AC: 5000 A (Inc) DC: 5000 A (Inc) VDE, CSA, UL, BV, LRoS, QPL see pages 179 - 182 see pages 183 - 186 X8340-S02 VDE, CSA, UL, VDE, CSA, UL, see pages 187 - 190 see pages 191 - 194 45 41.7 17.5 I 0 40 (L)- 40 19.7 ON OFF 70.6 41.2 74 63.1 57.2 43.7 47.3 (N)+ 18.4 Sig 49.2 1 LINE 2 LOAD 1 2 11 14 12 Sig 50.8 17.5 9.6 89 63.5 X8340-S04 load terminals 1 pole 81.8 +0.3 - 0.1 LINE 1 11 LINE 1 Si Si LINE 1 NC NO 12 I> 2 14 99+0.3 - 0.1 terminal for group siganlisation I> 2 Si Si I> 2 C Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 167 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers Selector Chart Type No. Mounting method Main terminal design Number of poles Actuator Choice of characteristic curves Ratings Water splash cover Printed Circuit Board Manual trip facility Auxiliary contacts Solder terminals Screw terminals Blade terminals Stud terminals Threadneck Illumination Single pole Multi pole 808 809 8330 8340-F 8340-G 8340-T Overview 8350 q = standard r = optional q q q q r q q q r q q q q q q q q q r r r q r r r r r r r q q q q q r r r r q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q r r q q q q q q 240 415 415 415 415 24 24 50 80 80 80 25 30 30 30 r r 80 100 3 168 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C MAX IN (A) 5 3 Push-pull Socket Rocker Flange Toggle Rail DC (V) AC (V) Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 808/809-... Description Single pole miniaturised magnetic circuit breaker with unique highspeed operating mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation. Fitted with electrically separate excitation and switching circuits, and one pair of auxiliary contacts which close when the main circuit is open. Also suitable for impulse operation. Designed for printed circuit board mounting. Low temperature sensitivity. Typical applications Printed circuit boards and components, safety and control systems. 808/809 Ordering information Type No. 808 fast-acting 809 delayed Manual release (optional) H manual release facility Current ratings 0.01 ...5 A type 808 0.006...3 A type 809 808 H - 1A ordering example 808/809-H-... Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Max. continuous load excitation circuit (2-3) Max. continuous load switching circuit 6-7 auxiliary circuit 4-5 Typical life DC 24 V (other voltages to special order) Type 808 0.01...5 A 2.65 x IN Type 809 0.006...3 A 4.4 x IN 5A 5A The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. 6000 operations at 5 A for switching circuit, at 2.65 or 4.4 x IN for excitation circuit -30...+70 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 1.5 kV 2 Test voltage AC 840 V AC 1680 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 100 A 1000 A AC 120 V 200 A DC 60 V operating area IP 30 terminal area IP 00 3 g (57-500 Hz), 0.23 mm (10-57 Hz), to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 10 g 3 Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.006 0.01 0.012 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Internal resistance () 808 809 625 170 77 47 29.2 10.3 5.6 1.65 0.89 0.39 0.28 0.198 625 170 77 29.2 18.5 10.3 5.6 3.4 0.89 0.28 0.143 0.096 0.073 Current rating (A) 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 2 2.5 3 3.25 4 4,5 5 Internal resistance () 808 809 0.143 0.096 0.085 0.073 0.050 0.031 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.050 0.040 0.031 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 - Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) excitation to switching circuit excitation to auxiliary circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity (o-o-o) Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals Authority UL CSA Voltage ratings AC 120 V, DC 60 V AC 120 V, DC 60 V AC 115 V, DC 60 V AC 115 V, DC 28 V Current ratings 0.01...5 A 0.006...3 A 0.01...5 A 0.006...3 A (type 808) (type 809) (type 808) (type 809) Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 169 Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 808/809-... Dimensions 808/809 o4 2.5 OFF 2.5 ON 2 4 6 5 7 Internal connection diagram 2-3: excitation circuit 6-7: switching circuit 4-5: auxiliary circuit 5 2 + 3 30 26 14 5 20 0.5 10 15.5 o0.7 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C Type 808 10000 15 1000 Trip time in milliseconds 808-H/809-H 6 7.5 OFF 2.5 ON 100 3 o4 2 10 1 30 5 26 14 5 0.1 1 0.5 10 15.5 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 ... times rated current 20 Type 809 10000 o0.7 1000 15 Trip time in milliseconds 100 6 10 1 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 ... times rated current Note: (Magnetic) tripping currents are decreased by 20% on AC supplies 170 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-... Description Single and double pole magnetic and hydraulic-magnetic circuit breaker with trip-free mechanism and toggle or rocker actuation. A choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching characteristics (S type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934/IEC 934) ensures suitability for a wide range of applications. Low temperature sensitivity at rated load. Industry standard dimensions and threadneck or snap in panel mounting. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Power supplies, process control, switchgear and controlgear 8330 Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.1 1 2 3 5 10 15 20 25 Internal resistance () per pole 101 0.99 0.25 0.1 0.041 0.011 0.0057 0.0039 0.0028 Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) AC 240 V 50/60 Hz DC 50 V 0.1...25 A AC 125 V 3A; DC 30 V 2 A 10,000 operations at IN -40...+75C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in the operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 1,000 A at AC 240 V 500 A at DC 50 V operating area IP 40; terminal area IP 00 single pole: 10 g (57-500 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-57) double pole: 7 g (57-500 Hz) 0.54 mm (10-57) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 50 g (6 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 30 g per pole (depending on version) 3 Approvals Authority UL/CSA VDE Voltage ratings AC 240 V; DC 50 V AC 240/ V; DC 50 V Current ratings 0.1...25 A 0.1...25 A under test Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole to pole main to auxiliary circuit switching to trip circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 171 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-... Ordering information Type No. 8330 circuit breaker Mounting F flange mounting, black G threadneck mounting, black (standard) H threadneck mounting, light-grey Q flange mounting, light-grey Size Mounting: FGHQ G panel thickness 1 -2.5 mm X X L M12 12 mm high (flattened on one side) XX M 1/2"-32 12 mm high (flattened on one side) XX Number of poles 1 single pole 2 double pole Panel hardware (bulk) Mounting: FGHQ 0 without hardware XXXX 9 rocker guard X X B 2 hex nuts, 1 legend plate XX D 2 hex nuts, 1 washer with locating pin, 1 legend plate XX F 1 hex nut, 1 knurled nut, 1 legend plate XX H 1 hex nut, 1 knurled nut, 1 washer with locating pin, 1 legend plate X X S 1 legend plate, with splash cover XX Terminal design P blade terminals A6.3-0.8 Actuator configuration B paddle, 1 paddle/unit for accessories 0,B,D,F,H C baton, 1 baton/unit for accessories 0,B,D,F,H,S R rocker, 1 rocker/unit for accessories 0,9 W illuminated rocker, 1 rocker/unit, for accessories 0,9 Characteristic curve 00 switch only AS long delay BS medium delay CS short delay OP instantaneous trip Actuator colour and marking details Colour Marking Dimensions - threadneck mounted version Actuator configuration B threadneck mounting, paddle 1 pole M12x1 or 1/2"-32 2 pole 24.8 OFF ON 44.5 33.5 13.9 13.9 15.9 blade terminal A6.3-0.8 to DIN 46244 17.3 33 Actuator configuration C threadneck mounting, baton thickness 1.5 - 3 mm 35 3 panel cut-out A 26.5 2 3 7 B C D H J M N P T U white black red without without without B X X X C X X X green I-O white I-O black I-O red I-O orange I - O green ON-OFF white ON-OFF black ON-OFF red ON-OFF orange ON-OFF Illumination voltage voltage range actuator 1 AC 100-125 V W 2 AC 220-250 V W 3 DC 8- 16 V W 4 DC 16- 24 V W 5 DC 24- 32 V W 6 DC 32- 48 V W X without illumination B, C, R, W Auxiliary contacts A no auxiliary contacts B one change over per pole H one change over per unit (multipole version only) Internal circuit A switch B series trip D relay trip (remote trip) Remote trip 00 no remote trip 03 12V; 04: 24V; 21: 120V; 22: 240V Frequency 4 AC 50/60 Hz 9 DC Current rating 0.1...25 A ordering example R X X X X X X X X X X X X X W X X X X X X X X X X X X X A M12 o12.5 1/2"-32 o12.7 9 Installation drawing OFF OFF ON 29 2 ON o3 +0.2 2 1 terminal area 8330 - G L 1 0 - P B BS - 3 X A B 00 4 - 5 A 172 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-... Dimensions flange mounted version Actuator configuration R, W optional with rocker guard 1pole 2pole 7.8 6.3 2 Internal connection diagrams A Switch only with auxiliary contacts LINE 1 NC NO B Series trip, single pole with auxiliary contacts LINE 1 NC NO I> 2 42 C 2 C OFF ON 53 D Relay trip LINE 1 U > voltage coil 6.3 6.3 15.9 19.5 35.4 blade terminal A6.3-0.8 DIN 46244 with illumination LINE 1 I> 2 LOAD 2 LOAD 39.6 39.6 Shock directions - Mounting attitudes 1 2 3 4 panel cut-out 3 6 A 350.1 360.1 Panel thickness 1.0 - 2.0 2.0 - 2.6 A A 5 17.6 +0.2 33.5 +0.2 Terminal configurations Auxiliary contacts Relay trip 11.5 solder terminal blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 9.9 With illuminated rocker 15 9.9 Issue C 18 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 173 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-... Typical time/current characteristics AC 50/60 Hz, DC, ambient temperature +23 C / +73.4 F Curve AS - long delay 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 11.25 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 o15.1 16.1 18.3 Accessories Threadneck design L: Hex nut M 12x1 Y 300 116 02 Threadneck design M: 1/2"-32 Y 300 486 20 M12x1 14 3 UN 1/2-32 15.88 3.15 Knurled nut M 12x1 Y 302 065 01 1/2"-32 Y 301 999 01 o15.87 Curve BS - medium delay 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 M12x1 3 UN 1/2-32 3.18 Washer with locating pin Y 306 401 01 o17.3 -0.2 5.2 +0.1 Y 306 424 01 o17.3-0.2 5.6 +0.1 7.9 .1 .1 +0 2 o1 7.9 8.6 o1 2. 7 +0 3 0.01 0.001 0 11.25 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 2.8 0.8 2.3 2.8 Curve CS - short delay 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 11.25 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Legend plate Y 306 402 01 +0.1 Y 306 425 01 +0.1 ON .1 I ON +0 .1 I 5.2 2 +0 28 7 5.6 OFF 12 O thickness 0.8 o1 OFF O thickness 0.8 12 o17 o17 Splash cover M 12x1 X 221 427 01 splashcover O 1/2"-32 X 221 434 01 21.4 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 Ordering code OF Threadneck design -L (M12) B D 2 F 1 1 1 1 1 1 H 1 S o6.5 Threadneck design -M (1/2"-32) B D F H S 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 11.25 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Y 300 116 02 Y 300 486 20 Y 302 065 01 Y 301 999 01 Y 306 401 01 Y 306 424 01 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Series 8330 will not trip at a halfsine wave of 10 ms and an amplitude of 8 x IN. All curves are for mounting planes 1, 2, 3, 4 Y 306 402 01 Y 306 425 01 X 221 427 01 X 221 434 01 174 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 15.9 Curve OP - instantaneous trip 28 o1 2. 8.6 0.8 2.3 Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2... Description Single, two and three pole magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation. A choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching characteristics (S type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability for a wide range of applications. Convenient threadneck panel or plugin mounting, and with a white push button indicator band showing clearly the tripped/off position. Available with auxiliary contacts (1 x N/O, 1 x N/C) for status signalling and fitted with an unprotected shunt tap terminal as standard. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical application 8340-G2... Control equipment, communications systems, power semiconductors. 1 pole 2 pole 3 pole Ordering information Type No. 8340 Magnetic push/pull circuit breaker Mounting G threadneck panel mounting Threadneck design 2 M 12x1 Number of poles (main current paths) 0 single pole, switch only 1 single pole, protected 2 two pole, protected 3 three pole, protected 5 two pole, protected on one pole only Panel hardware 0 without panel hardware 1 with hex nut M 12x1 and washer 12/15 Terminal design N blade terminals, with shunt circuit G screw terminals with metric thread (recommended for IN > 20 A). Shunt circuit, blade terminal X separate switching and trip circuit, blade terminals Terminal Size 1 terminals N and X: blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm. terminal G: screw terminals M4 with flat head screw M4x6 Characteristic curve F4 instantaneous trip: magn. 1.5-2.2 x IN DC (IN 20A) magn. 1.2-1.7 x IN AC 50/60 Hz (IN 25 A) E1 short delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.4 x IN, DC E2 short delay: magn.-hydr.1.01-1.4 x IN, AC 50/60Hz H1 medium delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.4 x IN, DC H2 medium delay: magn.-hydr.1.01-1.4 x IN, AC 50/60Hz R1 long delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.5 x IN, DC R2 long delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.5 x IN, AC 50/60Hz Actuator colour A black with white trip indicator band Actuator marking 0 without marking 4 rated current Auxiliary contacts H0 without auxiliary contacts H1 with auxiliary contacts H2 with auxiliary contacts on pole 1 only (2 and 3 pole types) H3 with auxiliary contacts on poles 1 and 3 (3 pole type) Auxiliary contact function 1 one each N/O and N/C 2 1 pair N/O (23/24) 3 1 pair N/C (11/12) Auxiliary contact terminal design 1 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm Current ratings 0.02...30 A 8340 - G 2 1 1 - N 1 F4 - A 4 H1 1 1 - 8 A ordering example Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) 3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 80V 0.02...30 A 1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V; 0.5 A, DC 80 V 1 pole: 10,000 operations at 1xIN 2 and 3 pole: 1000 operations at 1xIN -40...+85 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC 1000 V AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 1200 A at AC; 2000 A at DC IN 1 pole 1 pole 0.025..30 A AC 250 V/3500 A DC 65 V/2000 A 3 Dieelectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole to pole (2 + 3 pole) main to auxiliary circuit aux. circuit 11-12/23-24 switching to trip circuit (-X) Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 with button down: 10 g (57-2000 Hz), 0.76 mm (10-57 Hz) at 0.9 x IN Other mounting planes: 10 g (57-2000 Hz) bei IN to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 100 g (11 ms) at 1xIN, directions 1,2,3,4,5 100 g (11 ms) at 0.8xIN, direction 6 to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 70 g per pole Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Standard purely magnetic type: 8340-G211-N1F4-A4H111-...A Standard hydraulic-magnetic type: 8340-G211-N1E1-A4H0-...A Approvals Authority VDE (EN 60934) UL, CSA LRoS, BV Voltage ratings 3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V, DC 80 V 3 AC 250 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V Current ratings 0.02...30 A 0.02...30 A 0.1...30 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 175 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2... Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.02 0.05 0.08 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 16 20 Internal resistance () per pole curve -F4 curves -E1/H1/R1 curves -E2/H2/R2 376 1498 1814 94 35.8 23 9.9 5 2.44 0.79 0.39 0.25 0.10 0.059 0.044 0.028 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02* < 0.02* 376 148 94 39 23 9.9 3.16 1.55 0.79 0.37 0.20 0.146 0.10 0.059 0.040 0.026 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 365 6.5 Dimensions (1 pole) Terminal design -N OFF ON tightening torque max. 4Nm M12x1 o10.6 o8.4 black white 3 1.5 144 84 38 22.4 9.7 1.51 0.77 0.36 0.138 0.099 0.057 0.038 0.026 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 10 57.5 3.1 0.24 1.5 4.6 6x6.8 45 SW14 12.5 6.8 blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 18.2 2.7 current rating in A location pin for 3mm hole dia. 19 9.5 50 *duty cycle 50 % ON period, 30 min 1.5 9.5 30 0.2 3 25 Terminal design -G 10 Accessories 18-P10-Si EN rail mounted socket may be used in multiples of two or three for two and three pole circuit breakers. 18-P10-Si-20025 Socket supplied with adapter fitted for asymmetric rail mounting (G-profile). X 211 158 01 Six-way connecting/bus bar link with clamp terminal. X 211 158 02 Six-way connecting/bus bar link, as above but without clamp terminal. Y 303 824 11 Insulated sleeving for connecting bus X 211 158 .. Y 300 579 11 Retaining clip for socket 18-P10-Si. X 210 588 01 100-way 1.5mm2 brown cable links with pre-fitted push-on connectors. X 210 588 02 As above but with 2.5mm2 black cable links. X 210 588 03 As above but with 2.5mm2 red cable links. X 210 588 04 As above but with 2.5mm2 blue cable links. Y 300 116 02 Hex nut M 12x1 Y 300 118 03 Spring washer X 200 801 01 Concertina style splash cover/hex nut assembly. X 200 802 01 Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the push button actuator. X 200 803 01 Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual operation. pane tickness max. 3 mm 6. 6x6.8 45 55.2 terminal with flat head screw M4x6 ISO 1580 tightening torque max.1.2 Nm blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 4.6 Installation drawings Terminal design -N operating area (double insulation) 8 mounting area 1 29 Shock directions / Mounting attitudes 5 3.5 1 2 4 terminal area Terminal design -G 24 mounting area 3 6 10 5 29 5 176 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 2 terminal area o12.5 +0.2 5 mounting hole o3 +0.2 0.8 Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2... Dimensions (2 pole) 38 Dimensions (3 pole) 57 Typical time/current characteristics Curve -F4, magnetic (IN >20 A, 50 % ON period, 30 min) at 23 C 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Short delay curves E1 for DC and E2 for AC 50/60 Hz, hydraulic-magnetic 10000 unit 1 1000 Cut-out dimensions: 2 pole min. 40 Trip time in seconds unit 1 unit 2 unit 2 unit 3 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 min. 60 panel thickness max. 3 mm 3 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 3 pole 0.001 Medium delay curves H1 for DC and H2 for AC 50/60 Hz hydraulic-magnetic 10000 Internal connection diagrams Trip time in seconds 1000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 23 unit 2 2(i) 12 I> 24 1 pole, protected magnetically LINE 1 11 23 multipole LINE 1 11 23 unit 1 2(i) 12 I> 2(k) 24 2(i) 12 I> 2(k) 1 11 24 1 pole, protected hydraulic-magnetically LINE 1 11 23 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Long delay curves R1 for DC and R2 for AC 50/60 Hz hydraulic-magnetic 10000 1000 2(i) 12 I> 24 1 2(k) 11 23 Trip time in seconds 2(k) 2(i) 12 24 unit 3 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Circuit variants 1 pole LINE 1 23 I> 2(k) 8340-G211-X1F4-A4H121-...A 11 24 2(i) I> 2(k) LINE 1 11 1 - 11 2(i) - 2(k) 23 - 24 switching circuit magnetic trip circuit auxiliary circuit (N/O) 8340-G211-X1F4-A4H131-...A 23 12 2(i) I> 2(k) 1 - 23 2(i) - 2(k) 11 - 12 switching circuit magnetic trip circuit auxiliary circuit (N/C) N.B. Curves E1, E2, H1,H2, R1 and R2 are for mounting planes 1,2,3,4. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 177 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2... Accessories Socket 18-P10-Si retaining clip (accessory) 4 Polarized socket with adapter 18-P10-Si-20025 blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 polarized to ensure correct connection 10 Hex nut Y 300 116 02 M12x1 Spring washer Y 300 118 03 1.20.5 o12+0.2 10 mm depth SW14 2.5 o15 thickness 0.4 mm 25.8 33.3 45.8 1.4 5 Accessories for push button Splash cover, transparent nickel plated hex nut X 200 801 08 (IP 66) Splash cover, black black finish hex nut X 200 801 03 (IP 66) Splash seal black/ hex nut assembly and O ring X 200 802 01 (IP 54) 6.5 80 19 top-hat rail EN 50022-35x7.5 adapter X 200 409 01 polarization recess G profile EN 50035-G32 Bus bar for socket 18 X 211 158 01 with Phoenix terminal X 211 158 02 without Phoenix terminal Phoenix terminal AKG 35 (cross section max 35 mm2) cylinder-head screw M4x4 ISO 1207 nickel-plated washer A4.3 DIN 125 nickel plated Actuator extension X 200 803 01 female connector e.g. Grohe u. Hartmann part No. 12541 7 M4 copper rail tin-plated 3 10 2 19 223 fusible link (constriction 1 mm thick) Insulated sleeving for bus bars Y 303 824 11 9 3.5 5.4 190 Retaining clip for socket 18-P10-Si Y 300 579 11 52 38 10 0.6 15 R 0. 3 52 53 60 dimension as delivered 45 mounting dimensions o1 35 Connector bus link -P10 X 210 588 01/1,5mm2, brown X 210 588 02/2,5mm2, black X 210 588 03/2,5mm2, red X 210 588 04/2,5mm2, blue 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated ~70 178 8 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 55.5 Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F... Description Single and multipole magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free, snapaction mechanism and toggle actuation. A choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching characteristics (S-type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability for a wide range of applications. Industry standard dimensions and panel mounting. Options include auxiliary changeover contacts, or relay trip function. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Control equipment, communications systems, transportation, power supplies. 8340-F... 1 pole 2 pole 3 pole Accessories X 211 117 01 X 211 118 01 X 211 119 01 Single pole splash cover with fixing plate. Two pole splash cover with fixing plate. Three pole splash cover with fixing plate. Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Auxiliary circuit 3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 80V (higher DC ratings to special order) 0.02...30 A 6 A, AC 240 V/DC 28 V 1 A, DC 65 V; 0.5 A, DC 80 V 10,000 operations at 1xIN -40...+85 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V (version -X) > 100 M (DC 500 V) 1200 A at AC, 2000 A at DC IN 1 pole 2 pole 3 pole 1 to 3 pole Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 2 2.5 3 5 6 8 10 12 15 16 20 25 30 Curves and internal resistance per pole () F1 1498 276 58 8.2 2.3 0.98 0.58 0.145 0.096 0.065 0.025 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 F2 957 152 37 6.0 1.47 0.63 0.35 0.096 0.061 0.048 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 K1, M1, T1, 2669 452 100 15.5 3.9 1.65 0.95 0.26 0.15 0.10 0.042 0.029 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 K2, M2, T2 2457 376 94 14.7 3.2 1.56 0.90 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.040 0.028 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) 3 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole to pole (2 and 3 pole) main to auxiliary circuit switching to trip circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) 0.025...20 A 25...30 A AC 250 V/3500 A AC 250 V/3500 A AC 250 V/3500 A AC 250 V/5000 A 3AC 250V/3500 A 3AC250V/5000 A DC 65 V/2000 A DC 65 V/2000 A Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 with toggle down: 10 g (57-2000Hz) 0.76mm (10-57 Hz) at 0.9xIN Directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5: 10 g (57-2000 Hz) at 1xIN. With curves F1, F2 in all planes: 10 g (57-2000 Hz) 0.76mm (10-57 Hz) at 0.8xIN, to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 100 g (11 ms) at 1xIN, directions 1-5 100 g (11 ms) at 0.8xIN, direction 6. With curves F1, F2: 100 g (11 ms) at 0.8xIN to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 65 g per pole Approvals Shock Authority VDE (EN 60934) UL, CSA LRoS, BV QPL (Sweden) Voltage ratings 3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V, DC 80 V 3 AC 250 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 250 V, DC 65 V AC 240 V, DC 50 V Current ratings 0.02...30 A 0.02...30 A 0.1 ...30 A 1 ...30 A Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 179 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F... Ordering information Ordering information Type No. 8340 magnetic circuit breaker with toggle actuator Mounting F flange mounting Configuration 1 with mounting nuts 6-32 UNC 4 with mounting nuts M3 9 snap-in frame Number of poles 0 single pole, switch only 1 single pole protected 2 two pole protected 3 three pole protected 4 four pole protected 5 two pole, protected on one pole only 6 four pole, protected on poles 1, 2 and 3 only 7 two pole, switch only Panel hardware 0 without panel hardware Terminal design (main contact) K2 screw terminals with metric thread, (recommended for IN > 20 A) P1 blade terminals X1 blade terminals with separate switching and relay circuit Characteristic curves Characteristic curve F, instantaneous trip: F1 DC trip at 1.01-1.5xIN F2 AC 50/60 Hz trip at 1.01-1.5xIN Characteristic curve K, short delay: K1 DC trip time at 2xIN: 0.16-1.2 s K2 AC 50/60 Hz trip time at 2xIN: 0.13-1.6 s Characteristic curve M, medium delay: M1 DC trip time at 2xIN: 0.6-7.5 s M2 AC 50/60 Hz trip time at 2xIN: 2.2-20 s Without characteristic curve: Q0 switch only Characteristic curve T, long delay: T1 DC trip time at 2xIN: 10-70 s T2 AC 50/60 Hz trip time at 2xIN: 15-150 s Relay trip X: X1 voltage trip at DC, instantaneous trip X2 voltage trip at AC, instantaneous trip Other curves to special order (e.g. pulse delayed) Actuator colour A black B white Actuator marking 0 without marking 2 ON-OFF 3 I-O 5 I-O side marking Auxiliary contacts H0 without auxiliary contacts H1 with auxiliary contacts H2 auxiliary contacts on one pole only (multi pole) H3 auxiliary contacts on poles 1 and 3 (3 and 4 pole) G1 as H1, but contacts gold plated G2 as H2, but contacts gold plated G3 as H3, but contacts gold plated Auxiliary contact function 4 1 change over contact Auxiliary contact terminal design 2 blade terminal 2.8-0.5 mm Current ratings 0.02...30 A Voltage rating (for relay trip) DC 5 V, 8 V, 12 V, 24 V AC 110 V, 220 V, 240 V 8340 - F 1 1 0 - P1 M1 - A 1 H1 4 2 - 30 A ordering example Internal connection diagrams 1 pole protected magnetically LINE 1 11 LINE 1 with separate switching and relay circuit LINE 1 12 I> 2 14 I> 2 4 3 I> 2 1 pole protected hydraulic-magnetic LINE 1 11 unit 1 12 I> 2 14 multipole LINE 1 11 12 I> 2 1 unit 2 12 I> 2 1 unit 3 12 I> 2 1 unit 4 12 I> 2 11 11 11 14 14 3 14 14 Dimensions Mounting Configuration 8340-F9.. 30 30 5.5 ON 3.2 OFF 50.8 41.2 19 1 2 blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 6 panel cut-out 38.8 66 19 9.4 38.6 19.2 0.2 180 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 55.4 0.2 Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F... Dimensions 62.5 43.5 24.5 5.5 OFF 3.3 Accessories Splash covers (transparent) with fixing plate (IP54) X 211 117 01 X 211 118 01 1 pole 2 pole 50 39 19 53 30 17.5 ON 30 19 50.8 41.2 76 31 16.7 44 max. 2 1 2 21 38.8 50.8 42.15 26.7 OFF 6 19 blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 4.3 1.2 panel mounting hole 1.2 o16.8 21 24.5 panel mounting hole 25+0.3 unit 4 15 16 o17+0.3 25 40 unit 3 12.5 mounting thread M3 or 6-32 UNC-2B mounting depth max. 4.5 mm tightening torque max. 0.33 Nm 2 pole OFF max. 4 38 40 OFF 32 actuator marking ON-OFF or I-0 mounting dimensions: M3 - hole dia. 3.5 6-32 UNC-2B - hole dia. 4 16 32 3 pole unit 2 unit 1 OFF Cut-out dimensions: 3.50.1 (M3) 160.12 4 -0.15 (6-32UNC) +0.1 with auxiliary contacts: X 211 119 01 3 pole mounting hole 53 3 19 -0.07 +0.17 54.3 1 2 11 14 12 26.7 +0.1 -0.16 42.2 -0.17 +0.09 21 max. 4 with separate switching and relay circuit 8340-F...-X... with screw terminals (recommended for IN > 20 A) 38 62 50.8 50.8 1.2 24.5 mounting hole 59 1 4 3 2 1 2 25 +0.3 +0.3 59 0 15.5 35 38.8 6 terminal with flat hat screw M4x6 ISO1580 tightening torque max.1.2 Nm 38.8 22 35 mounting dimensions: M3 - hole dia. 3.5 6-32 UNC-2B - hole dia. 4 Installation drawing operating area (double insulation) Shock directions / mounting attitudes 8 mounting area 1 2 4 30 2 3 6 2 29 1 5 terminal area Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 181 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F... Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C Curve F1 (instantaneous) for DC 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Trip time in seconds Curve M1 (medium delay) for DC 10000 1000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Curve F2 (instantaneous) for AC 50/60 Hz 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Curve M2 (medium delay) for AC 50/60 Hz 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 3 Curve K1 (short delay) for DC 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Curve T1 (long delay) for DC 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Curve K2 (short delay) for AC 50/60 Hz 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Curve T2 (long delay) for AC 50/60 Hz 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 N.B. All curves are for mounting planes 1, 2, 3, 4. Other characteristic curves to special order. 182 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Distribution rail X8340-S02 Description Modular distribution rail, each module accommodating 2 magnetic or hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers and associated load terminals. Circuit breaker status indication (group signalisation) is via 2 busbars. Power supply is via right- or left-side terminal block. Live parts in the plug-in and supply feed terminal areas are protected against brush contact. Circuit breakers may be replaced with power on. (L)(N)+ Sig Sig Typical applications Telecommunications and cellular communication systems X8340-S02 Ordering information Type No. X8340 Distribution rail for circuit breaker type 8340 Version S rail Identification number 02 modular, for 2 circuit breakers Power supply L left-side R right-side Modules with power supply 1 1 module, 2-way 2 2 modules, 2-way each 0 10 modules, 2-way each Signalisation 0 without signalisation 1 group signalisation 2 group signalisation, through-connected for right- or left-side power supply (main current path separated) Accessories 00 without accessories 01 cover per module 02 ground bridge in first module 03 M4 mounting screw per module 07 cover + ground bridge + M4 mounting screw X8340 - S 02 . . -. .. ordering example Technical data For circuit breaker type Voltage rating Load Signalisation (N/C) Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Flame retardance (IEC 695, part 2-2) Supply terminal design (terminal socket) 8340-F.10-P1..-H142 AC 230 V, DC 65 V 16 A per position 80 A for complete unit AC 230 V, 6 A /DC 65 V 1 A per position Rated impulse withstand voltage 2.5 kV self-extinguishing Pollution degree 2 3 load (module) signalisation (module) Mass X8340-S02L1-100 recessed screw/pressure plate 35 mm2 feed-in 6...25 mm2 with connector sleeve additional blade terminals 6.3x0.8 blade terminals 6.3x0.8 blade terminals 4.8x0.8 245 g Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 183 Distribution rail X8340-S02 Dimensions Distribution rail, shown with power supply right-side (L) - Sig Sig (N) + Internal connection diagram 16-20 mm terminal block 90.6 40 40 (N)+ (L)- 63.1 Sig Sig 74 * E-T-A circuit breaker type 8340-F... (not supplied with product) load terminals 41.1 3 58.4 (L) - (N) + 1 NC NO ground bridge (optional) (L) - 2 (N) + I> C Distribution rail, power supply left-side X8340-SO2L.-... load terminals mounting screw (optional) terminal block (L) - Sig Sig (N) + module with circuit breaker E-T-A 8340-F... cover (optional) ground bridge in first module (optional) ground connection between signalisation and metal base 184 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Distribution rail X8340-S04 Description Distribution rail for one or two modules suitable for ETSI control cabinet and similar applications. One module comprises 4 positions for magnetic or hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers and associated line and load terminals. Circuit breaker status indication (group signalisation) is via two busbars. The modular design facilitates the operation of a single distribution rail at two different voltages. Live parts in the plug-in and supply feed terminal areas are protected against brush contact. Expansion or circuit breaker replacement is possible with power on. Typical appalications Telecommunications, measuring and control systems. X8340-S04 Technical data For circuit breakers Voltage rating Load Signalisation (N/C) Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Flame retardane (VDE 0471, part 2-2) Supply terminal design 8340-F110-P1...-A1H142 AC 230 V, DC 65 V 20 A per position 80 A for module AC 230 V, 6 A/DC 65 V 1 A per position Rated impulse withstand voltage 2.5 kV self-extinguishing recessed screw/pressure plate feed 6...25 mm2 or 6...16 mm2 with connector sleeve screw-less connectors 0.5...4 mm2 220 g 35 g 145 g Pollution degree 2 Ordering information Type No. X8340 Distribution rail for circuit breaker type 8340 Version S rail Identification number 04 modular, for 4 circuit breakers Modules with power supply 1 1 module, 4-way 2 2 modules, 4-way each Accessories 0 without accessories 1 mounting bracket 2 mounting bracket + cover 3 cover Signalisation 0 without signalisation 1 group signalisation + ground connection 2 group signalisation X8340 - S 04 . . . ordering example 3 load and signalisation Mass module cover bracket Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 185 Distribution rail X8340-S04 Dimensions Internal connection diagram terminal for group signalisation mounting screw Module for circuit breakers mounting space 100 X 81.8 - 0.1 +0.3 (N) + Sig Sig (L) - screw terminal 99 +0.3 - 0.1 marking strip load terminals (N) + 188 (L) - 100 (N) + (L) - 3 * E-T-A circuit breaker type 8340-F... (not supplied with product) View X 8.4 o4.6 14 96.3 (N) + 48.4 30.5 85 (L) - 1 NC NO 158.8 C 4xneck screw (Philips) M2.5x11 (captive) to DIN 41494 TL5 I> (N) + (L) - 2 E-T-A circuit breaker type 8340-F... 186 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T... Description Single, two, three and four pole magnetic and hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free mechanism and toggle actuation. A choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching characteristics (S-type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability for a wide range of applications. Featuring a combi-foot design for symmetric and asymmetric rail mounting. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Power supplies, control equipment, communication systems, EDP systems. 8340-T... single pole three pole Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 2 2.5 3 5 6 8 10 12 15 16 20 25 30 Curves and internal resistance per pole () F1 1498 276 58 8.2 2.3 0.98 0.58 0.145 0.096 0.065 0.025 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 F2 957 152 37 6.0 1.47 0.63 0.35 0.096 0.061 0.048 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 K1, M1, T1, 2669 452 100 15.5 3.9 1.65 0.95 0.26 0.15 0.10 0.042 0.029 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 K2, M2, T2 2457 376 94 14.7 3.2 1.56 0.90 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.040 0.028 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) 3 AC 415V; AC 240V (50/60Hz); DC 80V (higher DC voltages to special order) 0.02...30 A 1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V; 0.5 A DC 80 V 10,000 operations at 1 x IN -40...+85 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 A AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 1200 A at AC 2000 A at DC IN 1 pole 2 pole 3 pole 1-3 pole 0.02...20 A AC240V/3500 A AC240V/3500 A 3AC250V/3500A DC 65V/2000A 25...30 A AC240V/3500 A AC240V/5000 A 3AC240V/5000A DC 65V/2000A 3 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole to pole main to aux. circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 20 with toggle down: 10 g at 0.9 IN directions 1,2,3,4,5: 10 g at 1 x IN with curves F1, F2: 10 g at 0.8 x IN in all planes. (57-2000 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 100 g (11 ms) at 1 x IN, directions 1,2,3,4,5 100 g (11 ms) at 0.8 x IN, direction 6 with curves F1, F2: 100 g (11 ms) at 0.8xIN to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 98 g per pole Approvals Authority VDE (EN 60934) UL, CSA Voltage ratings 3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V, DC 80 V 3 AC 250 V; AC 250 V, DC 65 V 0.02...30 A 0.02...30 A Current ratings Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 187 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T... Ordering information Type No. 8340 circuit breaker with toggle actuator Mounting T rail mounting Configuration 1 snap-on installation Number of poles 0 single pole, switch only 1 single pole protected magnetic, 2 two pole protected hydraulic-magnetic 3 three pole protected 4 four pole protected 5 two pole, protected on one poly only 6 four pole, protected on poles 1, 2 and 3 only 7 two pole, switch only Panel hardware 0 without panel hardware Terminal design (main contact) K1 recessed screw/pressure plates M4 Characteristic curve Curve F, instantaneous trip: F1 DC trip at 1.01-1.5 x IN F2 AC 60/50Hz trip at 1.01-1.5 x IN Curve K, short delay: K1 DC trip at 2 x IN 0.16-1.2s K2 AC 60/50Hz trip at 2 x IN 0.13-1.6s Curve M, medium delay: M1 DC trip at 2 x IN 0.6-7.5s M2 AC 60/50Hz trip at 2 x IN 2.2-20 s Without characteristic curve Q0 switch only Curve T, long delay: T1 DC trip at 2 x IN 10-70s T2 AC 60/50Hz trip at 2 x IN 15-150s Other characteristic curves to special order Actuator colour A black Marking on housing top surface E I-O and ON-OFF F I-O and ON-OFF and current rating, voltage, curve and wiring diagram Auxiliary contacts H0 without auxiliary contacts H1 with auxiliary contact H2 with auxiliary contact on one pole only (2 pole) Auxiliary contact function 2 1 N/O contact 3 1 N/C contact Dimensions 89 45 41.7 slot for fitting labels from Phoenix 19.7 30 ON 30 57 43.4 24.4 43.7 9-11 57.2 1 LINE 2 LOAD 10-12 70.6 } OFF Snap-in socket for: G profile EN 50035-G32 top-hat rail EN 50022-35x7.5 EN 50022-35x15/1.5 19 38 3 pole 2 pole 1 pole unit III unit II unit I auxiliary contact terminal M3 tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm wire section max. 2.5 mm2 main contact terminal M4 tightening torque 1.2 Nm wire section max.: 0.75 ... 10 mm2 rigid conductor 0.75 ... 6 mm2 flexible conductor 3 Installation drawing operating area (double insulation) min. 18 terminal area Auxiliary contact terminal design 6 screw/pressure plate M3 Current ratings 0.02...30 A ordering example 8340 - T 1 1 0 - K1 M1 - A E H1 2 6 - 10 A 188 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C min. 1 1 LINE 2 LOAD mounting area Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T... Internal connection diagrams Accessories Connector bus links -K10 X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 black X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 brown 50 pin lugs to DIN 46230 tinned copper unit I Si N/C H131 Si N/O H121 Si I> 2 1 Si 1pole protected magnetically LINE 1 Si Si multipole LINE 1 Si Si o2.5 2 1pole protected hydraulic-magnetically LINE 1 Si Si Si Si unit II Si I> Si Si I> Si 2 1 Si Si unit III 2 Optional N/C or N/O auxiliary contact (Si) I> 2 Si Si ~70 I> 3 Shock directions / Mounting attitudes 1 2 4 3 6 Si AUX Si AUX 5 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 189 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T... Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C Curve F1 (instantaneous) for DC 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Trip time in seconds Curve M1 (medium delay) for DC 10000 1000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Curve F2 (instantaneous) for AC 50/60 Hz 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Curve M2 (medium delay) for AC 50/60 Hz 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 3 Curve K1 (short delay) for DC 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Curve T1 (long delay) for DC 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Curve K2 (short delay) for AC 50/60 Hz 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Curve T2 (long delay) for AC 50/60 Hz 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 N.B. All curves are for mounting planes 1, 2, 3, 4. Other characteristic curves to special order. 190 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-... Description Single, two, three and four pole magnetic and hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free-mechanism and toggle actuation. A choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching characteristics (S type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability for a wide range of applications. Industry standard dimensions and panel mounting. Low temperature sensitivity at rated load. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Communications systems, process control and transportation 1 pole 3 pole 8350 Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.1 1 2 3 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 Internal resistance () per pole 94 0.823 0.214 0.094 0.044 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) 3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V 50/60 Hz DC 80 V 0.1... 60 A multi pole 0.1...100 A single pole 6 A, AC 240 V/DC 28 V 1 A, DC 65 V; 0.5A, DC 80 V 6,000 operations at IN -40...+85C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 3 Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole to pole main to auxiliary circuit switching to trip circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn EN 60934, PC 1 UL 1077 Approvals Authority VDE (EN 60934) UL, CSA Voltage ratings 3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V, DC 80 V 3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V, DC 80 V 1...60 A (100 A single pole) 0.1...60 A Current ratings 5000 A at AC 240/415 V, DC 80 V operating area IP 40; terminal area IP 00 10 g (10-500 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-57) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 100 g (6 ms half-sine) to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca approx. 65...100 g per pole (depending on version) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Shock directions Mass 4 1 2 3 6 5 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 191 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-... Ordering information Type No. 8350 circuit breaker with toggle actuator Mounting A* flange mounting, with rectangular aperture, standard toggle C flange mounting, round aperture, standard toggle D threadneck mounting, paddle, IN 30 A only, max. 3 poles H rail mounting, IN 25 A only Configuration A* metric, no interphase barrier B metric M3, with interphase barrier (small) C imperial 6-32, no interphase barrier D imperial 6-32, with interphase barrier (small) Number of poles 1* single pole 2* two pole 3* three pole 4 four pole Colour of front face B* black Terminal design A* stud terminal, M5 or 10-32 (60 A) B clamp terminal, M4 or 8-32 (30 A) C rear push-on terminal (25 A) M*stud terminal, M6 or 1/4-20 (standard for >60 A) Y stud terminal, M6 or 1/4-20 one tooth washer and one hex nut per terminal Actuator configuration A* 1 toggle per pole (mounting A and C) G reduced number of toggles per unit (mounting A and C) J 1 paddle per unit (mounting D) K 1 baton Characteristic curve AS long delay BS* medium delay CS short delay 00 switch only Actuator colour and marking details C white I-0 D black I-0 N white on-off P black on-off 2* white no marking 3* black no marking Not used 0* Auxiliary contacts A* no auxiliary contacts B one change over F trip alarm (on request) H one change over contact in the last pole (for multipole version) L signal contact in last pole (multipole versions only) Internal circuit A switch B*series trip D relay trip J dual control, 4 terminals (60A) Remote trip (internal circuit D or J only) current ratings upon request 0* no remote trip 1 DC 24 V 4 AC 120 V 5 AC 230 V Frequency A* AC 50/60 Hz D* DC Current rating 0.1... 60 A (multi pole) 0.1...100 A (single pole) 8350 - A A 3 B - A A BS - 3 0 A B 0 A - 1 A *Bold type versions are preferred. For special configuration please enquire Dimensions Mounting version A 18.4 10.2 standard mounting: 1 to 4 poles pole 1 2 3 4 47.3 mounting thread M3 or 6-32 mounting depth 4.2 mm 36.6 3 63.5 19 1 pole o4 3 pole 57.2 46.7 52.4 11 36.8 19.2 9.6 28.6 3 Mounting version C C-frame mounting: 1 to 4 poles 18.4 47.3 o14.8 3.5 1 pole o4 63.5 3 pole o1 5. 4 26.7 15.5 38 Mounting version D 25.7 20.7 10 50.8 threadneck mounting: 1 to 3 poles mounting thread M3 or 6-32 mounting depth 4.2 mm 16.7 63.5 I I O O M12x1 or 1/2"-32 16.7 192 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com o1 3 o4 Issue C Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-... Dimensions Mounting version -H Internal connection diagrams A - Switch with auxiliary contacts 0.8 47.3 B - Series trip with auxiliary contacts LINE 1 NC NO 19.5 LINE 1 NC NO 25.7 I> 35 87.1 LOAD 2 18.8 C LOAD 2 C 52.4 63.5 J - Dual control 6.3 D - Relay trip LINE 1 U> remote trip coil I> I,U> LOAD 2 voltage coil (remote trip) Mounting variants LINE 1 LOAD 2 Terminal design / Dimensions A/M stud terminals 18.4 Actuator configuration A 1 toggle per pole 3 16.4 16.4 16.4 47.3 49.2 17.5 17.5 21.5 NC NO C 19.4 63.5 dual control relay trip 23 auxiliary contacts (change over) 20.3 G reduced number of toggles per unit B clamp terminals (IN 30 A) 18.4 * * * * Denotes microswitch pole on multipole units. 47.3 49.2 11 11 Interphase barriers / Dimensions NC NO C 49.2 63.5 23 20.3 19.4 C rear push-on terminals (IN 25 A) 18.4 Interphase barrier (small) 8350-.B... 8350-.D... Interphase barrier (large) for snap on Y 306 345 01 thickness 1 mm 47.3 16.4 16.4 16.4 10.1 NC NO C 63.5 blade terminals 6.3 x 0.8 DIN 46244 23 20.3 19.4 16 63.5 100 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 50 49.2 72.3 193 Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-... Typical time/current characteristics Curve AS - long delay for AC 50/60 Hz, DC at ambient temperature +23 C 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 1.25 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 Accessories Splash cover (IP64) for 8350-A.../8350-H... Y 306 265 01 1pole Y 306 266 01 2pole Y 306 267 01 3pole 19.5 Splash cover M12x1 X 221 427 01 splash cover 1/2"-32 X 221 434 01 21.4 Curve BS - medium delay for AC 50/60 Hz, DC at ambient temperature +23 C 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 3 100 10 1 Threadneck design L: Hex nut M12x1 Y 300 116 02 16.1 Threadneck design M: 1/2"-32 Y 300 486 20 18.3 UN 1/2-32 15.88 3.15 M12x1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0 1 1.25 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 3 14 Knurled nut M12x1 Y 302 065 01 o15.1 1/2"-32 Y 301 999 01 o15.87 UN 1/2-32 3.18 Curve CS - short delay for AC 50/60 Hz, DC at ambient temperature +23 C 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 M12x1 3 Legend plate Y 306 402 01 +0.1 Y 306 425 01 +0.1 ON .1 I o6.5 ON +0 .1 I 5.2 2 +0 28 7 5.6 OFF 0.1 O thickness 0.8 o1 OFF O thickness 0.8 12 0.01 0.001 0 1 1.25 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 ... times rated current 9 10 11 12 12 o17 o17 Auxiliary switch (change over contact) Y 306 268 01 9.3 12.6 9.7 7.3 Auxiliary switch housing Y 306 269 01 Series 8350 with characteristics AS, BS and CS will not trip at a halfsine wave of 10 ms and an amplitude of 8 times rated current. The tripping characteristics as outlined in this catalogue will only be maintained if the escutcheon is mounted on a vertical surface. 9.1 2.5 7.5 15 14 2.8 x 0.5 6.5 28 o1 2. 20.2 19.9 194 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C 15.9 High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches Single and multi pole high performance circuit breakers (CBEs) and battery isolation switches with and without remote control Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 660 V, AC 250 V, DC 220 V Current ratings 0.05...500 A E-T-A high performance circuit breakers, of thermal or thermal magnetic operation, have been designed for applications with uncompromising performance and reliability requirements. Models are available for aircraft, defence equipment, marine systems and other specialised equipment where safety is paramount. All the circuit breakers in this catalogue section are highly resistant to the effects of shock, vibration, salt spray, humidity and similar influences. Their small physical size, low mass and advanced construction guarantee total versatility. Approvals are held from the supervisory authorities of key relevant industries. For example, E-T-A aircraft circuit breakers have been qualified for use in some of the world's most advanced aircraft, fixed wing and helicopter. Accessories include panel seals providing various levels of protection for E-T-A single-hole panel mount models, from splash proofing right up to full immersion. Complementing these high performance products, E-T-A battery isolation switches with remote control capability are especially suited to installation in the main battery systems of heavy duty vehicles - including tankers, boats, off-road plant and other battery powered equipment. Remote disconnection offers the dual benefits of user convenience and safety. 4 All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 195 Overview High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches Type No. 402-... 410-... 412-... Description thermal type threadneck panel mounting thermal-magnetic, surface, panel or track mounting, toggle operated thermal, threadneck panel mounting, push/pull operation Max. voltage rating AC 250 V; DC 28 V AC 240 V; DC 110 V AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V Current ratings 8...16 A 10...125 A (VDE 0660) 7...100 A (VDE 0641) 6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V; 1 A, DC 110 V 6 ...25 A vehicle type (-FN) 7.5...35 A aircraft type (-LN) Aux. contact rating Overview Typical life 4,000 operations at 2 x IN 10,000 operations at 1 x IN 20,000 operations mechanical AC 240 V: 6,000 A DC 110 V: 5,000 A 4,000 operations at 2 x IN 4 Interrupting capacity Icn 1,000 A AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1,000 A DC 28 V: 6,000 A Approvals LRoS, BV see pages 205 - 206 see pages 207 - 210 UL, LRoS Available options Dimensions see pages 211 - 212 OFF 22.5 OFF ON 106 90.5 71.5 12.2 OFF 3/8-27 UNS-2A o10.6 46 11 29 92 58 46 29 Internal connection diagrams line 1 line 1 Si 11 13 line 1 12 I> 14 2 2 2 196 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches 413-... 428-... 433 / 434-... 437-... thermal, threadneck mounting, push/pull operation thermal-magnetic, plug-in type, with hand release thermal-magnetic, threadneck panel mounting, with hand release option 433-... fast-acting 434-... standard delay AC 250 V; DC 28 V single pole, toggle operated, with remote trip coil AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V DC 144 V 30...50 A vehicle type (-FN) 30...70 A aircraft type (-LN) 0.05...25 A 0.05...16 A 40...240 A 2,000 operations at 1 x IN 4,000 operations at 2 x IN 4,000 operations at 2 x IN 3,000 operations at 240 A/DC 180 V 10,000 operations at 240 A/DC 28 V 20,000 operations mechanical AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1,000 A DC 28 V: 6,000 A 0.05...5 A 400 A 5.5...7.5 A 750 A 8...25 A 1,500 A (with backup fuse NH 40 A to VDE 0636) 0.05...5 A 400 A 5.5...7,5 A 750 A 8...16 A 1,000 A (with backup fuse NH 40 A to VDE 0636) 2,000 A at DC 180 V 10,000 A at DC 28 V 4 UL, LRoS, BV, QPL Sweden see pages 213 - 214 VDE VDE, Demko see pages 219 - 222 o6.4 LRoS, BV see pages 215 - 217 see pages 223 - 224 12.2 OFF o10.6 15.5 OFF o9.5 22.5 OFF OFF ON 64 max. 48.5 50.3 49 1 2 9.6 19 32 50 42 92 line 1 11 106 90.5 71.5 line 1 line 1 load 2 Si 11 13 Si2 2Si2 13 13 23 I> 12 14 14 14 24 I> 2 2 I> 2 FA 1 battery + Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 197 Overview 6 A, DC 28 V 0.2 A, DC 180 V High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches Type No. 446 / 447 / 449-... 452-... 482-... Description thermal-magnetic, base mounting thermal-magnetic, threadneck panel mounting, push/pull operation thermal, single pole, threadneck panel mounting, push/pull operation, with auxiliary contact option Max. voltage rating DC 28 V AC 115 V (400 Hz), DC 28 V AC 115 V (400 Hz), DC 28 V, Current ratings 446: 30...400 A; 447: 100...400 A 449: 125...500 A 10 A 50...100 A 0.1...50 A Aux. contact rating Overview 0.5 A, DC 28 V Typical life 1,000 operations at 1 x IN 1,000 operations at 1 x IN 10,000 operations, mechanical 5,000 operations at 1 x IN 0.1...2.5 A 3...3.5 A 4...7 A 7.5...50 A 35...50 A 15 x IN 250 A DC / 150 A AC 500 A 6,000 A DC / 1,000 A AC 3,000 A DC / 1,000 A AC 4 Interrupting capacity Icn 10,000 A DC 28 V: 6,000 A AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1,500 A Approvals 449: VG 95345, part 15 447: QPL Sweden see pages 225 - 226 LRoS, BV, VG 95345 part 17, QPL Canada, Sweden VG 95345 T21, QPL Canada, LRoS see pages 231 - 233 Available options Dimensions see pages 227 - 229 o20 23 M12x1 12.2 OFF 12.2 OFF M12x1 104 max. 61.5 44 100 max. 57 max. 50 31 Internal connection diagrams line 1 line 1 line 1 I> 2 I> 2 2 198 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 43.4 Issue C High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches 483-... 4120-... 4201-... 520 / 530-... thermal, single pole, threadneck panel mounting, push/pull operation, temperature compensated, explosion-proof, miniaturized, with auxiliary contact option, full military specification thermal, single pole, threadneck panel mounting, push/pull operation, temperature compensated, explosion-proof, miniaturized, with auxiliary contact option, commercial aircraft specification single pole, thermal-magnetic, rail mounting, with hand release thermal-magnetic, surface, panel or track mounting, toggle operation 520 double pole 530 three pole AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 V; 3 AC 500 V 3 AC 660 V; DC 110 V; DC 220 V 10...125 A (VDE 0660) 7...100 A (VDE 0641) 6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V; 1 A DC 110 V AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V AC 250 V; DC 28 V 1...25 A 1...25 A 0.05...16 A 0.5 A, DC 28 V 0.5 A, DC 28 V 20,000 operations mechanical 10,000 operations at 1 x IN AC 115 V (400 Hz): 4A 5A 7.5...25 A DC 28 V: 1...25 A 20,000 operations mechanical 5,000 operations at 1 x IN AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1... 3 A 5...25 A DC 28 V: 1...25 A 4,000 operations at 2 x IN 10,000 operations at 1 x IN 20,000 operations mechanical AC 240 V 10,000 A 3 AC 415 V 5,000 A 3 AC 500 V 4,000 A 3 AC 660 V 2,000 A DC 110 V 10,000 A DC 220 V on request 1,000 A 2,000 A 2,500 A 6,000 A 1,000 A 2,000 A 6,000 A 0.05...5 A 400 A 5.5...7.5 A 750 A 8...16 A 1,000 A (with backup fuse NH 40 A to VDE 0636) 4 LN 29886, VG 95 345 T6, MS 3320, QPL see pages 235 - 238 EN 2495, EN 3773 see pages 239-240 VDE, Demko see pages 241 - 242 LRoS, BV see pages 207 - 210 12.5 OFF 12.5 OFF o10 11 OFF o10 OFF ON max. 37.2 max. 38.6 19.5 19.5 7.5 LINE 1 2 106 90.5 71.5 53 80 92 line 2 line 1 line 1 line 1 3 11 13 I> I> 2 I> 4 12 14 1 2 2 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 199 Overview High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches Type No. 583-... 911/912/913/914-... 921/922 Description 3 pole, thermal, threadneck panel mounting, push/pull operation, temperature compensated, explosion-proof, miniaturized, with auxiliary contact option isolation switch 911 1 pole 912 2 pole 913 3 pole 914 4 pole toggle operation, surface, panel or track mounting AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 V; 3 AC 500 V; DC 110 V 32 A, 63 A, 125 A battery isolation switch 921 1 pole 922 2 pole toggle operation, surface mounting, with remote disconnection and reconnection facilities, optional enclosure Max. voltage rating 3 AC 200 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V 1...25 A DC 12 V / DC 24 V Current ratings 921: 240 A 922: 120 A 6 A, DC 28 V Aux. contact rating Overview 0.5 A, DC 28 V non-inductive 6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V 1 A, DC 110 V 10,000 operations at 1 x IN 20,000 operations mechanical Typical life 20,000 operations mechanical 10,000 operations at 1 x IN 3 AC 200 V (400 Hz): 4A 1,000 A 5A 2,000 A 7.5...25 A 2,500 A DC 28 V: 1...25 A 6,000 A LN 29887, VG 95 345 T11, MS 14154, QPL see pages 243 - 246 10,000 operations electrical 20,000 operations mechanical 2,500 A type 921 1,500 A type 922 4 Interrupting capacity Icn Approvals LRoS, BASEEFA Available options Dimensions see pages 247 - 249 see pages 251 - 252 12.5 OFF o10 OFF ON OFF ON 106 90.5 71.5 25.5 92 106 90.5 71.5 38 92 Internal connection diagrams line A2 B2 C2 Si line 1 11 13 load 2 A1 B1 C1 2 12 14 FA 1 battery + 200 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches E-1032 E-1073-437/921/922 4910 (RCCB) Type No. battery emergency switch, single or double pole, to ADR requirements single or double pole, remote disconnection and reconnection, with undervoltage protection optional remote control circuit breaker (RCCB) single pole, temperature compensated, with auxiliary contacts Description DC 12 V; DC 24 V DC 12 V; DC 24 V DC 28 V (DC 18...36 V) Max. voltage rating 921: 240 A 922: 120 A 6 A at DC 28 V 437: 40...240 A 921: 240 A 6 A at DC 28 V 5...100 A 922: 120 A DC 28 V, AC 115 V (400 Hz): 3A 50,000 operations at 1 x IN Current ratings Aux. contact rating Overview 10,000 operations electrical 20,000 operations mechanical DC 28 V (921): 2,500 A DC 28 V (922): 1,500 A 10,000 operations electrical 20,000 operations mechanical DC 28 V (437): 10,000 A DC 28 V (921): 2,500 A DC 28 V (922): 1,500 A Typical life 6,000 A Interrupting capacity Icn 4 TUV see pages 257 - 260 see pages 261 - 262 Approvals see pages 253 - 256 Available options Dimensions 57.15 3 B CB 154 M10x25 9.1 A C 38.8 LOAD LINE 146 61 45 135 II I 222 31 244 1 180 10 2.5 Power supply 4 3 (+) Batt Emergency + 1032Electronic 1081-01 1(+) PTB Nr. 111 B/E29861S 2(-) b a load switch 921/922 FA circuit breaker 437 3 L11 L12 4 II double contact up 125 A 11 13 23 back up power 4 Internal connection diagrams LINE / + A1 S3 S2 Generator D+ 1 2 (-) Batt D+ - Relay 85 FE L13 L15 (only with 437) I> electronics circuit breaker 0.5 A R1 Electronic control unit 85 30 OFF ON GGVS ADR CB 6 L14 L1 5 L10 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 86 87 87a 15 31 3 5A 5B I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 24 RCCB type 4910 A2 S1 LOAD / - Load Battery ON / OFF external control switch + + undervoltage battery terminal strip status max. 2 W indicator control unit ICU Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 201 High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches High Performance Circuit Breakers - Selector Chart Choice of characteristic curves Type Mounting method Main terminal design Number of poles Ratings Water splashcover Manual trip facility Auxiliary contacts solder terminals screw terminals blade terminals plug-in pins threadneck single pole multi pole surface DC (V) 28 110 28 28 28 28 144 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 220 28 110 24 12 24 12/24 144 AC (V) socket panel rail 402 410 412 413 428 433/434 437 446/447/449 452 482 Overview 483 4120 4201 4910 520/530 583 911-914 921/922 E-1032 E-1073 q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q r r q q r r r r q (r) r r r r q q q q r q q q q r r q q q q q q q q q q q q q q r r r r r r r q q q q r r r r r r q q q q q q q r r r r q q q q q 520 530 q q q 250 240 115 115 250 q q q q 115 115 583 583 115 115 250 250 25 125 35 70 25 16 240 500 100 50 25 25 16 100 125 25 125 240 1pol. 120/922 240/921 120 240 1pol. 120 240 1pol. r r q q q r r r r q q q q q q 4 only 520 r 410 483 911 921 r r q q 912 913 914 q 660 115 200 240 r only 911/ 912 r r q r 922 r r q q = standard r = optional 202 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C IN High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches Cross Reference List of German military part numbers versus E-T-A part numbers VG Number VG 95345 T06-001 VG 95345 T06-002 VG 95345 T06-003 VG 95345 T06-004 VG 95345 T06-005 VG 95345 T06-006 VG 95345 T06-007 VG 95345 T06-008 VG 95345 T06-009 VG 95345 T06-010 VG 95345 T06-011 VG 95345 T06-012 VG 95345 T06-013 VG 95345 T06-014 VG 95345 T06-101 VG 95345 T06-102 VG 95345 T06-103 VG 95345 T06-104 VG 95345 T06-105 VG 95345 T06-106 VG 95345 T06-107 VG 95345 T06-108 VG 95345 T06-109 VG 95345 T06-110 VG 95345 T06-111 VG 95345 T06-112 VG 95345 T06-113 VG 95345 T06-114 VG 95345 T11-001 VG 95345 T11-002 VG 95345 T11-003 VG 95345 T11-004 VG 95345 T11-005 VG 95345 T11-006 VG 95345 T11-007 VG 95345 T11-008 VG 95345 T11-009 VG 95345 T11-010 VG 95345 T11-011 VG 95345 T11-012 VG 95345 T11-013 VG 95345 T11-014 VG 95345 T11-101 VG 95345 T11-102 VG 95345 T11-103 VG 95345 T11-104 VG 95345 T11-105 VG 95345 T11-106 VG 95345 T11-107 VG 95345 T11-108 VG 95345 T11-109 VG 95345 T11-110 VG 95345 T11-111 VG 95345 T11-112 VG 95345 T11-113 VG 95345 T11-114 VG 95345 T15-001 VG 95345 T15-002 VG 95345 T15-003 VG 95345 T15-004 VG 95345 T15-005 VG 95345 T15-006 VG 95345 T15-007 VG 95345 T15-008 VG 95345 T15-009 VG 95345 T15-101 VG 95345 T15-102 VG 95345 T15-103 VG 95345 T15-104 VG 95345 T15-105 E-T-A Type 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-1A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2,5A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-3A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-4A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-5A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-6A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-7,5A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-8A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-10A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-15A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-16A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-20A 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-25A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-1A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-2A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-2,5A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-3A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-4A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-5A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-6A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-7,5A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-8A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-10A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-15A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-16A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-20A 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-25A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-1A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-2A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-2,5A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-3A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-4A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-5A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-6A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-7,5A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-8A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-10A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-15A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-16A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-20A 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-25A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-1A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-2A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-2,5A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-3A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-4A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-5A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-6A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-7,5A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-8A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-10A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-15A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-16A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-20A 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-25A 449-K-H-FN-125A 449-K-H-FN-160A 449-K-H-FN-200A 449-K-H-FN-225A 449-K-H-FN-250A 449-K-H-FN-315A 449-K-H-FN-350A 449-K-H-FN-400A 449-K-H-FN-500A 449-K-H-FN-Si-125A 449-K-H-FN-Si-160A 449-K-H-FN-Si-200A 449-K-H-FN-Si-225A 449-K-H-FN-Si-250A VG Number VG 95345 T15-106 VG 95345 T15-107 VG 95345 T15-108 VG 95345 T15-109 VG 95345 T17-001 VG 95345 T17-002 VG 95345 T17-003 VG 95345 T17-004 VG 95345 T17-005 VG 95345 T17-101 VG 95345 T17-102 VG 95345 T17-103 VG 95345 T17-104 VG 95345 T17-105 VG 95345 T21-001 VG 95345 T21-002 VG 95345 T21-003 VG 95345 T21-004 VG 95345 T21-005 VG 95345 T21-006 VG 95345 T21-007 VG 95345 T21-008 VG 95345 T21-009 VG 95345 T21-010 VG 95345 T21-011 VG 95345 T21-012 VG 95345 T21-013 VG 95345 T21-014 VG 95345 T21-015 VG 95345 T21-016 VG 95345 T21-017 VG 95345 T21-018 VG 95345 T21-019 VG 95345 T21-020 VG 95345 T21-021 VG 95345 T21-022 VG 95345 T21-023 VG 95345 T21-024 VG 95345 T21-025 VG 95345 T21-101 VG 95345 T21-102 VG 95345 T21-103 VG 95345 T21-104 VG 95345 T21-105 VG 95345 T21-106 VG 95345 T21-107 VG 95345 T21-108 VG 95345 T21-109 VG 95345 T21-110 VG 95345 T21-111 VG 95345 T21-112 VG 95345 T21-113 VG 95345 T21-114 VG 95345 T21-115 VG 95345 T21-116 VG 95345 T21-117 VG 95345 T21-118 VG 95345 T21-119 VG 95345 T21-120 VG 95345 T21-121 VG 95345 T21-122 VG 95345 T21-123 VG 95345 T21-124 VG 95345 T21-125 VG 95345 T23 A VG 95345 T23 B VG 95345 T23 D E-T-A Type 449-K-H-FN-Si-315A 449-K-H-FN-Si-350A 449-K-H-FN-Si-400A 449-K-H-FN-Si-500A 452-K34-FN2-60A 452-K34-FN2-70A 452-K34-FN2-80A 452-K34-FN2-90A 452-K34-FN2-100A 452-K14-LN2-60A 452-K14-LN2-70A 452-K14-LN2-80A 452-K14-LN2-90A 452-K14-LN2-100A 482-N-MS-0,5A 482-N-MS-1,0A 482-N-MS-1,5A 482-N-MS-2,0A 482-N-MS-3,0A 482-N-MS-3,5A 482-N-MS-4,0A 482-N-MS-4,5A 482-N-MS-5,0A 482-N-MS-5,5A 482-N-MS-6,0A 482-N-MS-6,5A 482-N-MS-7,0A 482-N-MS-7,5A 482-N-MS-8,0A 482-N-MS-10A 482-N-MS-12A 482-N-MS-15A 482-N-MS-20A 482-N-MS-25A 482-N-MS-30A 482-N-MS-35A 482-N-MS-40A 482-N-MS-45A 482-N-MS-50A 482-MS-0,5A 482-MS-1,0A 482-MS-1,5A 482-MS-2,0A 482-MS-3,0A 482-MS-3,5A 482-MS-4,0A 482-MS-4,5A 482-MS-5,0A 482-MS-5,5A 482-MS-6,0A 482-MS-6,5A 482-MS-7,0A 482-MS-7,5A 482-MS-8,0A 482-MS-10A 482-MS-12A 482-MS-15A 482-MS-20A 482-MS-25A 482-MS-30A 482-MS-35A 482-MS-40A 482-MS-45A 482-MS-50A X 200 802 01 X 200 801 08 X 200 803 01 4 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 203 Overview High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches Cross Reference List of EN military part numbers versus E-T-A part numbers EN/MS Number EN 2495-01A M EN 2495-02A M EN 2495-2A5 M EN 2495-03A M EN 2495-05A M EN 2495-7A5 M EN 2495-10A M EN 2495-15A M EN 2495-20A M EN 2495-25A M EN 2495-01A U EN 2495-02A U EN 2495-2A5 U EN 2495-03A U EN 2495-05A U EN 2495-7A5 U EN 2495-10A U EN 2495-15A U EN 2495-20A U EN 2495-25A U EN 3773-004 D 01A EN 3773-004 D 02A EN 3773-004 D 2A5 EN 3773-004 D 03A EN 3773-004 D 05A EN 3773-004 D 7A5 EN 3773-004 D 10A EN 3773-004 D 15A EN 3773-004 D 20A EN 3773-004 D 25A E-T-A Type 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-1A 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2A 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2,5A 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-3A 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-5A 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-7,5A 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-10A 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-15A 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-20A 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-25A 4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-1A 4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2A 4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2,5A 4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-3A 4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-5A 4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-7,5A 4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-10A 4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-15A 4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-20A 4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-25A 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-1A 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2A 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2,5A 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-3A 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-5A 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-7,5A 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-10A 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-15A 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-20A 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-25A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2,5A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2,5A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2,5A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2.5A 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A MS Number MS 3320-5VL MS 3320-6VL MS 3320-7.5VL MS 3320-10VL MS 3320-15VL MS 3320-20VL MS 14154-1 MS 14154-2 MS 14154-2.5 MS 14154-3 MS 14154-4 MS 14154-5 MS 14154-6 MS 14154-7.5 MS 14154-10 MS 14154-15 MS 14154-20 E-T-A Type 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-1A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-2A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-2,5A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-3A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-4A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-5A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-6A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-7,5A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-10A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-15A 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-20A Overview 4 MS 3320-1 MS 3320-2 MS 3320-2.5 MS 3320-3 MS 3320-4 MS 3320-5 MS 3320-6 MS 3320-7.5 MS 3320-10 MS 3320-15 MS 3320-20 MS 3320-1L MS 3320-2L MS 3320-2.5L MS 3320-3L MS 3320-4L MS 3320-5L MS 3320-6L MS 3320-7.5L MS 3320-10L MS 3320-15L MS 3320-20L MS 3320-1V MS 3320-2V MS 3320-2.5V MS 3320-3V MS 3320-4V MS 3320-5V MS 3320-6V MS 3320-7.5V MS 3320-10V MS 3320-15V MS 3320-20V MS 3320-1VL MS 3320-2VL MS 3320-2.5VL MS 3320-3VL MS 3320-4VL 204 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 402-... Description Single pole high performance version of type 2-5700 (section 1) thermal circuit breaker, with push-to-reset tease free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60 934). Designed for threadneck panel mounting and for applications with a high fault current switching requirement. Typical applications Extra low voltage systems, industrial equipment. 402-... Accessories X 200 799 02 X 200 799 01 X 200 798 01/02 X 210 739 01 Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly. As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra retention. As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a slotted knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening. Water splash cover/hex nut. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) AC 250 V; DC 28 V 8...16 A (20...25 A to special order) 4,000 operations at 2 x IN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 (threadneck should be earthed/grounded) Test voltage AC 2000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 1000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 8 g (57-500 Hz) 0.61 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 40 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-27, Test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 35 g Ordering information Type No. 402 threadneck panel mounting* Terminal design P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 K14 screw terminals M4x6 Current ratings 8 ... 16 A 402 - P10 - 10 A ordering example Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration 4 Shock *mounting hardware bulk shipped Corrosion Humidity Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Mass Current rating (A) 8 10 12 Internal resistance () < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Current rating (A) 14 15 16 Internal resistance () < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 205 High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 402-... Dimensions 402-P10 22.5 OFF tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm 3/8-27 UNS-2A Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 10000 16.5 ON o6.5 D-shaped threadneck 1000 100 Trip time in seconds 10 10 46 1 0.1 11 0.01 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 29 SW 14 current rating in A mounting hole 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 14.5 8.8 2 8.9 -0.1 -K14 22.5 OFF tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm 3/8-27 UNS-2A 16.5 ON o6.5 D-shaped threadneck Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 9.6 -0.1 Accessories Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01 + knurled nut Y 300 628 01 X 200 799 02 (IP64) X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64) 4 46 57 10 3/8-27 UNS-2B tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm 29 SW14 current rating in A 10.6 mounting hole Splash cover, transparent/ knurled nut assembly (IP64) X 200 798 01 X 200 798 02 bonded to nut Splash cover, transparent/ hex nut assembly (IP64) X 210 739 01 14.5 8.8 2 9.6 -0.1 8.9 -0.1 3/8-27 UNS-2B 3/8-27 UNS-2B Internal connection diagram line 1 2 206 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-... Description Single, double and three pole high performance thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN 60 934; also to EN 60 947). Designed for rail, panel or surface mounting. Available with a choice of characteristic curves and optional auxiliary contacts. Typical applications Motors, generators, transformers, thyristor and silicon rectifiers. Accessories X 211 118 01 X 211 119 01 X 211 705 01 Single pole splashcover with fixing plate. Two pole splashcover with fixing plate. Terminal insulation cover for use with types 410, 520 and 530 - two per pole required. 410-K-... Technical data Voltage rating 530-K-... Interrupting capacity to IEC 947/EN 60947 AC voltage Number Voltage of poles rating 1 2 3 3 3 AC 240 V AC 240 V 3 AC 415 V 3 AC 500 V 3 AC 660 V Interrupting capacity IN=12-125A 5,000 A 8,000 A 5,000 A 4,000 A 2,000 A Power factor cos = 0.7 cos = 0.7 cos = 0.7 cos = 0.8 cos = 0.85 Interrupting capacity IN = 7+10 A 3,500 A 6,000 A 3,000 A 2,500 A 2,000 A Power factor cos = 0.8 cos = 0.7 cos = 0.85 cos = 0.85 cos = 0.85 Time constant L/R = 13 ms L/R = 5 ms L/R = 13 ms L/R 0 ms L/R = 13 ms L/R 0 ms AC 240 V, 3 AC 415 V, 3 AC 500 V, 3 AC 660 V (50/60 Hz), DC 110 V; DC 220 V series connection 10...125 A (EN 60947), curves 01/02/04/05 7...100 A (EN 60898), curves B3/C3 6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V; 1 A, DC 110 V 10,000 operations at 1xIN 20,000 operations mechanical -20...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 6 kV 3 Test voltage AC 3300 V AC 3300 V AC 2200 V AC 1000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 curves 02/04/05/B3/C3: 4 g (60-500 Hz) 0.30 mm (10-60 Hz) curve 01: 3 g (60-500 Hz) 0.23 mm (10-60 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis curves 02/04/05/B3/C3: 50 g (11 ms) directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 30 g in direction 6 curve 01: 30 g (11 ms) in directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 20 g in direction 6 to IEC 68-27, Test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca 410 (1 pole): approx. 290 g 520 (2 pole): approx. 580 g 530 (3 pole): approx. 870 g Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole/pole main circuit/aux.circuit aux. circuit 11-12/13-14 Insulation resistance Degree ef protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) DC voltage Number Voltage of poles rating 1 DC 110 V 1 2 2 2 2 DC 110 V DC 110 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 220 V Interrupting capacity IN = 12...125 A IN = 7+10 A 3,000 A 3,000 A 5,000 A 5,000 A 10,000 A 2,000 A 3,000 A 3,500 A 3,000 A 6,000 A 2,000 A 3,000 A 4 Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Curves 01, 02, 04, 05: Current Internal resistance rating (A) () per pole 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 90 100 125 0.033 0.015 0.010 0.0062 0.0039 0.0031 0.0022 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 Curves B3, C3: Current rating (A) 7 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Vibration Internal resistance ) per pole 0.033 0.015 0.015 0.010 0.0062 0.0039 0.0031 0.0022 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals Authority LRoS BV (except type 530) Voltage ratings 3 AC 415 V AC 240 V, DC 110 V Current ratings 16...125 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 207 High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-... Ordering information Type 410 520 530 No. single pole (ratings > 125 A: suffix 17015 - parallel connection) double pole three pole Terminal design - main terminals K screw terminals 10-32 A pressure plate B5-DIN 46288 (curves B3/C3, 7-25 A) 40-63 A pressure plate B5-DIN 46288 (curves B3/C3, 32-63 A) 80-125 A terminal screw DIN 46206, sheet 2, form A, M6 thread Mounting 1 surface mounting 2 rail mounting (DIN EN 50 022-35x7.5) or panel mounting 3 rail mounting on G profile (DIN EN 5035-G32) or panel mounting 4 panel mounting with cylinder head screw M3.5 5 mounting brackets Magnetic trip curves 01 2.1-3xIN (thyristor and rectifier protection) 02 7-10xIN (motor and generator protection to EN 60947) 04 3.5-x5xIN (cable protection to EN 60947) 05 4-6xIN (generator protection to EN 60947) B3 3-5xIN (cable protection to EN 60898) C3 5-10xIN (cable protection to EN 60898) Auxiliary contacts optional (terminals M3.5) Si one each N/O and N/C contact Si1 one N/C (11,12) Si2 one N/O (13,14) 2Si two each N/O and N/C (types 520/530) 3Si three N/C, three N/O (type 530) Current ratings 7...125 A - 10 A ordering example Dimensions 26 26 OFF ON 3 106 90.5 71.5 Si-terminals M3.5 1 N/C 1 N/O 41 6 92 top-hat rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5 G profile rail DIN EN 50035-G32 (not shown) 16 M3.5 - thread max. 9 mm deep tightening torque max. 0.55 Nm D 45 35 E 22 C 19 66 44 B Pole 3 Mounting methods 4 Surface mounting -1 rail mounting (DIN EN 50 022-35x7,5) -2 Current rating 32A 63A 125A 14.6 B M5 M6 M6 Dimensions C D 13 114 15.4 120 15.4 120 Terminal E 7 9 9 pressure plate pressure plate terminal screw Max. tightening torque 2.0 Nm 2.5 Nm 2.5 Nm surface mounting mounting holes 35 o20 rail mounting on G profile (DIN EN 50 035-G32) -3 surface mounting with mounting brackets -5 14 9 3.7 a Type 410 50 Type 520 72 Type 530 94 b c 61.5 70 83.5 92 105.5 114 22 o4.6 b c a M5 57 10 208 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 44 +1 22 +0.5 97 Issue C o4 panel mounting -4 4.6 Type 530 The exact number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Type 520 520 - K - 1 - 01 - Pole 2 Type 410 Pole 1 High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-... Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C Magnetic trip curves 01,02,04,05 AC 10000 Internal connection diagram Type 410-K line 1 Type 410-K-Si line 1 11 13 1000 12 I> 100 Trip time in seconds 14 I> 2 10 2 Type 520-K-Si 1 05 0.1 01 04 02 Type 520-K-2Si line 1 3 11 13 11 13 21 23 0.01 12 I> 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 14 12 14 22 24 I> 2 4 Magnetic trip curves B3,C3 AC 10000 Type 530-K-Si line 1 3 5 11 13 Type 530-K-3Si 11 13 21 23 31 33 1000 100 Trip time in seconds 12 I> I> I> 14 12 14 22 24 32 34 10 2 1 4 6 4 Shock directions 0.1 B3 C3 4 0.01 3 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 2 N.B. Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. 5 6 1 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 209 High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-... Accessories Water splash cover with fixing plate (IP 54) for type 410 X 211 118 01 53 Terminal insulation cover for types 410/520/530-K X 211 705 01 (1 set = 2 pcs per pole) 44 19 92 44 21 1.2 24.5 mounting hole 25+0.3 max. 4 38 o4 40 +0.3 165 35 Water splash cover with fixing plate (IP 54) for type 520 X 211 119 01 53 4 21 max. 4 38 1.2 24.5 mounting hole 25 +0.3 o4 62 59 59 +0.3 35 22 210 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com o10 64 40 Issue C 94 High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 412-... Description Single pole high performance thermal circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted and available in tracked vehicle, aircraft and general purpose versions. Typical applications Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea and air; defence equipment; battery powered machines. 412-... Accessories X 200 801 08 X 200 801 03 X 200 802 01 X 200 802 02 X 200 803 01 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the push button actuator. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual operation. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V 6...25 A (-FN) 7.5...35 A (-LN/-N), lower current ratings to special order 4,000 operations at 2 x IN -55...+75 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 1.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1000 A DC 28 V: 6000 A DC 28 V: 6000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (56-500 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-55 Hz) to VG 95210, sheet 19/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 204/ IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 25 g (11 ms) to VG 95210, sheet 28/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 213/ IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to VG 95210, sheet 2/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 101/ IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to VG 95210, sheet 7/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 106/ IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 40 g Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Ordering information Type No. 412 threadneck panel mounting Terminal design K14 screw terminals M4 (to aircraft specs.) K54 screw terminals M4 sealed housing (to vehicle specs.) Version FN2 vehicle application LN2 aircraft application N2 general application Current ratings 6...25 A (-FN2) 7.5...35 A (-LN2/N2) 412 - K14 - LN2 - 10 A ordering example 4 Shock Corrosion Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values Humidity Current rating (A) 6 7.5 8 10 12 13 Voltage drop (mV) -LN/N -FN 300 300 250 200 200 200 250 200 200 200 200 Current rating (A) 15 20 25 30 35 Voltage drop (mV) -LN/N -FN 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 - Mass Approvals Test authority UL LRoS Voltage ratings DC 28 V DC 28 V Current ratings 0.1...35 A 6...25 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 211 High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 412-... Dimensions 412-K54-FN2/N2 Internal connection diagram line 1 2 Typical time/current characteristics 412-...-FN 6...25 A 10000 +75 C +23 C -55 C 1000 412-K14/K54-FN2/N2 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 810 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current +75 C +23 C -55 C 412-..LN 7,5...35 A 412-K14-LN2 10000 4 Trip time in seconds 1000 100 10 1 0.1 412-K14/K54-LN2 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 810 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23) Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66) X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut, translucent cover X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut, M12x1 black cover Splash cover black/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 54) X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut Actuator extension (black) X 200 803 01 212 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 413-... Description Single pole high performance thermal circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted and available in tracked vehicle, aircraft and general purpose versions. Typical applications Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea and air; defence equipment; battery powered machines. 413-... Accessories X 200 801 08 X 200 801 03 X 200 802 01 X 200 802 02 X 200 803 01 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the push button actuator. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual operation. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V 30...50 A (-FN) 30...70 A (-LN/-N), 2,000 operations at 1 x IN -55...+75 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 1.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 1500 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1000 A DC 28 V: 6000 A DC 28 V: 6000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (56-500 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-55 Hz) to VG 95210, sheet 19/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 204/ IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 50 g (11 ms) to VG 95210, sheet 28/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 213/ IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, to VG 95210, sheet 2/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 101/ IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to VG 95210, sheet 7/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 106/ IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 65 g Ordering information Type No. 413 threadneck panel mounting Terminal design K14 screw terminals M6 (to aircraft specs.) K34 reinforced screw terminals M6 (to vehicle specs.) K54 as K34, but housing sealed Version FN2 vehicle application LN2 aircraft application N2 general application Current ratings 30...50 A (-FN2) 30...70 A (-LN2/N2) 413 - K14 - LN2 - 40 A ordering example Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Interrupting capacity (UL 1077) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration 4 Shock Corrosion Humidity Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values Current rating (A) 30 35 40 45 Voltage drop (mV) -LN/N -FN 250 250 200 200 250 250 200 200 Current rating (A) 50 60 70 Voltage drop (mV) -LN/N -FN 200 200 200 200 - Mass Approvals Test authority UL LRoS, BV QPL Sweden Voltage ratings DC 28 V DC 28 V DC 28 V Current ratings 30...70 A 30...70 A 30...50 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 213 High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 413-... Dimensions 413-K14-... o10.6 tightening torque max. 4 Nm M12x1 black white Internal connection diagram line 1 12.2 1.5 6 6.5 4 OFF ON lock washer 2 49 max. 63 max. 64 55 Typical time/current characteristics 413-...-FN 30...50 A 35 23 35 x ma .3 .5 10000 +75 C +23 C -55 C Trip time in seconds screw ISO1580-M6x8(-N/-FN) M6x10 (-LN) lock washer DIN 137-B6 tightening torque max. 2.5 Nm 1000 mounting holes min. o3.2 100 413-K14-LN2 current rating in A 9.5 +0.2 9.50.2 10 18.5 50 2.7 o12.5 1 SW14 location pin 32 0.1 0.01 413-K34/K54-... o10.6 tightening torque max. 4 Nm M12x1 black 0.001 1 2 4 6 810 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current +75 C +23 C -55 C 6.5 12.2 white 1.5 6 4 OFF lock washer 413-..LN/N 30...70 A 10000 max. 63 49 4 ON 1000 max. 64 55 Trip time in seconds 100 10 35 23 35 ma x. 3.5 1 screw ISO1580-M6x8(-N/-FN) M6x10 (-LN) lock washer DIN 137-B6 tightening torque max. 2.5 Nm 0.1 413-K34/K54-FN2/-N2 current rating in A 9.5 0.01 mounting holes 9.50.2 o12.5 +0.2 0.001 1 2 4 6 810 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 2.7 18.5 SW14 32 location pin min. o3.2 Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66) X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut, translucent cover X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut, M12x1 black cover 50 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23) Splash cover black/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 54) X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut Actuator extension (black) X 200 803 01 214 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 428-... Description Single pole high performance version of type 3200 (section 2) thermalmagnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and additional manual release (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Designed for plug-in mounting with E-T-A sockets 10R or 16. Available with optional silver plated terminal pins for use in corrosive environments. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Extra low voltage systems, control equipment. 428-... Accessories 10R-K10 10R-P10 10R-A10 Y 301 166 02 Y 301 166 01 16 X 200 409 01 Y 301 477 01 X 210 589 01 X 210 589 02 X 210 588 01 X 210 588 02 X 210 588 03 X 210 588 04 X 200 800 10 Modular snap-together surface mounted sockets, each accommodating two plug-in circuit breakers. With screw terminals. As above but with push-on terminals. As above but with a combination of screw and push-on terminals. Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets Single socket for symmetric EN rail mounting. Adapter for mounting socket type 16 to asymmetric rail (G-profile) Blanking plug with insulated pins, for socket 10. 50-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted connection lugs for type 10F-K10/-A10 sockets. As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links. 100-way 1.5mm2 cable links, brown, with pre-fitted push-on connectors for type 10F-P10 sockets. As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links, black As above, but red As above, but blue Terminal for mounting rack Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V 0.05...25 A 4,000 operations at 2 x IN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05...5 A 5.5...7.5 A 8...25 A 400 A 750 A 1500 A (with back-up fuse NH 40 A to VDE 0636) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 50 g 4 Ordering information Shock Type No. 428 plug-in Terminal design AG silver-plated plug-in terminals Current ratings 0.05...25 A 428 - AG 10 A ordering example Corrosion Humidity Mass Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 Internal resistance () 534 149 56 24.2 13.65 8.08 5.25 3.55 2.02 0.904 0.514 0.36 0.23 Current rating (A) 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 25 Internal resistance () 0.1407 0.1068 0.0627 0.0491 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Approvals Authority VDE Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 28 V Current ratings 0.05...25 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 215 High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 428-... Dimensions Internal connection diagram line 1 OFF ON o9.5 o13 15.5 48.5 10 I> 1 2 2 9.6 19 43 current rating in A 14 19 50 Installation drawing operating area (double insulation) 34.5 11 2 43 4 socket 1 2 6 Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 N.B. Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. Typical time/current characteristics 0,05...7 A AC 10000 10000 8...16 A AC 18...25 A (for IN >20 A 50% ON duty) AC 10000 1000 1000 1000 100 100 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 10 10 Trip time in seconds 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 100 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 +60 C +23 C -30 C 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 216 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 428-... Accessories 10R-K10 wire cross sectional areas 2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded 2 x max. 4 mm2 solid 13 12 1 10R-P10 Blanking plug Y 301 477 01 for sockets 10R-P10/K10 42 Terminal for mounting rack X 200 800 01 for socket10R, on EN rail 50035-G32 27.5 14 1 30 5.6 12 22 12 50 22 12 68 30 6 11 21 11 21 1.5 9.5 45 75 8 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 19 50 9.5 7,5 15 7 M5 x 12 o4 14.5 27 10R-A10 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 8 Connector bus link -K10 X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 black X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 brown for sockets 10R-K10/-A10 and 16 50 pin lugs to DIN 46230 tinned copper o2.5 59 12 11 7 wire cross sectional areas 2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded 2 x max. 4 mm2 solid ~70 Bus bars for sockets 10.-... Y301 166 02 (2-way) 4.2 21 22 301 166 01 (4-way) 2.9 7.9 15 22.9 t = 0.8 15 15 52.9 15 Connector bus link -P10 X 210 588 01/1.5mm2 brown X 210 588 02/2.5mm2 black X 210 588 03/2.5mm2 red X 210 588 04/2.5mm2 blue for sockets 10R-P10, 10R-A10 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 tinned brass, insulated 12.5 8.5 12 9.5 4 Socket 16 70 52 15 1.5 Adapter for EN rail 50035-G32 (specified as a separate item) X 200 409 01 for socket 16 available on request 39.5 32 38.5 symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 Issue C ~70 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 217 4 218 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-... Description Single pole high performance versions of types 3300 and 3400 (section 2) thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free, pressto-reset, snap action mechanism (R-type TM CBE to EN 60934; M-type with manual release -H). Available with fast acting and standard magnetic tripping characteristics - types 433 and 434 - both with threadneck panel mounting. Options include a separate shunt tap terminal (-A3), and pull-to-trip manual release (-H). Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Industrial equipment, control systems, power supplies. 433-... Accessories X 201 296 01 X 200 801 08 X 210 663 01 Concertina style splash cover/hex nut assembly for version with press-to-reset only (-IG2), without Oring. As above, but translucent, with O-ring Splash seal/knurled nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the push button actuator, for version with press-to-reset only (-IG2). 434-... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V 0.05...16 A 4,000 operations at 2 x IN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05...5 A 5.5...7.5 A 8...16 A 400 A 750 A 1000 A (in accordance with VDE 0636/IEC 269) Ordering information Type No. 433 fast magnetic trip 434 delayed trip Mounting IG2 moulded threadneck M12x1, protection class II, not with -H leave blank for metal threadneck (required for -H) Terminal design P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 K20 screw terminals M3.5x5.5 (not with -A3) Manual release (optional) H manual release facility ((pull) for M12x1 metal threadneck only. Shunt terminal (optional, not with -K20) A3 up to IN = 7 A max. load 5 A Current ratings 0.05... 16 A 433 - IG2 - P10 433 - 5A - 5A ordering example, without manual release and with moulded threadneck ordering example, with manual release and metal threadneck Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca type 433: approx. 55 g type 434: approx. 50 g 4 Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass - P10 - H - The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 Internal resistance () 433-... 434-... (fast acting) (standardl) 477 131 41 32 10.3 7.2 4.8 2.50 1.93 0.81 0.44 447 131 39.6 19.3 10.4 7.1 4.3 2.5 1.67 0.60 0.38 Current rating (A) 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 16 Internal resistance () 433-... 434-... (fast acting) (standard) 0.27 0.183 0.109 0.066 0.046 0.032 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.24 0.19 0.090 0.061 0.041 0.034 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Approvals Authority VDE, Demko Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 28 V Current ratings 0.05...16 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 219 High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-... Dimensions Version -IG2-P10 OFF o6.4 ON M12x1 tightening torque max. 1.5Nm Internal connection diagrams with shunt terminal -A3 line 1 line 1 3 22.5 16 10 I> 50.3 (-IG2) 52.3 (-H) I> 2 3 > 8A 2 Terminal design 1 2 current rating in A 42 29 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 11 14.5 1 3 -P10-A3 mounting hole 2 SW14 5 11.4 11.5 -0.1 -K20 4.9 1 2 1.4 o12.2 -0.1 Version -H OFF ON o6.4 10.5 M12x1 24.5 18.5 9 M3.5x5.5 ISO 1207 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm 4 9.50.2 mounting holes o3 +0.2 Installation drawing operating area (double insulation) o12.5 +0.2 3 26 3 1 mounting area 41 3 220 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com max. 2.5 (max. 2 mm when fitted with water splash cover) Issue C High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-... Typical time/current characteristics 433-... 0.05...7 A 10000 AC +60 C +23 C 434-... 0.05...7 A 10000 AC +60 C +23 C 1000 -30 C 1000 -30 C Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds 100 100 10 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 433-... 8...16 A 10000 AC +60 C +23 C 434-... 8...16 A 10000 AC +60 C +23 C 1000 -30 C 1000 -30 C 100 100 Trip time in seconds 10 Trip time in seconds 10 1 1 4 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 N.B. Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 221 High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-... Accessories For push buttons with moulded threadneck M12 (-IG2) (not with manual release -H) Splash cover black with hex nut assembly X 201 296 01 without O-ring (IP 64) Splash cover translucent with nickel-plated hex nut X 200 801 08 with O ring (IP 66) M12x1 Splash cover (translucent) with knurled nut assembly X 210 663 01 (IP 64) M12x1 4 222 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 437-... Description Single pole high performance thermal magnetic circuit breaker with toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Options include auxiliary contacts, a moulded flame retardant enclosure for added environmental protection, and remote operation - disconnection only, or disconnection and re-connection. Typical applications Battery and cable protection for all types of vehicles (including electric), battery powered systems. 437-... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary contact rating DC 144 V (higher voltage ratings to special order) 40...240 A 6 A max. at DC 28 V; 0.2 A at DC 180 V Ordering information Type No. 437 single pole, toggle actuator Enclosure design (optional) B3 moulded, high environmental protection degree, without operating knob B31 moulded, high environmental protection degree, with operating knob B35 as B31, but for remote disconnection and re-connection facility Terminal design K12 flat screw terminals M10, for enclosure B3, B31 or B35 K60 flat screw terminals DIN 46 206, form A, thread M10 Mounting 1 lugs 5 brackets Characteristic curve 06 fast trip 07 delayed trip Auxiliary contacts (blade terminals 6.3x08) Si one each N/O and N/C Si1 one N/C (11/12) Si2 one N/O (13/14) 2Si2 two N/O Remote trip FA electrical remote disconnection FC electrical remote disconnection (FA) and re-connection (FE) BC-FA electrical remote disconnection (FA) and manual/remote re-connection not for enclosure B. Coil voltage 12 DC 12 V 24 DC 24 V Current ratings 40...240 A Voltage ratings DC 110 V > DC 110 V 437 - B31 - K12 - 5 - 06 - 2Si2 - FA 24 - 50 A ordering example The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Electrical remote disconnection (-FA) operating voltage DC 12 V or DC 24 V operating current approx. 18 A or 12 A max. pulse time 10 ms < tON < 20 ms / tOFF > 10 s switching time < 20 ms Electrical remote re-connection (-FC) operating voltage DC 12 V or DC 24 V operating current approx. 30 A or 15 A max. pulse time 0.1 s < tON < 1.2 s / tOFF > 60 s switching time < 100 ms Typical life 3,000 operations at 240 A, DC 180 V 10,000 operations at 240 A, DC 28 V 20,000 operations mechanical -40...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 6 kV 3 Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664 A) operating area main to aux. circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn 4 Test voltage AC 3300 V AC 2200 V aux. circuits 11-12 to 13-14 AC 1000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 2,000 A at DC 180 V; L/R = 0 ms 10,000 A at DC 28 V; L/R = 0 ms 7,500 A at DC 28 V; L/R = 13 ms operating area IP 40, terminal area IP 00 (IP 54 with enclosure B...) Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Curve 06: 3 g (60-500 Hz), 0.23 mm (10-60 Hz) Curve 07: 4 g (60-500 Hz), 0.30 mm (10-60 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis Curve 06: 20 g (11 ms) Curve 07: 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 1000 g (with remote disconnection) approx. 1400 g (with remote disconnection and re-connection) Shock Corrosion Humidity Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 40 50 63 80 100 Internal resistance () < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 Current rating (A) 120 160 200 240 Internal resistance () < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 < 0,001 Authority LRoS, ABS, BV Mass Approvals Voltage ratings DC 180 V Current ratings 40...240 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 223 High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 437-... Dimensions Housing -B3 9 57 26 15.3 10000 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C Curve 06 (fast trip) 28.5 116 72 47 67 1000 116 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 155 0.1 288 cylinder-head screw M6x16-4.8 ISO 1207 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 437-K12-5-Si10-...-FA 26 26 0 I M10x25 tightening torque max. 4Nm Curve 07 (delayed trip) 10000 106 3 4 91 71.5 1000 92 13 2 terminals for Si2 (N/O) Trip time in seconds blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Bz 2 terminals for remote disconnection 2 terminals for Si1 (N/C) 41 2 100 10 4 92 83.5 72 M5 1 3 44 0.1 14 57 180 9 61.5 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 437-K60-1-...-FA 26 26 0 I M10x25 tightening torque max. 4 Nm blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Bz 2 terminals for remote disconnection 2 terminals for Si1 (N/C) Internal connection diagram IN 125 A IN > 125 A load 2 106 90.5 71.5 41 4 6 3 92 13 167.5 141 45 35 o11 4 terminals for 2Si2 (2 N/O) location pin for top-hat rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5 location pin for G profile DIN EN 50035-G32 (not shown) load 2 Si 11 13 Si2 13 2Si2 13 23 Si 11 13 Si2 13 2Si2 13 23 I> 12 14 14 14 24 FA I> 12 14 14 14 24 44 25 FA M3.5-9 depth tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm 1 battery + 1 battery + -BC-FA operating range see type 921-...-BC-FA -FC coil shown with type 922-...-FC 224 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 446/447/449 Description Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free, press-to-reset snap action mechanism and special dual button manual release which avoids the danger of unintended disconnection (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Surface mounted, compact design available with fast acting, standard and delayed switching characteristics. Options include auxiliary contact and remote electrical disconnection. Typical applications Heavy duty vehicles, battery systems, defence equipment. 446-... Ordering information Type No. 446 / 447 / 449 single pole base mounting Terminal design K screw terminals M12 Manual release H standard Version N general application (excluding type 449) FN vehicle application (excluding type 446) Auxiliary contacts (optional) Si 2 electrically separate auxiliary contacts Remote trip (optional for types 447 and 449) FA12 DC 12 V coil voltage FA24 DC 24 V coil voltage Current ratings 30...400 A type 446 100...400 A type 447 125...500 A type 449 447 - K - H - FN - 200 A ordering example 447-... 449-... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range DC 28 V type 446: 30...400 A type 447: 100...400 A type 449: 125...500 A 10 A Auxiliary circuit Electrical remote disconnection (-FA) operating voltage DC 12 V or DC 24 V operating current approx. 18 A or 12 A max. pulse time 10 ms < tON < 20 ms / tOFF > 10 s switching time < 20 ms Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main circuit to auxiliary contacts Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) 1000 operations at IN 2000 operations mechanical -55...+75 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 1.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 1000 V AC 1000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 10,000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 without auxiliary contacts: 10 g (56-500 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-55 Hz) with auxiliary contacts: 4 g (56-500 Hz) 0.30 mm (10-56 Hz) to VG 95210, sheet 19/IEC 68-2-6, test Fc without auxiliary contacts: 50 g (11 ms) with auxiliary contacts: 20 g (11 ms) to VG 95210, sheet 28/IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to VG 95210, sheet 2/IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to VG 95210, sheet 7/IEC 68-2-3, test C approx. 850 g 4 The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 446 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 170 200 225 250 300 350 400 0.006 0.0048 0.0038 0.0028 0.0025 0.0023 0.0019 0.0016 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 Internal resistance () Current rating (A) 447 100 125 160 225 300 400 449 125 160 225 315 350 400 500 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.002 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 Internal resistance () Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Approvals Authority Type 449: VG 95345, part 15 Type 447: QPL Sweden DC 28 V 125...400 A DC 28 V 125...500 A Voltage ratings Current ratings only with 50 % ON duty Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 225 High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 446/447/449 Dimensions Internal wiring diagrams line 1 line 1 5 Si 7 40 30 4 6 recommended link for FA coil protection 60 o26 OFF ON o20 hex nut M8 14 mm usable thread depth I> 8 2 FA I> 2 23 15 6 FA terminal N/C 4/5 N/O 6/7 104 106 lock washer DIN 137-B12X12CrNi 177 3 hex nut ISO 4032-M12-Cu2-E1P Typical time/current characteristics of type 446-... 70 4 DC 10000 23.5 35 2 100 170 hex screw ISO 4017-M12x30-Cu2-E1P 1000 AUS OFF EIN ON AUS OFF Trip time in seconds 140 current rating in A 100 10 8.5 cylinder head screw ISO 1580-M4x6 with lock washer DIN 137-B4 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm 43.5 12 1 0.1 4 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current Circuit breakers with remote disconnection facility will trip 10 % faster. Typical time/current characteristics 447-... DC 10000 10000 449-... 125...400 A DC 449-... 500 A 10000 50 % ON duty DC 1000 1000 1000 100 Trip time in seconds Trip time in seconds 100 Trip time in seconds 100 10 10 10 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 +75 C +23 C -55 C ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80100 ... times rated current 226 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 452-... Description Single pole high performance thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off actuation (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted in tracked vehicle and aircraft/general purpose versions, with optional fast acting magnetic characteristics. Typical applications Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicle for land, sea and air; defence equipment; battery powered machines. 452-K... Accessories X 200 801 08 X 200 801 03 X 200 802 01 X 200 802 02 X 200 803 01 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish. As above but matt black finish. Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the push button actuator. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual operation. 452-AS... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V 50...100 A 2,500 operations at IN -55...+75 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 1.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 1500 V >100 M (DC 500 V) AC 115 V: 1500 A DC 28 V: 6000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (55-2000 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-55 Hz) to VG 95210, sheet 19/IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 50 g (11 ms) to VG 95210, sheet 28/IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to VG 95210, sheet 2/IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to VG 95210, sheet 7/IEC 68-2-3, test C to VG 95210, sheet 10/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 109 approx. 122 g Ordering information Type No. 452 standard delay curve 452-2 fast trip curve Terminal design K14 screw terminals M6 K34 screw terminals M6, reinforced AS13 screw terminals 8-32 UNC-3B with hex screw 8-32 UNJC3A (NAS 1801-08-6) and washer (MS 35 338-137) AS14 screw terminals 1/4-28UNF-2B with hex screw 1/4 28UNF2A (MS 90726-2), spring washer (MS 35 338-44) and washer (NAS 1149 F0432P) AS03 screw terminal 8-32UNC-3B, without screws AS04 screw terminal 1/4-28 UNF-2B, without screws Version FN2 vehicle application LN2 aircraft/general application LN3 aircraft application, front panel mounting with insulating barrier Current ratings 50...100 A 452 - K14 - LN2 - 80 A ordering example Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Explosion Mass 4 Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values Current rating (A) 50 60 70 75 Volt drop (mV) 100 120 125 130 Current rating (A) 80 90 100 Volt drop (mV) 135 145 150 Approvals Authority VG 95345, part 17 QPL, Canada QPL, Sweden LRoS, BV Voltage ratings DC 28 V DC 28 V DC 28 V DC 28 V Current ratings 60...100 A 60...100 A 60...100 A (452-K34-FN) 50...100 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 227 High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 452-... Dimensions 452-K...-... 452-K34-FN2 12.2 OFF 6 ON Dimensions 452-AS...-LN3 452-AS13-LN3 o10.6 min. 3 tightening torque max. 4 Nm M12x1 6.35 black white current rating in A 1.5 50 lock washer max. 19 46 max. 58.5 44 max. 55.5 max. 61.5 52 .138-32UNC-2A o10.6 12.2 o12.2 6.35 min. 3 o8.4 black white black OFF 16 depth of thread min. 6.4 max. 63.5 o12.5 +0.2 location pin 9.5 current raitng in A max. 19 mounting holes 9.50.2 51.5 m ax .7 terminal screw 18.25 ISO1580-M6x8 36.5 with lock washer DIN 137 B6 tightening torque max. 2.7 Nm 45 m ax 45 .3 .5 ON 6 SW14 max. 55.5 max. 57 min. o3.2 80 terminal screw NAS 1801-08-6 lock washer MS 35338-137 45 39 1.5 45 452-K14-LN2 12.2 OFF 6 ON 452-AS14-LN3 current rating in A o10.6 min. 3 tightening torque max. 4 Nm M12x1 6.35 max. 19 lock washer 46 max. 55.5 4 max. 58.5 44 51.5 max. 61.5 .138-32UNC-2A black white 1.5 50 o10.6 12.2 o12.2 6.35 min. 3 o8.4 black white black OFF .3 .5 ON depth of thread min. 6.4 45 18.5 terminal screw ISO1580-M6x8 39 with lock washer DIN 137 B6 Tightening torque max. 2.0 Nm max. 63.5 m ax 6 45 16 m ax .7 location pin 9.5 current rating in A max. 19 mounting holes min. o3.2 51.5 max. 55.5 max. 57 228 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com o12.5 +0.2 SW14 9.50.2 45 terminal screw 39 MS 90726-2 lock washer MS 35338-44 washer NAS1149 F 0432 P 1.5 80 45 Issue C High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 452-... Internal connection diagram Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23) Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66) X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut, translucent cover X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut, black cover line 1 I> 2 M12x1 Typical time/current characteristics 452-... (standard delay) 10000 +75 C +167 F +23 C +73.4 F -55 C -67 F Splash cover black/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 54) X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 magnetic trip 1 temp. magn. holding (C) current (A) DC magnetic trip 0.01 -55 +23 +75 -55 +23 +75 1280 1250 1140 AC 0.001 1 2 4 6 810 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 1070 1010 950 1800 1740 1680 2160 2090 2020 magn. trip current (A) Actuator extension (black) X 200 803 01 0.1 452-2-... (fast trip) 10000 +75 C +167 F +23 C +73.4 F -55 C -67 F 4 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 magnetic trip 1 magnetic trip 0.1 -55 +23 +75 -55 +23 +75 temp. magn. holding (C) current (A) DC 415 390 365 AC 0.001 1 2 4 6 810 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 345 325 305 530 510 490 640 615 590 magn. trip current (A) 0.01 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 229 4 230 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 482-... Description Single pole compact high performance thermal circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted in tracked vehicle and aircraft/ general purpose versions, with optional auxiliary contacts. Typical applications Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea and air; defence equipment; battery powered machines. Accessories X 200 801 08 X 200 801 03 X 200 802 01 X 200 802 02 X 200 803 01 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the push button actuator. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual operation. 482-G1/G2... without aux. contacts with aux. contacts Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main to aux. circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V 0.1...50 A 0.5 A, DC 28 V 10,000 operations mechanical 5,000 operations at IN -55...+75 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 1.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 1500 V AC 1500 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 0.1...2.5 A 15 x IN 3...3.5 A 250 A DC / 150 A AC 4...7 A 500 A 7.5...50 A 6000 A DC / 1000 A AC 35...50 A 3000 A DC / 1000 A AC operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (55-2000 Hz) 0.76 mm (10-55 Hz) to VG 95210, sheet 19/IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 50 g (11 ms) to VG 95210, sheet 28/IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist to VG 95210, sheet 2/IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to VG 95210, sheet 7/IEC 68-2-3, test C to VG 95210, sheet 10/MIL-STD-202, meth. 109 Ordering information Type No. 482 single pole thermal circuit breaker Mounting G threadneck panel mounting Threadneck design 1 M12x1 nickel plated 2 M12x1 black 3 15/32-UNS-2A black Hardware - washer for threadneck 0 without hardware 1 corrugated washer 12/15 2 serrated lock washer 12/15, fitted 3 serrated lock washer 12/15, bulk shipped Hardware - hex nut for threadneck 0 without hardware 1 hex nut M12x1 nickel plated 2 hex nut M12x1 black 3 hex nut 15/32-UNS-2B black, fitted 4 hex nut 15/32-UNS-2B black, bulk shipped Terminal design (main terminals) K1 screw terminals with metric thread M4 J1 screw terminals with inch thread 8-32-UNC-2B J2 screw terminals with inch thread 8-32-UNC-3B Characteristic curve M1 thermal 1.15-1.4 IN Terminal screws A flat head screw M4x6, ISO 1580 B Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6 E hex screw 1640-32UNJC-3Ax11,1 bulk shipped (NAS 1801-08-7) Terminal washers 0 without lock washer 1 lock washer DIN 137-B4 2 lock washer 4.3, fitted 3 lock washer 4.3, bulk shipped (MS 35 338-137) Auxiliary contact S0 without auxiliary contacts S1 with auxiliary contact NC S5 with polarized aux. contact NC Barrier blank: without barrier T with barrier, 31 mm wide Current ratings 0.1...50 A 482 - G 1 1 1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S1 T - 10 A ordering example Previous ordering codes: 482-N-MS = 482-G111-K1M1-A1S0-...A 482-MS = 482-G212-K1M1-A1S0-...A vehicle circuit breaker aircraft circuit breaker 4 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Explosion Mass approx. 43 g without aux. contact approx. 46 g with aux. contact Approvals Authority VG 95345, part 21 QPL, Canada LRoS Voltage ratings DC 28 V DC 28 V DC 28 V Current ratings 0.1...50 A for 482-MS/-N-MS 0.5...35 A 0.1...50 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 231 High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 482-... Dimensions 482-G1/-G2... 482-G111-K1M1-A1S0 tightening torque max. 4 Nm M12x1 min. 3 6.35 o10.6 black white lock washer 1.5 max. 19 Dimensions 482-G3... 482-G...-J2M2-... location pin current rating in A OFF ON 12.2 5 9.5 max. 31 o8.4 6 max. 50 max. 48 43.4 o10.6 15/32-32UNS-2A o8.4 12.2 min. 3 6 o12.5+0.2 2.7 18 1.5-0.5 location pin screw ISO1580-M4x6 lock washer DIN 137 B4 45 17.9 tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm mounting holes current rating in A OFF ON 6.35 52 9.5 0.2 0.8 31 m in .6 9.5 thickness max. 3 mm min. o3.2 .6 482-G111-K1M1-A1S1 482-G111-K1M1-A1S5 OFF tightening torque max. 4 Nm M12x1 ON 6.35 min. 3 o10.6 o8.4 black white lock washer 14.5 max. 48 43.4 22 terminal screw NAS 1801-08-7 lock washer MS 35338-137 12.7 44.1 m .2 ax .5 black white hex nut MS 25082-B21 lock washer MS 35333-136 5 0.8 19.3 45 31 12.2 6 7 max. 50 16.2 1.5 Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values Current rating (A) 0.1 0.2 Volt drop (mV) 16,000 8,000 3,000 2,000 1,500 1,200 1,000 850 800 700 600 430 Current rating (A) 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Volt drop (mV) 350 230 < 200 < 200 < 200 < 200 < 200 < 200 < 200 < 200 < 200 4 max. 10.5 9.5 0.2 2.7 o12.5 +0.2 m ax .2 .5 17.9 location pin 45 0.5 screw ISO1580-M4x6 lock washer DIN 137 B4 tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm mounting holes 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 2 2.5 current rating in A 18 5 aux. contact terminals to NAS 1748, for contact plug to NAS 1749 max. 6.5 9.5 0.8 max. 31 current rating in A mounting holes min. o3.2 9.5 0.2 thickness max. 3 mm min. o3.2 3 4 482-G212 location pin 2.7 18 5 9.5 0.8 31 thickness max. 3 mm 232 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com o12.5 +0.2 Issue C High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 482-... Internal connection diagrams with auxiliary contact with polarized auxiliary contact line 1 3 Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23) Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66) X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut, translucent cover X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut, black cover line 1 line 1 11 2 2 12 2 5 M12x1 Typical time/current characteristics 0.1...2.5 A 10000 +75 C +23 C -55 C Splash cover black/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 54) X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 Actuator extension (black) X 200 803 01 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 4 +75 C +23 C -55 C 3...50 A 10000 1000 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 810 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 233 4 234 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-... Description Single pole, miniaturised, aircraft style thermal circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted, available in metric and US (MS 3320) configurations. Advanced two-chamber design contributes to fail-safe operation. Temperature compensated from -55 to +125C, with optional auxiliary contacts, and fully approved for use on a wide range of aircraft and equipment. Full military specification ensures suitability for the most demanding applications. For three pole version see type 583. 483-... without auxiliary contact with auxiliary contact Typical applications Aircraft systems and equipment (fixed wing and helicopters); other extra low voltage wiring applications; defence equipment; communications systems. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V 1...25 A 0.5 A, DC 28 V 20,000 operations mechanical or 10,000 operations at IN -55...+125 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 1.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 1500 V AC 1500 V >100 M (DC 500 V) AC 115 V (400 Hz): 4A 1000 A 5A 2000 A 7.5...25 A 2500 A DC 28 V: 1...25 A 6000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 15 g (70-2000 Hz) 0.76 mm (5-70 Hz) to VG 95210, sheet 19/ IEC 68-2-6, test Fc/ISO 7137 16.4 g rms, 0.2 g2/Hz 1.5 dB to VG 95210, sheet 29/ISO 7137 17 g, to ISO 2669 75 g (11 ms) to VG 95210, sheet 28/ IEC 68-2-27, test Ea/ISO 7137 96 hours at 5 % salt mist, severity A 48 hours at 20 % salt mist, severity B to VG 95210, sheet 2/ IEC 68-2-11, test Ka/ISO 7137 240 hours at 95 % RH to VG 95210, sheet 7/ IEC 68-2-3, test C/ISO 7137 to VG 95210, sheet 10/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 109 25,000 m above sea level max. 29 g with auxiliary contact max. 25 g without auxiliary contact with aluminium threadneck: max. 26 g with auxiliary contact Accessories X 200 801 08 X 200 801 03 X 200 801 09 X 200 802 01 X 200 802 02 X 200 803 01 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. As above, but hex nut 7/16-32, black finish Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the push button actuator. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual operation. Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main to aux. circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn 4 Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values Current rating (A) 1 2 2.5 3 4 5 Volt drop (mV) 750 520 400 360 350 260 Current rating (A) 7.5 10 15 20 25 Volt drop (mV) 230 190 190 200 170 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration (sinusoidal) Vibration (random) Acceleration Shock Corrosion Approvals LN 29886 VG 95345, part 06 prEN 2995 MS 3320, QPL USA, Canada, UK, Sweden Humidity Explosion Altitude Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 235 High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-... Ordering information Type No. 483 single pole, with temperature compensation Mounting G threadneck panel mounting, standard L threadneck panel mounting, extended push button V threadneck panel mounting, high vibration performance W threadneck panel mounting, extended push button and high vibration performances Threadneck design 1 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux.contact version) 2 15/32-32UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. (without aux. contact) 3 MJ12x6.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact) 4 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact) 5 7/16-32UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. (without aux. contact) 6 M12x1x9.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact) 7 7/16-32 UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux.contact version) 8 as 483-G1...but with aluminium threadneck Hardware for threadneck (washers) 0 without hardware 1 wave washer 12/15 - mounted 2 mounted washer 12.1/17.2 - mounted 3 mounted washer 11.3/14.9 - mounted 4 mounted washer 12/15 - mounted 5 tooth washer 12.1/17.2, bulk shipped Hardware for threadneck (nuts) 0 without hardware 1 hex nut M12x1 2 hex nut 15/32-32UNS 3 hex nut 7/16-32UNS 5 hex nut MJ12x1 (only with threadneck design 3) 6 hex nut M12x1, brass, bulk shipped, threadneck design 1,4,6 Terminal design (main terminals) K screws terminals with metric thread 1 K14 (M4, MJ4) J screw terminals with inch thread 1 J14 (8-32UNC-2B) 2 J17 (8-32UNC-2B) 3 J25 (6-32UNC-2B) Characteristic curve M1 thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for military aircraft C1 thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for civil aircraft Terminal screws A Phillips screw M4x6 B Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6 C Phillips screw 6-32UNC-2Ax6 D slotted flat head screw M4x6 E hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC-3A-9.5 K hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC-3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736) L Phillips screw MJ4x6 M as"K" but bulk shipped Z without accessories Terminal washers 0 without lock washer 1 lock washer B4 2 lock washer 4.3 3 lock washer B4 and washer 4.4/9.5 4 lock washer 3.7 5 lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553) Auxiliary contact S0 without auxiliary contact S1 with auxiliary contact (connector to NAS1749 and LN 65093, size 20) S5 with polarized auxiliary contact Barrier Z without barrier (standard) Colour of the push button blank: black (standard) /white (e.g. 7.5) Ordering information for approved devices 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN (483-96-TC-K14) Metric threadneck M12x1 and terminal design -K14 (M4x6), listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG 95345, part 6. 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN Metric threadneck M12x1 and terminal design -K14 (M4x6) and auxiliary contact -Si, listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG 95345, part 6. 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320) Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320. 483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320-L) Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320-L. 483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320-V) Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320-V. 483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320-VL) Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320-VL. 483-G533-J3M1-C4S0Z (483-TC-G11-J25)) Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J25 (inch thread 6-32), listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG 95345, part 6. 4 A green/white (e.g. 7.5) G green/white, marking to EN (e.g.7 1/2) N black/white, marking to EN (e.g.7 1/2) Current ratings 1...25 A 483 - G 4 1 1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S0 Z - 5A ordering example 236 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-... Dimensions 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN (483-96-TC-K14) Dimensions 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN 2.5 2.5 tightening torque max. 4 Nm M12x1 o8.4 6.35 black 5 5 12.5 OFF o10 o10 12.5 OFF 6.5 ON 6.5 ON tightening torque max. 4 Nm M12x1 o8.4 black 3.5 6.35 3.5 white lock washer white lock washer 1.5 .4 31 36.5 31 16.2 .6 1.5 45 12.8 45 m in 1 2 .4 22 m in .6 m .1 ax current rating in A 9.5 14.2 9.50.2 14.2 10.5 5 2 +0.2 0.8 19.5 location pin o12.5 9.5 6.5 19.5 aux. contact terminals NAS 1748 for connector to NAS 1749 location pin Dimensions 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320) 2.5 5 Mounting holes o12.5 +0.2 9.50.2 min. 11.9 ON max. 19 OFF 7/16-32-UN-2A THD o8.4 black 3.5 o10 min. 30 white lock washer 6.35 9.5 0.2 1.5 .4 .6 36.5 m in 31 current rating in A 9.5 mounting holes 9.50.2 +0.15 o3.2 max. 15 9.50.2 0.8 max. 19.8 location pin o11.5 min. 40 5 2 +0.2 Issue C m ax .1 .5 m ax .1 .5 8.5 terminal screw ISO 7045-M4x6 with lock washer DIN 137 B4 tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm 45 12.8 45 8.5 terminal screw ISO 7045-M4x6 with lock washer DIN 137 B4 tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm SW mounting holes current rating in A SW 14 .5 mounting holes o3.2 +0.15 14 o3.2 +0.15 Mounting holes without auxiliary contact o3.2 +0.15 5 4 o12.5 +0.2 min. 20 min. 25 when fitted with splash cover 45 12.8 45 8.5 Mounting holes with auxiliary contact (Si) o3.2 +0.15 terminal screw MS 51957-41 (8-32 UNC-2A) with lock washer MS 35338-137 o12.5 +0.2 min. 20 min. 25 when fitted with splash cover Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 237 High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-... Other main terminal designs -J2 Terminal distances to: MS 14 105 (a, b) MS 14 153 (a, b) MS 22 073 (a) MS 22 074 (a) MS 25 244 (a) MS 25 373 (a, b) line 2 Internal connection diagrams b (31) 1 45 a (18) 45 10.5 with auxiliary contact line 1 11 with polarized auxiliary contact -J3 Terminal distances to: MS 26 574 (a, b) line 1 3 b (35.5) 2 12 2 5 a (15) 45 8.5 black white 6.5 ON -G6 12.5 OFF Typical time/current characteristics 10000 +125 C +23 C -55 C 9.4 1000 white min. 21.4 max. 28.6 4 black Trip time in seconds OFF ON -L2/5/7 -W2/5/7 100 10 1 6.35 0.1 max. 19.8 0.8 location pin 0.01 5 2 9.5 max. 15 0.001 1 2 4 6 810 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current current rating in A Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23) Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66) X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut M 12x1, translucent cover X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut M 12x1, black cover X 200 801 09 matt black finish nut 7/16-32 black cover Splash cover black/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 54) X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut Actuator extension (black) X 200 803 01 M12x1 238 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 4120-... Description Single pole, miniaturised thermal circuit breaker with snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Threadneck panel mounted, temperature-compensated, with optional auxiliary contacts. Fully approved for commercial aircraft and similar requirements. Typical applications Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea and air. Accessories X 200 801 08 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish. X 200 801 03 As above but blackened finish. X 200 803 01 Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual operation. 4120-... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V 1...25 A 0.5 A, DC 28 V 20,000 operations mechanical, or 5,000 operations mechanical and 2,500 operations at IN -55C ...+125C Rated impulse withstand voltage 1.5 kV Test voltage AC 1500 V AC 1500 V >100 M (DC 500 V) AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1... 3 A 1,000 A 5...25 A 2,000 A DC 28 V: 1...25 A 6,000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (57-2000 Hz), 0.76 mm (5-57 Hz) to ISO 7137, EN 2350 para. 5.3.1 17 g, to ISO 2669, EN 2350 para. 5.3.3 50 g (11 ms), to ISO 7137, EN 2350 para. 5.3.2 48 hours at 5 % salt mist to ISO 7137, EN 2350 para. 5.4.2 240 hours at 95 % RH, to ISO 7137, EN 2350 para. 5.4.3 to VG 95210, sheet 10 22,000 m above sea level approx. 20.6 g with terminal screws, without -Si approx. 24.6 g with terminal screws, with -Si Pollution degree 3 Ordering information Type No. 4120 single pole, with temperature compensation Mounting G threadneck panel mounting Threadneck design 1 M12x1x6.3 (aluminium) Number of poles 1 1 pole, thermally protected Hardware for threadneck 0 without hardware 1 hex nut M12x1, corrugated washer 12/15, fitted 2 hex nut M12x1 (aluminium), serrated lock washer 12.1/17.2, fitted 3 hex nut M12x1 (aluminium), serrated lock washer 12.1/17.2, bulk shipped Terminal design (main terminals) K1 screw terminals with metric thread K14 (M4) J1 screw terminals with inch thread J14 (8-32UNC-2B) J2 screw terminals with inch thread J17 (8-32UNC-2B) Characteristic curve M1 thermal, 1.15 - 1.38 IN Terminal screws A Phillips screw M4x6, fitted B Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6, fitted D slotted flat head screw M5x6, fitted K hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736), fitted M hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736), bulk shipped Z without terminal hardware Terminal washers 0 without lock washer 1 lock washer A4, fitted 2 lock washer 4.3, fitted 5 lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553), fitted 6 lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553), bulk shipped Auxiliary contact S0 without auxiliary contact S1 with auxiliary contact (connector EN3155-016M2018 (NC) S5 with polarized auxiliary contact (NC) Barrier Z without barrier Colour of the push button G green to EN N black to EN S black, with white marking X black, without marking Current ratings 1...25 A 4120 - G 1 1 1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S0 ZN - 10 A ordering example Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area main to aux. circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn 4 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Acceleration Shock Corrosion Humidity Explosion Altitude Mass Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values Current rating (A) 1 2 2.5 3 5 Volt drop (mV) 1100 550 460 440 260 Current rating (A) 7.5 10 15 20 25 Volt drop (mV) 250 230 200 190 190 Approvals (configurations) EN 2495 EN 3773 prEN 2995 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 239 High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 4120-... Dimensions 4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN (EN2495-...M) 2.5 tightening torque max. 5 Nm M12x1 o10 o8.4 black white lock washer Internal connection diagram line 1 6.35 18.5 OFF 13 ON 1.5 3.5 .6 31 type No. 2 in with auxiliary contact 2 1 with polarized auxiliary contact line 1 3 m .4 m line 1 3 14.2 2 4120-G11.-J2M1-K5S0ZN (EN2495-...U, EN3773-004 D...) o10 2.5 18.5 OFF 13 ON 6.35 1.5 3.5 31 m 2 1 Trip time in seconds .2 ax 45 12.8 9.5 45 0.8 SW 14 5 8.5 terminals: 1 - input 2 - output terminal screw ISO 7045-M4x6 lock washer DIN 137-B4 tightening torque max. 1.7 Nm 2 4 location pin current rating in A 2 5 19.5 tightening torque max. 5 Nm M12x1 5 Typical time/current characteristics o8.4 black white lock washer serrated lock washer type No. 100 10000 +125 C +23 C -55 C 1000 in m ax .3 45 .4 .6 10 18 45 0.8 4 14.2 SW 14 9.5 19.5 10.5 terminals: 1 - input 2 - output terminal screw H8-32UNC-3Ax7.6 to FED-STD-H28/2A lock washer tightening torque max. 1.7 Nm location pin current rating in A o10 o8.4 green white serrated lock washer type No. min. 8 1 2 0.1 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S1ZG - 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S5ZG 2.5 tightening torque max. 5 Nm M12x1 18.5 OFF 13 ON 5 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 810 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 16.2 6.35 Accessories (approved to VG 95 345, part 23) Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66) X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut, translucent cover X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut, black cover 1.5 3.5 2 1 45 18 45 0.8 31 4 3 m in .4 2 aux. contact (connector to EN 3155-016 M2018) 14.2 max. 6.5 mounting holes min. 20 min. 25 * o3 0.1 9.50.2 min. 20 min. 25 * 9.60.1 m . ax 3 SW .6 10.5 terminals: 25 1 - input 2 - output terminal screw H8-32UNC-3Ax7,6 to FED-STD-H28/2A lock washer tightening torque max. 1.6 Nm location pin current rating in A mounting holes (Si) o3.5+0.1 14 9.5 M12x1 19.5 5 Actuator extension (black) X 200 803 01 min. 30 o12.5 +0.2 * min. 25 when fitted with splash cover 240 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Edition A min. 40 o12.5 +0.2 Issue C High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 4201-... Description Single pole high performance version of type 201 (catalogue section 2) thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Standard EN rail mounting, recessed terminals and enhanced short circuit performance. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934). Typical applications Control systems, industrial equipment. 4201-... Accessories X 200 409 01 Mounting adapters for asymmetric rail (G-profile). Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Typical life AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V 0.05...16 A 4,000 operations at 2 x IN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 3000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 0.05...5 A 5.5...7.5 A 8...16 A 400 A 750 A 1000 A (in accordance with VDE 0636) Ordering information Type No. 4201 single pole, rail mounted (EN 50022x35x7.5) Special version (optional) 2705 fitted with adapter X 200 409 01 for G profile to EN 50035-G32 Current ratings 0.05...16 A 4201 5A ordering example Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 Internal resistance () 447 131 39.6 19.3 10.4 7.1 4.3 2.5 1.67 0.60 0.38 0.24 Current rating (A) 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 15 16 Internal resistance () 0.19 0.090 0.061 0.041 0.034 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Authority VDE, Demko operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 60 g 4 Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidty Mass Approvals Voltage ratings AC 250 V, DC 28 V Current ratings 0.05...16 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 241 High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 4201-... Dimensions Internal connection diagram line 45 OFF ON 1 o8.5 11.5 conductor cross section max. 0.5 - 10 mm2 rigid conductor 0.5 - 6 mm2 flexible conductor tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm 43 11 5 I> 2 12-14 7.5 53 Typical time/current characteristics 4.8 6.5 12.5 80 0.05...7 A slot for fitting labels from Wieland Type 9003 Weidmuller Type BS.1/2 SchT PES Phoenix dekafix Type DST6 T./WT 4K-DST5 10000 AC +60 C +23 C symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 current rating in A 1000 -30 C 2 Trip time in seconds Phillips screw, size 2 to EN ISO 4757 100 10 Installation drawing 1 0.1 0.01 operating area (double insulation) 4 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 8...16 A wire entry wire entry AC +60 C +23 C 10000 1000 mounting area -30 C 100 Trip time in seconds 10 Accessories Adapter X 200 409 01 for EN rail 50035-G32 specified as a separate item 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 ... times rated current 20 N.B. Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies. G profile EN 50035-G32 Adapter X 200 409 01 socket can be snapped on from both sides Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23C (see page 8). For operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit breaker rating required. Ambient temperature C -20 -10 0 +23 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.76 0.84 0.92 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 242 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-... Description Three pole, miniaturised, aircraft style thermal circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted, available in metric and US (MS 14154) configurations. Advanced two-chamber design minimises contact contamination to provide fail-safe operation. Temperature compensated with optional auxiliary contacts, and fully approved for use on a wide range of aircraft and equipment. For single pole version see type 483. 583-... with auxiliary contact without auxiliary contact Typical applications Aircraft systems and equipment (fixed wing and helicopters); other extra low voltage wiring applications; defence equipment; communications systems. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Typical life 3 AC 200 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V 1...25 A 0.5 A, DC 28 V 20,000 operations mechanical 10,000 operations at IN -55...+125 C ( 15 A) -55...+ 90 C (> 15 A) Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 1.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 3 AC 200 V (400 Hz): 4A 1,000 A 5A 2,000 A 7.5...25 A 2,500 A DC 28 V: 1...25 A 6,000 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 10 g (57-2000 Hz) 0.76 mm (5-57 Hz) to VG 95210, sheet 19/ IEC 68-2-6, test Fc/ISO 7137 16.4 g rms, 0.2 g2Hz 1.5 dB to VG 95210, sheet 29/ IEC 68-2-6, test Fc/ISO 7137 17 g, to ISO 2669 50 g (11 ms) to VG 95210, sheet 28/ IEC 68-2-27, test Ea/ISO 7137 96 hours at 5 % salt mist 48 hours at 20 % salt mist to VG 95210, sheet 2/ IEC 68-2-11, test Ka/ISO 7137 240 hours at 95 % RH to VG 95210, sheet 7/ IEC 68-2-3, test C/ISO 7137 to VG 95210, sheet 10/ MIL-STD-202, meth. 109 25,000 m above sea level max. 67 g with auxiliary contact max. 63 g without auxiliary contact Accessories X 200 801 08 X 200 801 03 X 200 801 09 X 200 802 01 X 200 802 02 X 200 803 01 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. As above, but hex nut 7/16-32, black finish Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the push button actuator. Plated finish. As above but blackened finish. Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual operation. Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole/pole main to aux. circuit Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Icn 4 Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values Current rating (A) 1 2 2.5 3 4 5 Volt drop (mV) 750 520 400 360 350 260 Current rating (A) 7.5 10 15 20 25 Volt drop (mV) 230 190 190 200 170 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration (sinusoidal) Vibration (random) Acceleration Shock Approvals Corrosion Approvals: LN 29887 VG 95345, part 11 prEN 2996 MS 14154 QPL USA, Canada, UK, Sweden Humidity Explosion Altitude Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 243 High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-... Ordering information Type No. 583 three pole, with temperature compensation Mounting G threadneck panel mounting Threadneck design 1 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux. contact version) 2 15/32-32UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. (only without aux. contact) 3 MJ12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. (only without aux. contact) 4 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. (only without aux. contact) 5 7/16-32UNSx6.4x7.8 (only without aux. contact) 6 M12x1x9.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact) 7 7/16-32 UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux.contact version) Hardware for threadneck (washers) 0 without hardware 1 corrugated washer 12/15, fitted 2 serrated lock washer 12.1/17.2, fitted 3 serrated lock washer 11.3/14.9, fitted 4 serrated lock washer 12/15, fitted Hardware for threadneck (nuts) 0 without hardware 1 hex nut M12x1 2 hex nut 15/32-32UNS 3 hex nut 7/16-32UNS 5 hex nut MJ12x1 (only with threadneck design 3) Terminal design (main terminals) K screw terminals with metric thread 1 K14 (M4, MJ4) J screw terminals with inch thread 1 J14 (8-32UNC-2B) 2 J17 (8-32UNC-2B) 3 J25 (6-32UNC-2B) Characteristic curve M1 thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for military aircraft C1 thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for civil aircraft Terminal screws A Phillips screw M4x6 B Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6 C Phillips screw 6-32UNC-2Ax6 D slotted flat head screw M5x6 E hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC-3Ax9.5 K hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC-3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736) L Phillips screw MJ4x6 Z without accessories Terminal washers 0 without lock washer 1 lock washer B4 2 lock washer 4.3 3 lock washer B4 and washer 4.4/9.5 4 lock washer 3.7 5 lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553) Auxiliary contact S0 without auxiliary contact S1 with auxiliary contact (connector to NAS1749 and LN 65093, size 20) S5 with polarized auxiliary contact Barrier T barrier 25.5 mm wide (S0 only) U barrier 19.5 mm wide, 37.7 mm long V barrier 25.5 mm wide, colour marking between the terminals (-S0 only) X barrier 19.5 mm wide, 34.1 mm long Colour of the push button blank: black (standard) /white (e.g. 7.5) A green/white (e.g. 7.5) G green/white to EN (e.g. 7 1/2) N black/white to EN (e.g. 7 1/2) Current ratings 1...25 A 583 - G 4 1 1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S0 T . - 5 A ordering example Ordering information for approved devices 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN (583-96-TC-K14) Metric threadneck M12x1 and terminal design -K14 (M4x6), listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG 95345, part 11. 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN Metric threadneck M12x1 and terminal design -K14 (M4x6) with auxiliary contact -Si, listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG 95345, part 11. 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X (MS 14154) Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch thread 8-32), approved to MS 14154. 4 244 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-... Dimensions 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN (583-96-TC-K14) Dimensions 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN 12.5 OFF 12.5 OFF 6.5 ON 6.5 ON tightening torque max. 4 Nm M12x1 o8.4 3.5 black white lock washer tightening torque max. 4 Nm M12x1 o10 o8.4 o10 6.35 3.5 16.2 1.5 1.5 black white lock washer 6.35 36.5 38 38 m in 31 31 .4 .6 22 A2 B2 C2 C1 B1 A1 m .5 .1 ax m max. 47 2 6.35 1.5 max. 35.1 m in 45 12.8 25.5 45 8.5 15 15 2.5 5 ax .1 .5 45 12.8 45 8.5 15 15 2.5 5 terminals: A1, B1, C1 - input A2, B2, C2 - output screw ISO 7045-M4x6 lock washer DIN 137 B4 tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm max. 19.8 current rating in A terminals: A1, B1, C1 - input A2, B2, C2 - output mounting holes o3.2+0.15 9.5 0.2 min. 50 screw ISO 7045-M4x6 lock washer DIN 137 B4 tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm max. 6.5 19.5 current rating in A mounting holes min. 50 o3.2 +0.15 max. 10.5 SW14 14.2 SW1 5 45 min. 30 9.50.2 o12.5 +0.2 5 min. 30 o12.5 +0.2 0.8 9.5 location pin 9.5 auxiliary contact terminals to NAS 1748 for connectors to NAS 1749 location pin Dimensions 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X (MS 14154) Other main terminal designs -J2 4 min. 11.9 ON max. 19 OFF 7/16-32-UN-2A THD min. 3 o8.4 black white lock washer o10 .4 .6 max. 31 C1 B1 A1 45 18 45 31 10.5 45 12.8 45 8.5 15 15 2.5 5 -J3 max. 19.8 current rating in A max. 46.7 mounting holes o3.2 +0.15 0.2 min. 50 35.5 9.5 -G6 min. 30 o11.5 +0.2 black white 0.8 9.5 location pin Issue C 9.4 6.5 ON 12.5 OFF 2 5 m ax .1 .5 screw MS 51957-41 (8-32 UNC-2A) lock washer MS 35338-137 terminals: A1, B1, C1 - input A2, B2, C2 - output 15 45 8.5 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 245 High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-... Internal connection diagrams Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23) Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66) X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut M12x1, translucent cover X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut M12x1, black cover X 200 801 09 matt black finish nut 7/16-32, black cover line A2 B2 C2 A1 B1 C1 M12x1 with auxiliary contact line A1 B1 C1 11 with polarized auxiliary contact line A1 B1 C1 3 Splash cover black/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 54) X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut A2 B2 C2 12 A2 B2 C2 5 Actuator extension (black) X 200 803 01 Typical time/current characteristics 10000 +90 C +23 C -55 C 1000 4 Trip time in seconds 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1 2 4 6 810 20 40 6080100 ... times rated current 246 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Isolation Switches 911/912/913/914-... Description Single, two, three and four pole isolators to EN 60947 / IEC 947 with toggle actuation. Designed for rail, panel or surface mounting. Options include auxiliary contacts and remote electrical disconnection. For circuit breaker versions see types 410, 520, 530. Typical applications Control systems, industrial equipment. 911-... Accessories X 211 118 01 X 211 119 01 X 211 705 01 Single pole splash cover with fixing plate. Two pole splash cover with fixing plate. Terminal insulation cover for use with types 410, 520 and 530 - two per pole required. 913-... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary contact rating AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 A; 3 AC 500 V; DC 110 V 32 A, 63 A, 125 A (up to 240 A single pole only) 6 A at AC 240 V or DC 28 V; 1 A at DC 110 V Ordering information Type 911 912 913 914 No. single pole switch double pole switch three pole switch four pole switch Terminal design K main terminal up to 32 A: pressure plate B5-DIN 46288 up to 63 A: pressure plate B6-DIN 46288 up to 125 A: terminal screws DIN 46206, form A, thread M6 up to 240 A: terminal screws DIN 46206, form A, thread M10 (single pole only) Mounting 1 surface mounting 2 rail or panel mounting (rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5) 3 rail or panel mounting (rail DIN EN 50035-G32) 4 panel mounting only 5 mounting brackets- surface mounting Auxiliary contacts (terminals M3.5) Si one each N/O and N/C Si1 one N/C (11,12) Si2 one N/O (13,14) 2Si two each N/O and N/C - types 912, 913, 914 only 3Si three each N/O and N/C - types 913, 914 only 4Si four each N/O and N/C - type 914 only Remote trip (optional) FA12 remote disconnection, for DC 12 V FA24 remote disconnection, for DC 24 V Current ratings 32, 63, 125 A (240 A single pole only) - 63 A ordering example Electrical remote disconnection (FA) operating voltage DC 12 V or DC 24 V operating current approx. 18 A or 12 A max. pulse time 10 ms < tON < 20 ms /tOFF > 10 s switching time < 20 msec Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole/pole main to aux. circuit aux. circuit 11-12 to 13-14 Insulation resistance Short-circuit protection Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration 10,000 operations at IN 20,000 operations mechanical -40...+75 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 6 kV 3 Test voltage AC 3300 V AC 3300 V AC 2200 V AC 1000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) back up fuse max. 125 A operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-200 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 220 g single pole 125 A approx. 440 g single pole > 125 A approx. 440 g double pole approx. 660 g three pole approx. 880 g four pole 4 Shock Corrosion Humidty Mass 914 - K - 1 - Si - The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 32 63 125 Internal resistance () 0.002 pro Pol 0.002 pro Pol 0.002 pro Pol Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 247 Isolation Switches 911/912/913/914-... Dimensions 911 125 A 912 913 914 Internal connection diagrams 911 26 26 line 1 11 13 911-...-FA line 1 11 13 3 0 I tightening torque max. 4 Nm FA 2 Si-terminals M3.5 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm 1 N/C (Si1) or FA (pole 1 only) 1 N/O 12 14 2 12 14 106 90.5 71.5 912 line 1 3 11 2Si 21 13 23 41 6 92 16 location for top-hat rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5 location for G-profile DIN EN 50035-G32 (not shown) M3.5 - depth 9 tightening torque max. 0.55 Nm D 45 35 913 2 4 12 22 14 24 line E pole 1 pole 2 pole 3 1 3 5 11 21 3Si 31 13 23 33 66 44 22 88 914 2 4 6 12 22 32 14 24 34 19 pole 4 B mounting holes C 1 line 3 5 7 11 21 31 4Si 41 13 23 33 43 14.6 3.7 22 +0.5 surface mounting 97 35 o20 22 o4 +1.5 o4.6 66 44 +1 2 4 6 8 12 22 32 42 14 24 34 44 Mounting method 4.6 Surface mounting suffix: -1 tightening torque max. 2.0 Nm 2.5 Nm 2.5 Nm 4 Current rating 32 A 63 A 125 A Dimensions BC D M5 13 114 M6 15.4 120 M6 15.4 120 Terminal E 7 pressure plate 9 pressure plate 9 terminal screw Rail mounting (DIN EN 50022-35x7.5) suffix: -2 911 > 125 A 3 0 26 26 Rail mounting (EN 50035-G32) suffix: -3 M10x25 tightening torque max. 4 Nm Si terminals M3.5 tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm 1 N/C (Si1) or FA (pole 1 only) 1 N/O Panel mounting suffix: -4 I 106 90.5 71.5 41 4 6 92 16 location for top-hat rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5 location for G-profile DIN EN 50035-G32 (not shown) Mounting brackets - surface mounting suffix: -5 167.5 141 45 35 14 8.7 9 44 25 22 surface mounting 97 14.6 3.7 M3.5 -depth 9 tightening torque max. 0.55 Nm M5 57 10 22 o4.6 4.6 248 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 83.5 92 72 2 Issue C Isolation Switches 911/912/913/914-... Auxiliary contact arrangement with multi pole switches double pole devices Si 2 Si Accessories For series 911 125 A Water splash cover translucent with fixing plate (IP 54) X 211 118 01 53 44 three pole devices Si 2 Si 3 Si 21 1.2 24.5 mounting hole 25+0.3 o4 35 four pole devices Si 2 Si 3 Si 4 Si For series 911 > 125 A, 912 Water splash cover translucent with fixing plate (IP 54) X 211 119 01 53 62 40 +0.3 max. 4 38 40 Accessories Terminal insulation cover (1set = 2 pcs per pole) X 211 705 01 21 max. 4 38 4 1.2 24.5 mounting hole 25 +0.3 o4 59 59 +0.3 19 92 64 94 35 165 Issue C o10 44 22 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 249 4 250 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Battery Isolation Switches 921/922 Description Single or two pole isolation switches to EN 60947 with toggle actuation. Options include auxiliary contacts, a moulded flame retardant enclosure for added environmental protection (with or without rotary action external operating knob), and remote operation - disconnection only, or disconnection and re-connection. A version for use in hazardous areas (e.g. petroleum and chemical tankers) is available to special order. Typical applications Vehicles of all types (including tankers), boats, battery powered systems. 921 single pole 922 double pole Ordering information Type No. 921 single pole switch 922 double pole switch Enclosure design (optional) B3 without external operating knob, for use only with single pole devices B31 with external operating knob, for use only with single pole devices B32 without external operating knob, for use only with double pole devices B33 with external operating knob, for use with double pole devices B34 with external operating knob, for use only with double pole devices* B35 without external operating knob, for use only with single pole devices* *with remote-re-connection facility Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary contact rating DC 12 V, DC 24 V 240 A type 921, single pole 120 A type 922, double pole 6 A at 24 V Electrical remote disconnection (-FA): operating voltage DC 12 V or DC 24 V operating current approx. 18 A or approx. 12 A max. pulse time 10 ms < tON < 20 ms /tOFF > 10 s switching time < 20 s Electrical remote re-connection (-FC): operating voltage DC 12 V or DC 24 V operating current approx. 30 A or approx. 15 A max. pulse time 0.1 s < tON < 1.2 s /tOFF > 60 s switching time < 100 ms Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) operating area pole/pole main to aux. circuit aux. circuits 11-12 to 13-14 Terminal design K12 for single pole version, enclosures B3, B31, B35 K60 for single pole version K61 for double pole version K62 for double pole version K72 for double pole version, enclosures B32, B33, B34 Mounting 5 mounting brackets - surface mounting Auxiliary contacts (blade terminals 6.3x0.8) Si2 one N/O Si1 one N/C 2Si2 two N/O Si10 one each N/O and N/C Remote operation FA remote disconnection FC electrical remote disconnection (FA) and re-connection (FE) BC-FA electrical remote disconnection and manual remote re-connection (not for enclosure -B..) Coil voltage 12 AC/DC 12 V 24 AC/DC 24 V Current ratings 240 A (type 921) 120 A (type 922) 921 - B31 - K12 - 5 - Si2 - FA 24 - 240 A ordering example 10,000 operations at IN 20,000 operations mechanical -40...+75 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 6 kV 3 Test voltage AC 3300 V AC 3300 V AC 2200 V AC 1000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) Type 921 Type 922 at +23C at +23C at -23C at 0C 2500 A for 1 s at +23C 1500 A for 1 s 600 A for 1 min at +23C 600 A for 30 s 600 A for 2 min at -23C 600 A for 1 min 600 A for 90 s at 0C 600 A for 45 s 4 Insulation resistance Switching capacity Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration operating area IP 40 terminal area IP 00 IP 54 with additional enclosure -B.. 5 g (57-200 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 1000 g with remote disconnection approx. 1400 g with remote disconnection and re-connection The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Shock Corrosion Approvals Authority LRoS BASEEFA Voltage rating DC 28 V DC 12 V, DC 24 V Type 921, 922 922-B33-K72-5-... Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 251 Battery Isolation Switches 921/922 Dimensions Enclosure single pole 189 28.5 922-K72-5-...-FC 154 0I 155 116 0 47 I 72 288 15.3 196 57 2 double pole 26 15.3 92 43 49 116 49 70 M10x25 tightening torque max. 4 Nm 14 M5 9 82 82 35 921-K12-5-...-BC-FA.. 61 72 83.5 57 79 164 114.5 190 92 26 26 M3.5x10 tightening torque max. 0.55 Nm 0 I 11.5 4 123 35 91 61 45 N/C and FA 2 Internal connection diagrams 921 load 2 Si2 13 Si1 11 2Si2 13 23 Si10 11 13 N/O 92 13 4 180 M5 M10x25 tightening torque max. 4 Nm FE 14 FA 92 83.5 11 30 44 72 12 14 24 11 1 battery + 922 14 57 9 61.5 FE 2 load 4 Si2 13 Si1 11 2Si2 13 23 135 12 14 Si10 11 13 FA 3 14 1 battery + 12 14 24 12 14 921-K60...-FA 26 26 Shock directions M10x25 tightening torque max. 4 Nm 4 106 91 4 3 45 2 2 92 13 1 5 6 252 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-... Description For vehicles carrying dangerous goods the European guideline ADR (European agreement concerning the international carriage of dangerous goods by road) requires that a Battery Emergency Switch should be fitted between the battery and the vehicle electrical system which in an emergency can be operated from the driver's cab. Once the emergency has been remedied or if the switch was operated by error, the switch must also be resettable from the driver's cab. Typical applications Commercial vehicles carrying dangerous goods E-1032-... Ordering information Type No. E-1032 Version NA1 single pole NA2 double pole Enclosure C with moulded enclosure IP65 (GGVS/ADR) Isolation switch 921 single pole switch 922 double pole switch Voltage rating DC 24 V DC 12 V Variant No. e.g. special versions, mounting plate. Designation determined by manufacturer E-1032 - NA1 - C 921 - DC 24 V - ... Technical data Voltage rating Voltage range ON: OFF: DC 24 V DC 12 V 18-32 V 9-16 V 15-32 V 8.5-16 V The switching function is no longer ensured when the voltage falls below the minimum values. The switch will not change its position when the voltage falls down to 0 V (automatic locking) 240 A single pole 120 A double pole 2,500 A for 1 s at 23 C, single pole 1,500 A for 1 s at 23 C, double pole 15 mA (with the control circuit connected) approx. 15A/100 ms approx. 12A/100 ms approx. 20A/100 ms approx. 10A/100 ms Current ratings Overload capacity Current consumption of the electronics Switching current at UN ON OFF Control circuit (Ex) (PTB No.III B/E-29861S) Approvals Authority TUV Requirement Appendix B2 of ADR DIN/EN 40050 Approval mark No. TU.EGG.030-97 0 - 2 mA OFF 4 - 6 mA ON 9 - 11 mA OFF rated to VDE 0171, protection (Ex)i G5 intrinsically safe" to GGVS 1 k 330 to ADR for external actuation -40...+75 C If polarized incorrectly, the Emergency Switch will switch off immediately, disconnecting the entire vehicle electrical system. After approx. 30 s the circuit breaker of the ON coil will trip. When the Battery Emergency Switch is mechanically switched off, it will be reset immediately by the electronics. 10,000 operations at IN 20,000 operations, mechanical IP 54 when connected to GGVS or ADR with coding resistance with coding resistance 4 Control switch (accessory) Temperature range Reverse polarity protection Resettability Typical life Degree of protection IEC 529/DIN40050) with enclosure Technical data Terminals Main terminals Control cable Auxiliary contact for auxiliary relay (D31) Mass blade terminals with cable lugs for M10 terminal studs (IP 00) connector to DIN 72 585 max. 6 A (circuit not protected) approx.. 3500 g with enclosure, single pole approx. 3700 g with enclosure, double pole Vibration 5 g (57-200 Hz), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) direction 1-4 15 g (11 ms) direction 5-6 to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 h at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 h at 95 RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca Shock Corrosion Humidity Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 253 Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-... Dimensions E-1032-NA1-... 1.. pole Rubber cap supplied with enclosure C Tmax = 20 Nm 15 23 102 124 o11.5 222 244 connector to DIN 72585 M10 tightening torque max. 4 Nm 20 30 max 65 IP00 86 IP54 146 21 73 Internal connection diagrams o11 o7 slot for mounting screw M6 9.5 31 1 EMERGENCY SWITCH LOAD Power supply Connector acc. to DIN 72582 3/4 pole batt + (-) 2 Generator D+ 4 1 Emergency Current limiter for EC tachograph or other approved tachographs Connector acc. to DIN 72582 2 pole 2(-) batt - Rel.85 (D+) BATTERY slotted screw plug POWER SUPPLY E-1032Electronic Circuit Breaker OFF ON 1081-01 PTB Nr. 111 B/E29861S 3 (+) 1 (+) 1 R1 UB R1 12 V 330 24 V 1 k max 15 2 3 max 30 2 3 ON 4...6mA 4 E-1032-NA2-... 2 pole 87 30 87a 31 85 86 15 ADR LOAD 15 23 102 46 124 BATT 222 244 connector to DIN 72585 M10 tightening torque max. 4 Nm 20 Shock direction 4 30 3 2 146 21 43 73 86 1 o11 o7 slot for mounting screw M6 9.5 31 5 6 - BATTERY 1 - LOAD POWER SUPPLY EMERGENCY SWITCH + BATTERY slotted screw plug + LOAD 254 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-... Accessories ADR switch with lid 0Z223Z000141 12 V 0Z223Z000142 24 V max.16 female connector jack for female single wire sealing connector 180 cover for sheathed cable mounting hole (with nose washer) 9.3 o3.2 1 2 3 4 90 cover o12.4 5 or 6 max. 30 Manufacturer: AMP max. 29 1. Female connector SW 0Z112Z000146 2-way 0Z112Z000127 3-way 0Z112Z000147 4-way 31 o32.8 ADR switch without bellows 0Z223Z000143 max.16 ADR switch with bellows 0Z223Z000144 max.16 2. Jack for female connector 0Z112Z000126 20.7 o18.3 3. Single wire sealing 0Z112Z000134 7.8 o5.9 max. 30 max. 30 4 4. 180 cover for sheathed cable 0Z112Z000135 max. 29 mounting hole (with nose washer) 9.3 o3.2 max. 29 47.5 o25.8 o12.4 5. 90 cover for corrugated tube NW10 0Z112Z000136 6. 90 cover for sheathed cable 0Z112Z000145 o25.8 33 o25.8 42 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 255 Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-... Approvals / Certificates 4 256 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922 Description Single pole circuit breaker type 437 or single/two pole isolation switches types 921/922 featuring an additional electronic function module which limits the duration of the supply to the remote disconnect and reconnect coils, avoiding damage in the event of unusual operating circumstances. Available with undervoltage monitoring option to protect batteries from the effects of deep discharge, status output for undervoltage, auto reset feature. Typical applications Battery and cable protection for all types of vehicle (including electric), battery powered systems. E-1073-437 Technical data - Electronic module Voltage rating DC 12 V DC 24 V 18 - 32 V 16 - 32 V Ordering information Type No. E-1073 control unit for types 921/922 and 437 with remote control Voltage rating 0 DC 12 V 1 DC 24 V Control mode 1 ON/OFF control input Additional function 00 none 02 with undervoltage protection and status output 12 with autoreset, undervoltage protection and status output (921/922 only) 2 ON and OFF buttons 33 with control current supply and ON/OFF test input Circuit Breaker/Isolation Switch 437 single pole circuit breaker 921 single pole battery isolation switch 922 double pole battery isolation switch Enclosure design (optional) blank = without housing B3 moulded housing, for use with single pole devices B32 moulded housing, for use with double pole devices B34 moulded housing, external operating knob, for use with double pole devices (not with auto reset) B35 moulded housing, external operating knob, for use with single pole devices (not with auto reset) Terminal design K12 flat screw terminals angled 90, for single pole version K60 straight flat screw terminals, for single pole version, without housing K72 flat screw terminals angled 90, for double pole version Characteristic curve (type 437 only) 06 fast magnetic trip 07 delayed magnetic trip (standard) Auxiliary contacts Si01 one N/C, two N/O (one N/C, one N/O with autoreset option) Current ratings Voltage rating range ON 10.3 - 16 V OFF 9 - 16 V Correct switching performance is not guaranteed if the voltage falls below the minimum value. Temperature range electronic control unit Operating current Excitation time Switching frequency Power consumption of electronic control unit Control inputs -40...+ 80 C approx. 15 A approx. 20 A ON approx. 30 A OFF approx. 10 A ON OFF typically 100 ms typically 20 ms 0.1 Hz max. typically < 1 mA (when switched off or button operated) E-1073-.1..: 'E/A'(ON/OFF), 'U-AUS' (undervoltage protection OFF), 'A-W' (auto reset) Voltage ON (high) OFF (low) Power consumption EMC Reverse polarity protection Undervoltage protection switching thresholds hysteresis trip time E-1073-.2..: 'T-EIN', (button ON) 'T-AUS', (button OFF) max. 32 V >8V <3V typically 1 mA typically 5 mA according to DIN 40839/ISO 7637 If polarized incorrectly, the Battery Isolation Switch will operate immediately. The circuit breaker will trip after a few seconds. optional with E-1073-.1.. 11.0 V 0.2 V 22.8 V 0.2 V typically 0.5 V typically 40 sec 4 Undervoltage status output('UST`), optional with E-1073-.1.. transistor output minus switching current load corresponding to 2 W lamp load, shortcircuit proof Automatic reset ('A-W`), optional with E-1073-.1.., with series 921/922 only) Reset after mechanical disconnection is provided by the integral electronic control after approx. 100 ms. 437: 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 120 160, 200, 240 A 921: 240 A 922: 120 A E-1073 - 1 1 02 - 437 - B3 - K12 - 07 - Si01 - 240 A ordering example The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Control current supply ('+US2`), with E-1073-.2.. for T-EIN/T-AUS May be connected to 20 control intputs. Noise-voltage proof, short-circuit proof Terminals control terminals blade terminals 6.3x0.8 mm Mass, with circuit breaker approx. 2,000 g without enclosure or isolation switch approx. 2,500 g with enclosure Technical data of switch or circuit breaker see types 437, 921 or 922 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 257 Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922 Features q Multiple functions in one unit q High performance circuit breaker providing battery and cable protection from overloads and short-circuits. q Master switch for ON/OFF operation q Electrical remote control q Undervoltage protection with status output q Auxiliary contacts (e.g. for generator disconnection) q Active reverse polarity protection of the entire vehicle electrical system q Current ratings to 240 A q Closed-circuit current consumption < 1 mA Control functions Type 1 E-1073-.1.. with ON/OFF switch Technical description E-T-A circuit breaker/battery isolation switches combined with electronic control unit E-1073 will meet a wide range of requirements. Circuit breaker/Battery Isolation switches The main switching contacts will open the plus, the minus or both poles according to model and application. q Series E-1073-....437 Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker for current ratings up to 240 A, to protect the vehicle electrical system from overloads and short circuits. q Series E-1073-...-921 Single pole battery isolation switch for current ratings up to 240 A. q Series E-1073-...922 Double pole battery isolation switch for current ratings up to 120 A. ON/OFF control switch input ("E/A") The battery isolation switch can be operated on or off by an external control switch to plus. Undervoltage protection (optional) This optional feature protects the battery from deep discharge should electrical loads be left on. The battery is automatically disconnected whenever the voltage falls below a critical value for more than 40 s. The unit is reset by operation of the control switch. Sustained undervoltage after reconnection causes the unit to disconnect again after approx. 40 s. Overriding the undervoltage protection ("U-AUS") Undervoltage protection may be overridden if required by connecting control output "U-AUS" to plus terminal or terminal 15. Undervoltage status output ("UST") Undervoltage is signalled immediately via the minus-switching, short-circuit proof transistor output (2 W lamp load). Auto reset ("A-W"), optional with series 921 and 922 Immediate reset after unwanted mechanical disconnection (e.g. upon excessive vibration) is provided by the integral electronic control. Type 2 E-1073-.2... with ON/OFF button ON/OFF control inputs ("T-ON/T-OFF") ON/OFF function is provided by two external switches with a central control function, i.e. several systems can be operated simultaneously. Additional control current supply ("+US2") If several circuit breakers/battery isolation switches are operated in parallel, switches can be supplied with control current from any of the electronic control units available. This power source is short-circuit proof, protected from noise voltages and will operate for 20 inputs. Additional control input "ON/OFF Test" ("E/A") This control input can be used for maintenance purposes. The battery isolation switch is switched on when plus voltage is applied, and switched off when plus voltage is removed. Electronic control unit An electronic control unit enables the basic on/off function and two additional functions. The system voltage is connected across terminals +UB/-UB to provide the supply to the control unit and a feed is taken from +US1 for the remotely sited operating switch(es). The quiescent current drain is typically less than 1 mA, with a short duration excursion during excitation of the ON/OFF coils. 4 Basic function Switch ON/OFF Operation of the ON control switch will energise the switch-on coil for approximately 100 ms causing the main switching contacts to latch closed. Operation of the OFF control switch will cause the disconnect coil to trigger the release of the switching mechanism within approximately 20 ms. Both coil circuits are current limited to prevent damage through overheating. Manual operation An optional external operating knob is available to provide manual control in addition to electrical ON/OFF operation. Reverse polarity protection In the event of reverse polarity connection, the electronic control unit will immediately operate the battery switch to isolate the entire electrical system. The circuit breaker will trip after a short delay to protect the operating coils and must be re-set once the fault has been corrected. Note The circuit breaker should be in the OFF condition when connecting or replacing the battery. Observe Instructions for Installation TM 9/9.3 D/E! 258 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922 Dimensions E-1073-...-437/-921-...-K12-... CB 154 155 Dimensions Enclosures -B3, single pole 116 5 6 o28.5 o9 47 II 135 4 I 288 FE 72 57 cylinder head screw ISO 1207 M6x16-4.8 196 45 61 11 13 12 14 a 23 b 24 -B35, single pole with operating knob 116 1 terminal strip 10 180 72 92 2 -B32, double pole 30 116 49 o15.3 M5 9 M10x25 tightening torque max. 4 Nm 57 -B34, double pole, with operating knob 0I 155 192 82.5 82.5 35 E-1073-...-437/921-...-K60-... CB 154 5 6 288 135 4 FE Connection diagrams 45 11 13 12 14 a 23 b 24 2 141 170 72 92 E-1073-.1...-437/-921/-922 control function for ON/OFF switch Load series 921/922 b FA series 437 a 3 L11 green FA L12 brown FE 4 70 o15.3 o26 67 4 II 11 13 23 Aux. contact 23-24 only connected when option "autoreset" has been selected FE L13 brown L15 blackred A-W double contact 125 A (only with series 437) I> M5 9 M10x25 tightening torque max. 4 Nm 57 Electronic control unit +US1 ON/OFF U-OFF UST. -UB L14 grey CB L7 orange L6 yellow L3 brown L8 white L2 grey L4 grey L5 grey 6 L10 black 1073-...-922-...-K72-... CB 154 5 6 L1 red 5 2 main contacts with series 922 I 1 2 3 +US1 4 E/A 5 6 U-OFF UST. 7 8 9 +UB 10 -UB 12 14 24 battery terminal strip undervoltage status + + output max. 2 W power supply ON / OFF UVP OFF switch Load E-1073-.2...-437/-921/-922 control function for ON/OFF switch 135 F 57 b 11 13 12 14 a 23 b 24 FA series 921/922 series 437 3 II 11 13 23 double contact 125 A a FE L13 brown (only with series 437) I> 72 92 2 L11 green FA L12 brown 4 190 FE Electronic +US1 ON/OFF T-OFF +US2 control unit T-ON -UB CB L7 orange L9 violet L6 yellow L3 brown L8 white 6 L1 rot 5 L10 black 61 L2 grey L4 grey L5 grey 2 main contacts with series 922 I M5 9 164 57 M10x25 tightening torque max. 4 Nm 1 2 3 +US1 4 E/A 5 6 T-AUS +US2 7 +US2 8 9 T-EIN +UB 10 -UB 12 14 24 battery terminal strip ON / OFF test OFF button ON button power supply Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 259 Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922 Typical applications For road vehicles, e.g. buses and coaches Series E-1073-1102-437-B3-K12-07-Si01-240 A In this application, the E-T-A combined battery switch/circuit breaker has several functions: q High performance circuit breaker rated at 40 A, providing battery and cable protection from overloads and short circuits. q Isolation switch, for ON/OFF operation (e.g. for main system disconnection). q Remote control via external, low-current circuit. q Untervoltage protection from battery deep discharge should electrical loads be left on. q Early under voltage signalisation via a warning lamp (undervoltage status output), located as required. q Undervoltage operation can be overridden if required. q Auxiliary contact to disconnect the generator field. q Reverse polarity protection through immediate disconnection of the entire vehicle electrical system if the battery is incorrectly connected. These functions allow the number of components and cables required to be reduced, with significant space and weight saving benefits. For rail vehicles, e.g. underground carriages Series E-1073-1233-437-K60-06-Si01-200 A In this application, the E-T-A combined battery switch/circuit breaker has two functions: q High performance circuit breaker providing battery and cable protection from overloads and short circuits. q Isolation switch between battery and loads. In this application, an ON/OFF remote control switch can be provided in both the first and last carriages. This will enable all batteries to be disconnected from the power distribution system by the operation of one control, irrespective of its location. In the same way, all batteries can be re-connected by the operation of a single control switch. This is extremely helpful during coupling/de-coupling of carriages for example. In addition the E/A test input permits the operation of individual battery switch/circuit breakers during maintenance. control circuit underground carriage Battery + E-1073-1233-437E-T-A E-1073-1233-437Control 5 T-OFF 6/7 + - + II OFF vehicle electrical system generator D+ ON 8 T-ON I> I +UB 9 generator field disconnection control cable "ON" 86 85 87 30 87a 31 control cable "OFF" -UB +US1 3 ON/OFF 4 10 - 4 L11 green FA b a FA series 437 double contact 125 A II 11 13 23 ON/OFF test + - 3 L12 brown FE 4 FE L13 brown I> (External power supply not shown) Battery Kl. 15 + Battery + E-1073-1233-437E-T-A E-1073-1233-437Control 5 T-OFF 6/7 CB L7 orange L6 yellow L3 brown L8 white L2 grey L4 grey L5 grey 6 L10 black + II L1 red 5 OFF I 1 2 3 +US1 4 E/A Kl. 15 5 6 U-AUS UST. 7 8 9 +UB 10 -UB 12 14 24 + battery ON terminal strip control cable "OFF" +UB 9 control cable "ON" -UB +US1 3 ON/OFF 4 10 - ON/OFF test + - 260 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Battery undervoltage status + output max. 2 W + ON/OFF UVP OFF switch I> 8 T-ON I + Load +US2 load circuit +US1 ON/OFF U-OFF UST. -UB control circuit Electronic control unit underground carriage + Load - +US2 load circuit Issue C Remote Control Circuit Breaker 4910 (RCCB) Description Single pole remote control circuit breaker (RCCB), temperature compensated, either with or without auxiliary contacts, and featuring a bimetal actuator which trips the circuit breaker mechanism within a specified time under overcurrent conditions. The switching contact latching system is operated by a bi-stable linear motor controlled by electronic circuitry incorporated within the device. Applying the system voltage across the input will switch the RCCB ON, disconnection of the input will cause it to switch OFF. Remote control is achieved through the use of a conventional single pole manually operated aircraft style thermal circuit breaker to connect the supply to the control input of the RCCB. Complies with the requirements of MIL-C-83383. 4910 (RCCB) Typical applications Aircraft electrical systems and equipment, and other high performance applications. Technical data Voltage rating Current rating range Auxiliary circuit Bias current DC 28 V (DC 18...36 V) 5... 100 A 3 A, DC 28 V, AC 115 V (400 Hz) 2.5 mA max 2.8 A/ 25 ms Ordering information Type No. 4910 single pole remote control circuit breaker (RCCB) Variation 01 standard, with auxiliary contacts 02 with modified terminal barrier and auxiliary contacts 03 standard, without auxiliary contacts 04 with modified terminal barrier but without auxiliary contacts Current ratings 5... 100 A 4910 - 01 5A ordering example Switching current/ switching period Trigger current for ICU ("TRIP FREE"-mode)/ duration Typical life Ambient temperature approx. 3.2 A /5 s max 50,000 operations at IN (inductive or resistive) -54...+71 C Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) Test voltage between main terminals AC 1500 V main terminal to mounting area AC 1500 V Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity > 100 M (DC 500 V) DC 28 V: 6000 A 10 g (55-2000 Hz), 0.76 mm (10-55 Hz) to MIL-STD 202, method 204, condition C 10-2000 Hz, spectral power density 0.15 g2/Hz, rms value 13.5 g; 5 h/axis loaded with 0.9 IN 25 g (11 ms) to MIL-STD 202, method 213, condition J ISO 7137 (RTCA/DO-160 C, part 7) 48 hours at 5 % salt mist to MIL-STD 202, method101, condition B ISO 7137 (RTCA/DO-160 C, part 14, category S) 240 hours at 95 % RH to MIL-STD 202, method 106/ISO 7137 (RTCA/DO-160 C, part 6, category B) < 15,000 m above sea level approx. 300 g 4 Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values Current ratings (A) 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 35 Voltage drop at rated current(mV) 450 360 347 225 200 200 200 Current ratings (A) 40 50 60 75 80 100 Voltage drop at rated current(mV) 200 200 200 200 200 200 Vibration (sinusoidal) Vibration (random) Shock Corrosion Humidity Approvals Altitude MIL-C-83383 pending Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 261 Remote Control Circuit Breaker 4910 (RCCB) Dimensions Type 4910 - 01 - 03 30.5 1.4 10.7 9.1 57.15 Internal onnection diagrams Type 4910 - 01 / - 02 (with auxiliary contacts) back up power 4 3 LINE/ + A1 S3 S2 38.8 LOAD B A LINE electronics circuit breaker 0,5 A RCCB Type 4910 C 3 5A 5B mounting flange A2 S1 108.2 LOAD / 86.8 2.5 indicator circuit breaker ICU Type 4910 - 03 / - 04 (without auxiliary contacts) mounting flange back up power 4 o4.4 15 LINE/ + A1 60 17.5 electronics A2 A1 60 circuit breaker 0,5 A status indicator 3.7 RCCB Type 4910 A2 LOAD / - 3 5A 15.3 current rating in A 74.6 82.55 6.5 5B mounting flange indicator ciruit breaker ICU Type 4910 - 02 - 04 1.4 13.4 A Typical time/current characteristics LOAD LINE 4 18.7 B 10000 C Trip limit: +25 C 115 ... 138 % In +71 C 100 ... 138 % In - 54 C 115 ... 150 % In 1000 Trip time in seconds A2 A1 60 socket for contact pins M 39029/1-100 or M39029/1-101 35 ... 100 0.250-28 UNF-2A 4.1 Nm 15.5 15.5 AN315-4R MS 35338-44 AN 960-416 100 10 current rating (A) thread A mounting torque B (mm) C (mm) nut lock washer washer 5 ... 25 0.190-32 UNF-2A 2 Nm 12.7 12.7 AN315-3R MS 35338-43 AN 960-10L 1 0.1 mounting flanges mate as shown 0.01 0.8 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 ... times rated current 262 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Door Locking, Time Delay and Motor Protection Controls Door Locking Relays Time Delay Relays Motor Protection Controls Motor Start Switches Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 400 V, AC 250 V DC 28 V Current ratings 0.1...16 A Door Locking Relays E-T-A door locking relays are designed to increase the safety of washing machines, dishwashers, microwave ovens and similar appliances. By ensuring that their doors cannot be opened whilst the machine is operating, users are protected from moving parts, high temperatures, steam, harmful radiation and other hazards. Suited both to domestic and heavy duty professional equipment, these relays offer a choice of thermal or magnetic sensing element, with versions for current and voltage control. Energising the relay activates the door locking mechanism, while de-energisation keeps the door locked for a predetermined time until it is safe to be opened again. The E-T-A door locking relay series 6510 has been specifically developed to comply with the requirements of IEC 335-2-25 (Safety for Household and Similar appliances). The product is in modular form and offers door closed signalling and locking possibilities for applications such as microwave ovens with pyrolytic cleaning. The choice of door locking relays available provides flexibility for the designer while ensuring that the legislative demands of different markets can be successfully satisfied. Time Delay Relays The E-T-A series 664 is a voltage activated thermal time delay relay suitable for a wide range of applications and process control applications. The excitation circuit and load switching changeover contacts are electrically separate. Delay times can be specified in fixed steps up to sixty seconds. Motor Protection Controls Series 2-6500 and 2-6700 over current protection devices with automatic reset actuation are particularly suitable for motor control and similar applications. They are designed to distinguish between temporary overloads, for example motor start conditions, and sustained faults such as locked rotor. A reset delay provides an opportunity for the equipment protected to cool before power is re-applied, and the need for operator intervention is avoided. 5 Motor Start Switches E-T-A Motor Start Switches offer a simple and rugged method of disconnecting the auxiliary windings and start capacitors of single phase AC motors. Featuring current sensitive bimetal controlled mechanisms, their switching time is a function of the starting current and its duration. All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 263 Overview Time Delay Relays - Door Locking Systems Type No. 664-... 683-... 6110-... Description Bimetal operated voltage activated time delay relay, with change over contact and snap action mechanism. Excitation circuit and switching circuit are electrically separate AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 24 V Bimetal operated voltage or current activated door locking relay. Choice of actuator lengths. Aux. contact optional Bimetal operated voltage activated door lock for washing machines Max. voltage rating AC 250 V (50/60 Hz) AC 250 V (50/60 Hz) Current rating of switching circuit/auxiliary contact Operating voltages or currents Typical life 5 (2A) 2 (0.3) A 16 (4) A switch on only 0.1...5 A AC 24...240 V 10,000 operations with 1 x IN 4-5/6-7 6A (6A) switch-on only AC 120...240 V 5,000 operations with 1 x IN for circuit 4-5 5,000 operations with 1 x IN for circuit 6-7 AC 4...240 V 100,000 operations with 1 x IN Overexcitation or interrupting capacity Overview 1.4 UN continuously up to 3 UN short-time Approvals VDE, Demko, Nemko, Semko, Fimko, Kema, SEV, OVE, IMQ, UTE VDE, KEMA, SEV, Fimko, Demko, Nemko, IMQ see pages 271 - 272 5 Available options Dimensions see pages 267 - 268 see pages 269 - 270 28.5 energized 6 12.5 60 22 38 1 3 2 5 53.5 30 4 42 60 60 600.2 Internal wiring diagrams 4 5 3 current-activated 1 6110-...1-... 6(6)A 0(0)A 1 2 ON OFF 5 6 6(6)A 0(0)A 7 ON OFF 2 3 4 264 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Door Locking Relays - Motor Protection Controls 6510-F... 2-6500-... 2-6700-... 3620-... Magnetic door lock for cookers with pyrolytic cleaning and microwave ovens Single pole bimetal operated motor protection control, surface mounting with flange, automatic re-set type Single pole bimetal operated motor protection control, surface mounting, automatic re-set type Three pole, voltage-sensitive thermal relay with bimetal operation and auxiliary contact AC 230 V (50/60 Hz) AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V 3 AC 400 V (50/60 Hz) 10 A AC 230 V (50/60 Hz) 13-14/33-34 16 A (6A) 23-24 10 A (4A) AC 230...240 V 500 operations for circuit 33-34 100,000 operations for circuit 13-13 and 23-24 0.1...10 A 0.1...10 A 100,000 operations with 2 x IN 100,000 operations with 2 x IN 1,000 operations at IN 8 x IN 8 x IN 300 operations with 20 A Overview see pages 277 - 278 VDE, KEMA, Demko, Nemko, Fimko, OVE, IMQ, Semko see pages 273 - 274 6510-F1 VDE, Semko, UL VDE see pages 275 - 276 see pages 275 - 276 5 50 0.1 44.5 78 42.5 P 22 12 3 2 26 14 0.8 5 12.5 0.25 1 12.5 35 45 61 45.5 6510-F101-... 33 34 41 42 44 P P i (3) 1 3 5 I 14 13 24 23 2 2 k 2 4 6 Issue C 4.5 22 21 22 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 265 Motor Start Switches Type No. 2-7000-... Description Current sensitive bimetal operated relay for disconnecting auxiliary windings and start capacitors Max. voltage rating AC 250 V (50/60 Hz) Current rating of switching circuit Operating voltages or currents Typical life 10 (5) A 0.2...10 A 100,000 operations at 1 x IN Interrupting capacity 4 IN, max. 20 A Overview Approvals Available options Dimensions VDE 5 see pages 279 - 280 45 22 2 3 12 1 61 Internal wiring diagrams 1 3 2 266 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Time Delay Relay 664-... Description Voltage activated bimetal operated time delay relay with changeover contact and snap action mechanism, excitation circuit and switching circuit electrically separate, operation independent of mounting attitude. High shock resistance. Delay times can be factory-preset as desired. The continuous excitation voltage may be up to 1.4 times the rated value. To shorten the switching time the excitation voltage may be increased to 3 times the rated value but only for that switching time period. Typical applications Process control, diesel engine pre-heaters 664-... Ordering information Type No. 664 thermal time delay relay with changeover contact Terminal design P10 5 blade terminals 6.3x0.8 P19 printed circuit board pins Operating voltage* AC 4...240 V Switching time* 20...60 sec Reset time* 20...60 sec 664 - P10 - 230 V - 20 - 40 ordering example Technical data Voltage rating Current rating of switching circuit Operating voltages Switching/ reset times in sec AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 24 V 5 (2) A AC 4...240 V approx. 20 approx. 40 approx. 25 approx. 50 approx. 30 approx. 60 The sum of switching time and reset time should be between 60 and 120 s 100,000 operations at 1xIN -30...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 2,000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 1.4 UN continuously up to 3 UN short-time housing IP 30 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH test to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 31 g Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) excitation circuit/ switching circuit Insulation resistance Overexcitation Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration *Please indicate the desired switching time, reset time and operating voltage when ordering. The sum of switching and reset time should be between 60 and 120 s. Standard operating voltages and typical internal resistance values Operating voltage (V) 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 Internal resistance () 3.4 7.6 16 26.5 40 73 134 Operating voltage (V) 24 48 60 115 230 240 Internal resistance () 200 725 1,200 4,000 16,700 16,700 5 Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 267 Time Delay Relay 664-... Dimensions 664-P10 60 55 41.8 6.5 5 1 3 4 Internal wiring diagram 4 5 3 27 21.5 17.5 2 30 13 6.25 3 1 2 5 7 28.5 3.7 6.5 13 6 0.5 6.3 0.8 664-P19 60 55 41.8 6.5 5 1 3 4 8.5 20 15 27 21.5 17.5 2 3 5 7 28.5 3.7 6.5 13 6 0.5 5 4 6.3 268 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 6.2 0.8 8.5 20 15 30 13 6.25 Issue C Door Locking Relay 683-... Description Voltage or current activated bimetal operated door locking relay in creepage resistant and flame retardant housing. Choice of actuator lengths. Auxiliary contacts optional. Typical applications Washing machines 683-... Ordering information Type No. 683 door locking relay Terminal design P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 Auxiliary contacts Si1 current and voltage activated, 2 (0.3) A, N/O Si2 current and voltage activated, N/C Si50 voltage activated 16 (4) A, N/O Housing KF for tropical and high humidity conditions Variant ... special suffix number for actuator length or style etc. Operating current or voltage 0.1...5 A AC 24...240 V 683 - P10 - Si50 - KF ... - 230 V ordering example Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings: circuit Si1, Si2 circuit Si50 Operating voltages Operating currents Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) Insulation resistance Locking time (23C) Release time (23C) Actuator travel Actuator force Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration AC 250 V (50/60 Hz) 2 (0.3) A 16 (4) A switch on only AC 24...240 V 0.1...5 A 10,000 operations at 1xIN 0... +80 C (T 80) Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 2,000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) < 20 sec depending on excitation > 40 sec depending on application max. 3.5 mm max. 0.2 N actuator area IP 20 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 15 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 22 g Shock 5 Approvals Authority VDE, Demko, Nemko, Semko, Fimko, Kema, SEV, OVE, IMQ, UTE Voltage rating AC 250 V Current rating 2 (0.3)A, 16 (4)A Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 269 Door Locking Relay 683-... Dimensions 683-P10-KF-... current activated 1.2 6 non-energized energized Installation drawings 683-P10-KF-... current activated 10 12.5 8.5 4.3 3.3 8.1 25 actuator motion when energized 6 1.3 27.2 26 28.5 53.5 25 22 30 38 reference values for operating times 18 4.5 26.5 60 o4 mounting area blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-MS 11.25 terminal area 5 0.65 9 683-P10-Si50-KF-... voltage activated 1.2 6 8.5 non-energized energized 683-P10-Si50-KF-... voltage activated 1.3 6 27.2 26 12.5 20 4.3 actuator motion when energized 5 25 28.5 53.5 3 3.3 25 30 3 8.1 22 38 60 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-MS 11.25 0.65 7 4 9 Internal wiring diagrams Application circuit 683-P10 R program contacts 5 683-P10-KF current activated 1 3.5 3 5 18 4.5 26.5 33 reference values for operating times o4 mounting area 5 terminal area 16 16 3.5 7 4 3 16 recommended minimum dimensions 16 door lock 2 683-P10-Si1-KF current activated 1 683-P10-Si2-KF current activated 1 5 washing motor M M spin motor Mp 2 3 2 683-P10-Si50-KF voltage activated, without physical isolation 1 683-P10-Si50-KF voltage activated, with physical isolation 4 1 2 3 2 3 270 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Door Locking Relay 6110-... Description Bimetal operated voltage activated door lock for washing machines, ensuring compulsory and permanent contact separation when the door is forced open. With standard keyed connectors. Typical applications Washing machines 6110-F10.-P1X.-... Ordering information Type No. 6110 voltage activated door locking relay Configuration/mounting method F flange mounting Lock 1 for door catch 3 for door pin Number of poles 0 unprotected on all poles Circuit variants 1...6 see circuit variants shown overleaf Terminal design P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 Characteristic curve X0 switch only (version -F..6) (without lock) X2 standard curve: 230 V locking time 10 s release time: 40-100 s (at 23C) X3 standard curve: 110 V locking time: 16 s release time: 40-100 s (at 23C) Slide positioning R1 with locating position Rating operating voltage in V 6110 - F 1 0 1 - P1 X2 - R1 - 230 V ordering example 6110-F30.-P1X.-... Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings for circuit 4-5 () for circuit 6-7 Operating voltages 3-4 Typical life for circuits 4-5 for circuits 6-7 Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz 6 A (6 A) switch on only 6 A (6 A) switch on only AC 120...AC 240 V 5,000 operations at 1xIN 5,000 operations at 1xIN 0...+80 C T 80 Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 3 reinforced insulation at locking aperture Test voltage AC 4,000 V AC 2,000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) locking aperture IP 33 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 z), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 15 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca F1: 3...10 N F3: < 68 N F1: 400 N F3: 200 N approx. 46 g Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A locking aperture circuit 3-4-5/6-7 Insulation resistance Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity 5 Approvals Operating force Authority VDE, Kema, SEV, Fimko,Demko, Nemko, IMQ Voltage ratings AC 250 V Current ratings 16 (6) A Locking force Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 271 Door Locking Relay 6110-F10.-P1X.-... Dimensions 6110-F10-... for door pin Dimensions 6110-F30-... for door catch standard keyed connectors code W for thermal door locking blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Ms 12 o8 standard keyed connectors code W for thermal door locking blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Ms 12 o8 5 6x5=30 60 0.2 42 60 door catch in operating mode +0.5 60 3 - 10 N min. 400 N door pin in closed position (not part of our product) pin form to drawing Y 306 428 00 door pin direction 19 operating force for slide: locking force of the device: 11 2.5 2 R6 6.5 15 15 4 +0.5 engaged length of the door catch 4 - 5 mm slide movement in one direction ( ) o3.6 4.5 chamfer 1x45 1 5 17.5 o3.6 6 4.5 chamfer 1x45 door catch (not part of product) thickness max. 9mm engaged length of the door pin 5 -0.1 32.7-0.2 20 9.5 32.7 -0.2 38 600.2 20 9.5 max. 10 6 + 4 10.5 -0.2 2 = = 2 = = 17.9-0.2 22 17.9-0.2 5 Installation drawing Circuit variants 6110-...1-... 5 6(6)A 0(0)A 3 4 5 ON OFF 6 6(6)A 0(0)A 7 ON OFF > R4 around the hole 5 5 6110-...3-... 15 6(6)A 0(0)A 3.5 5.5 3 4 5 ON OFF 6110-...6-... 3.5 5.5 6(6)A 0(0)A ON OFF 7 15 25 6 272 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C 38 19 42 FS 6x5=30 5 Door Locking Relay 6510-... Description Safety systems for cookers with pyrolytic cleaning facility and microwave ovens according to IEC Standard 335-2-25. 6510-F2: contact system for application in microwave ovens, with one or two auxiliary contacts to monitor latching of the door striker. 6510-F1: same basic unit as type 6510-F2, with an additional bistable electro-magnetic locking mechanism to ensure that the door is closed during pyrolytic cleaning. Operating temperatures up to +120C. Typical applications Cookers with or without pyrolytic cleaning facility, microwave ovens 6510-F1... Ordering information Type No. 6510 door locking relay Configuration/mounting method F flange mounting Size 1 contact system with additional bistable electro-magnetic locking mechanism (for cookers with pyrolytic cleaning facility) 2 contact system for microwave ovens Number of poles 0 unprotected on all poles Style, accessories (circuit variants) 1 2 switch contacts (two N0 contacts) 2 1 switch contact (one N0 contact) 3 2 switch contacts (one each NO/NC contact) Terminal design P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 mm Characteristic data Q1 Switch: max. 500 magnetic locking and unlocking cycles switching contacts: max. 100,000 cycles Contact load: terminal 13-14: 16 (6) A terminal 33-34: 16 (6) A terminal 23-24: 10 (4) A Q2 Switch: max. 500 magnetic locking and unlocking cycles switching contacts: max. 100,000 cycles Contact load: terminal 13-14: 16 (6) A terminal 33-34: 16 (6) A terminal 23-24: DC 5 V / 100 A Rating AC 230-240 V 1 % ON duty / 10 sec 6510 - F 1 0 1 - P1 Q1 - 230 V ordering example 6510-F2... Technical data Voltage rating AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz (other voltages to special order) Current ratings circuits 13-14 (-F1/-F2) and 33-34 (-F1) 16 A (6 A) circuit 23-24 10 A (4 A) Coil (-F1 only) excitation 41-42/44 duty cycle Typical life (VDE 0630) Typical life ( VDE 0435) Ambient temperature Temperature at mounting means Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) AC 230-240 V, approx. 8 A 1 % ON duty /10 s 100,000 operations at 1xIN for circuits 13-14 and 23-24 500 operations at 1xIN for circuit 33-34 (-F1 only) - pyrolysis 0...150 C (T 150) coil function temp. (-F1 only): +80...+120 C max. +180 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 3 reinforced insulation at locking aperture Test voltage AC 4,000 V AC 2,000 V Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) locking aperture circuits 13-14/23-24 between circuits 13-14/23-24 and 33-34 (-F1 only) between circuits and energization (-F1 only) Insulation resistance Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration 5 AC 4,000 V AC 2,000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) locking aperture IP 33 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 z), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 15 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 96 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH to DIN 40046, sheet 5, test Ca 200 N -F1: approx. 75 g -F2: approx. 36 g Shock Approvals Authority VDE Kema, Demko, Nemko, Fimko, OVE, IMQ Semko (only -F2) Voltage ratings AC 230 V Current ratings 16 (6) A, 10 (4) A Corrosion Humidity Locking strength (-F1) Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 273 Door Locking Relay 6510-... Dimensions 6510-F1 Dimensions 6510-F2 1.5 30.5 14.5 1.5 6.5 14 5.5 5 1.5 7 1.5 4x7.5 = (30) 7.5 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 Ms 8.5 blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 Ms 3x7.5=(22.5) 7.5 1.5 5 7 3x7.5=(22.5) 7.5 78 8.5 4.5 630.2 7.5 FS = closing force: 25 - 40 N opening force: 15 - 30 N locking strength: 200 N 8.5 4.5 78 630.2 7.5 FS = closing force: opening force: 25 -40 N 15 - 30 N 30 35 4.5 45 4.5 9 9 42.5 56.5 42.5 56.5 Door catch (not part of our product) 2 Door catch (not part of our product) o12 o10 o12 o5 o5 3.5 5.5 8.5 15.5 mounting depth 19 3.5 5.5 8.5 15.5 mounting depth 19 Installation drawing 6510-F1 Installation drawing 6510-F2 accessible area (double insulation) mounting area (standard insulation) accessible area (double insulation) mounting area (standard insulation) 5 Please ensure that the door catch engages centrally in the locking aperture! Please ensure that the door catch engages centrally in the locking aperture! Internal wiring diagrams 6510-F1.. 6510-F101-... 6510-F102-... 6510-F103-... Internal wiring diagrams 6510-F2.. 6510-F201-... 6510-F202-... 33 34 41 42 44 33 34 41 42 44 33 34 41 42 44 14 I 13 24 I 23 14 13 I 14 13 24 23 I 14 13 I 14 13 24 23 274 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com o10 o5 o5 2 45 FS 50 0.1 38 30 FS 50 0.1 38 Issue C Motor Protection Controls 2-6500-.../2-6700-... Description Bimetal operated motor protection controls with automatic reset actuation, small physical size, reliable snap-action mechanism. Caution: In specifying these products, care should be taken to ensure that automatic motor re-start does not represent a safety hazard. Typical applications Motors, transformers, extra low voltage wiring 2-6500-... Ordering information Type No. 2-6500 surface type with flange 2-6700 surface type without flange Terminal design P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 Shunt terminal (optional) A3 blade terminals or solder terminals; max. load 5 A Current ratings 0.1...10 A 2-6500 - P10 - 6A ordering example 2-6700-... Technical data Voltage rating Current ratings Typical life AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 28 V 0.1...10 A 100,000 operations at 2xIN Protection is ensured for 18 days of continuous locked rotor condition with Ik 6xIN, max. 30 A, (unsupervised duty) -10...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 2,000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) 8 x IN (co-co-co) housing IP 30 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 15 g (11 ms) test to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH test to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca 2-6500: approx. 20 g 2-6700: approx. 25 g Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664 A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required. Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 1.2 1.5 1.8 Internal resistance () 140 47.5 20.5 11.4 7.25 5.35 3.8 2.95 1.92 1.32 0.85 0.59 Current rating (A) 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 9 10 Internal resistance () 0.47 0.33 0.212 0.155 0.107 0.095 0.072 0.054 0.032 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass 5 Approvals Authority VDE UL Semko Voltage rating AC 250 V AC 250 V, DC 28 V AC 250 V Current rating 0.1...10 A 0.1...15 A (2-6500 only) 0.1...10 A (2-6500 only) Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 275 Motor Protection Controls 2-6500-.../2-6700-... Dimensions 2-6500-P10 (A3) 0.8 Internal wiring diagram 2-6500-... o4 P 2-6700-... P P 12 22 12 8.5 4 8.25 8.25 44.5 52 0.5 11.5 4 6 10.7 3 2 15.7 (3) 2 8 2 4 3.5 8 2-6700-P10 45.5 25 0.8 10.5 6.3 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 10000 26 4.5 9 19.4 1000 o3 20.5 39.5 Trip time in seconds mounting hole 100 10.6 11.8 10 6.3 8 8 1 Accessories for type 2-6500 Water splash cover Y 302 151 01 with flange and holes that may be filed out for cable entry 25 80 15 0.1 1 2 4 6 8 10 ... times rated current 20 40 5 26 32 40 29 The time/current characteristic curve depends on the ambient temperature prevailing. In order to eliminate nuisance tripping, please multiply the circuit breaker current ratings by the derating factor shown below. Ambient temperature C -10 0 +10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.84 0.92 1 1 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 5 1.5 10 20 5 23.5 276 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Thermal Relay 3620 Description Three pole, voltage-sensitive thermal relay with bimetal operation, auxiliary circuit and manual reset button. Suitable for PCB mounting. Typical applications Motor protection 3620-10 Ordering information Type No. 3620 Three pole thermal relay Configuration 10 standard version Voltage rating 400 V 3620 - 10 - 400 V Technical data Voltage rating Current rating Auxiliary circuit Excitation voltage Typical life Ambient temperture nsulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) 3 AC 400 V (50/60 Hz) 10 A 1 A AC 230 V AC 230 V (50/60 Hz) 1,000 operations at IN 0...+100C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 2 reinforced insulation in operating area Test voltage AC 4000 V AC 2000 V AC 2000 V AC 2000 V > 100 M (DC 500 V) < 30 sec < 80 sec 300 operations with 20 A IP 00 terminal area IP 40 operating area 5 g (57-500 Hz), 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc 10 frequency cycles/axis 15 g (11 ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea 48 hours in 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 168 hours at 95 % RH to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 25 g ordering example Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664 A) operating area mounting area circuit/circuit circuit/excitation Insulation resistance Trip time at 23 C Reset time at 23 C (without load period) Interrupting capacity Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration 5 Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 277 Thermal Relay 3620 Dimensions Internal wiring diagram i 21 i (k) 1 3 5 21 15,5 22 5 26,7 3 k 4 6 3 k 2 4 6 22 40 1 2 14 22 1 0.8 5 12.5 3 1 0.25 1 12.5 1 5 12.5 7.5 12.5 0.25 7.5 o4 35 mounting dimensions 250.2 7.5 0.1 12.50.1 35 7.5 0.1 o1.7 +0.2 o1.5 +0.2 o1.5+0.2 Installation drawing operating area mounting area 278 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 50,1 5 12.50.1 4.5 Issue C Motor Start Switch 2-7000-... Description Bimetal operated current sensitive relay for disconnection of auxiliary windings and start capacitors of single phase AC motors. The operating time of the auxiliary winding is a function of the starting current and its duration. High contact pressure reduces sensitivity to shock and vibration - no contact sticking. Other features: independent of mounting position and location. Under stalled motor conditions the auxiliary winding and/or the starting capacitor will remain disconnected avoiding damage to the motor. See page 281 for additional information. Typical applications Single phase AC motors 2-7000-... Technical data Voltage rating Current rating of switching circuit Current rating of excitation circuit Typical life Ambient temperature Insulation co-ordination (IEC 664 and 664A) Dielectric strength (IEC 664 and 664A) Insulation resistance Interrupting capacity AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz 10 (5) A 0.2...10 A 100,000 operations at 1xIN 0...+60 C Rated impulse Pollution withstand voltage degree 2.5 kV 3 Test voltage AC 2,000 V >100 M (DC 500 V) 4 x IN (co-co-co) housing IP 30 terminal area IP 00 5 g (57-500 Hz) 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz) to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis 25 g (11 ms) test to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea 48 hours at 5 % salt mist to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka 240 hours at 95 % RH test to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca approx. 18 g Ordering information Type No. 2-7000 motor start switch Terminal design P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 Housing (optional) KF for tropical and high humidity conditions Current ratings 0.2...10 A 2-7000 - P10 - KF - 6 A ordering example Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values Current rating (A) 0.2 0.5 0.8 1 1.3 1.5 1.8 2 Internal resistance () 91 16 6 3.65 2.17 1.62 1.10 0.97 Current rating (A) 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 Internal resistance () 0.53 0.435 0.342 0.27 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Degree of protection (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Vibration Shock Corrosion Humidity Mass 5 Approvals Authority VDE Voltage rating AC 250 V Current rating 0.1...10 A Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 279 Motor Start Switch 2-7000-... Dimensions Internal wiring diagram 1 3 8.5 8.25 o3.8 4 3.5 3 44.5 52 61 6.3 2 2 1 Typical time/current characteristics at 23 C 12 22 8.7 10.5 22 10000 1000 Accessory Trip time in seconds Water splash cover Y 302 151 01 with flange and holes that may be filed out for cable entry 25 80 15 100 10 1 26 32 40 29 5 1.5 10 20 5 23.5 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2 4 ... times rated current switching time reset time after 30 s of load 6 8 10 5 The time/current characteristic curve depends on the ambient temperature prevailing. In order to eliminate nuisance tripping, please multiply the circuit breaker current ratings by the derating factor shown below. Ambient temperature C -10 0 +10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60 Multiplication factor 0.84 0.92 1 1 1 1.08 1.16 1.24 280 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Motor Start Switches Selection of the device The contacts of type 2-7000 will open when energized so that the lowest possible motor current (e.g. the running current of the motor unloaded) must not be less than the current rating of the motor start switch to ensure that the switch will reconnect the auxiliary phase after completion of the starting process. The current rating will determine both the switching characteristics and ratings of the contacts. At the same time the highest possible motor current (short-circuit current at overvoltage) must not exceed 6 times the motor start switch current rating. Normally the A-P-S current rating should be approx. 1/5 of the running current of the motor (see the examples below). Either wiring a or wiring b should be chosen, giving due consideration to these two extreme conditions. Wiring information Wiring with motor start switch (A-P-S) 1. Wiring a": For this standard connection please observe the following: Mains input: terminal 1 Main phase: terminal 2 Auxiliary phase: terminal 3 The overall starting current of the motor determines the switching time of the motor start switch and must not exceed its max. current capacity. 2. Wiring b": This special connection is suitable for motors with relatively high short circuit currents: Mains input: terminal 2 Main phase: terminal 1 Auxiliary phase: terminal 3 In this case it is only the main phase current that determines the switching time of the motor start switch. M 1 Example for wiring a": Current of the motor unloaded (current rating of the motor) A-P-S 3 1 2 Io = 2.6 A = Imin IN = 3.0 A) Short-circuit current of the main phase Ik Ha = 7 A of main and auxiliary phase Ik Ha + Hi = 12 A = Imax Formula for the motor start switch: Current rating = 1/5 Imax = 1/5 12 = 2.4 A i.e. a motor start switch current rating of 2.5 A (e.g. 2-7000-P10-KF-2.5 A) should be selected. With wiring a" the overall current of the motor flows through the bimetal heater (terminal 1). The max. possible current of 12 A is lower than 6 x 2.5 = 15 A, the highest admissible load for the motor start switch. Furthermore the lowest possible motor current (2.6 A) is higher than the motor start switch current rating, ensuring that the auxiliary phase will remain disconnected even when the motor is unloaded. Hi M 1 Ha A-P-S 3 1 2 Hi Ha Example for wiring b": Current of the motor unloaded:Io = 1.5 A = Imin Other motor data as indicated in example a". As in this case the motor start switch current rating must be selected according to the lower minimum current value, only the short-circuit current of the main phase (7 A) may flow through the bimetal heater (terminal 1) in order to prevent overloading. Current rating = 1/5 Ik Ha = 1/5 7 = 1.4 A. i.e. a motor start switch current rating of 1.5 A (e.g. 2-7000-P10-KF-1.5 A) should be selected. The motor start switch rated at 1.5 A must be connected according to wiring b". In this case the max. possible load is 7 A, i.e. it is lower than 6 x 1.5 A = 9 A. The current of the motor unloaded (1.5 A) equals the motor start switch current rating - the auxiliary phase will again remain disconnected. Wiring with Motor Protection Control (M-R): Once the motor has stopped, if an attempt is made to start it P again before the motor start M-R switch has reset, a stall condition will result causing the motor protection control to disconnect the supply. The motor start switch contacts will reset, and the motor may be re-started once the motor start switch has closed again automatically. 5 A-P-S 2 3 1 2 Hi M 1 Ha Wiring with E-T-A Circuit Breaker: This configuration is recommended where the function of the device or equipment is supervised and resetting should only be made manually (e.g. circular saws). Operation of the motor start switch is otherwise the same. E-T-A A-P-S 1 2 3 1 2 Hi M 1 Ha Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 281 5 282 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs) E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs) E-T-A solid state remote power controllers combine solid state switching with electronic overload protection and current limiting characteristics. Selected models also include electro-mechanical switching for applications which demand physical contact separation. These products have been designed for the protection of programmable controller outputs, instrumentation, and process control switching circuits. Their performance characteristics are especially suitable for limiting the high in-rush currents associated with solenoids and other high resistance or inductive loads. Versions are also available for power management control in vehicles and marine craft. Physical isolation between control and load circuits is assured through inclusion of an opto-coupler in most models, and all types provide fault status and wire break indication. Advanced thickfilm and hybrid circuitry specially developed and manufactured by E-T-A in-house make a significant contribution to the reliability of these products while ease of installation is achieved through convenient industry standard rail or socket mounting. There is a suitable E-T-A solid state remote power controller for most process control and DC power distribution requirements and characteristics may also be tailored to special circumstances as necessary. 6 All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 283 Overview Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs) Type No. E-1048-600.. E-1071-073-... E-1071-128-... Voltage rating of load Current rating of load DC 24 V 0.5 A 1A 2A 4A DC 24 V 0.2 - 3.0 A DC 24 V 0.2 - 3.0 A Short-circuit limitation 25 A (0.5A/1A rating) 75 A (2 A/4 A rating) N/A approx. 2.5 x IN approx. 2.5 x IN Hold current of magnetic coil N/A N/A Operating voltage of SSRPC DC 18 ... 36 V DC 20 ... 48 V DC 20 ... 48 V Display ON indication fault indication control current load current control current minimum current ON indication fault indication ON and fault indication via opto coupler after approx. 5 s Status outputs fault indication via opto coupler (N/O contact) fault indication via auxiliary contact (N/O contact) after approx. 5 s Overview Physical isolation of load circuit (after electronic overload disconnection) Temperature range Housing - mounting dimensions (W/H/D) - mounting 0 C ... +60 C 6 0 C ... +60 C 0 C ... +60 C 12/50/65 mm (without socket) 12/80/89 mm (with socket type 17) rail to EN 50022-35x7.5 when used with socket 17-P-Si (accessory) suitable for lamp load 45 / 74 / 128 mm rail to EN 50022-35x7.5 45 / 74 / 128 mm rail to EN 50022-35x7.5 Other data monitoring of minimum current, adjustable between 0.1 and 2.1 A see pages 291 - 293 see pages 295 - 297 Technical data see pages 287 - 289 284 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs) E-1071-343-... E-1071-353-... E-1071-603/607-... E-1071-803-... DC 48 V 0.2 - 3.0 A parallel operation: max. 4 A DC 24 V 0.2 - 3.0 A parallel operation: max. 4 A DC 24 V adjustable betw. 0.1 and 3.1 A DC 24 V 0.25 A 0.40 A 1A 2A 3A ( 3 ... 6 W) ( 6 ... 10 W) (15 ... 30 W) (30 ... 50 W) (50 ... 75 W) approx 2.5 x IN approx. 2.5 x IN approx. 3.5 x IN approx. 3.5 x IN N/A N/A adjustable between 0.06 A and 1.85 A adjustable between 0.06 A 0.1 A 0.25 A 0.5 A 0.75 A and and and and and 0.18 A 0.3 A 0.75 A 1.5 A 2.25 A DC 36 ... 60 V DC 20 ... 48 V max. DC 60 V max. DC 60 V control current load current control current load current control current O.K. wire break fault ON and fault indication via opto coupler after approx. 5 s control current load current wire break fault indication via auxiliary contact (N/O) after approx. 5 s fault indication via auxiliary contact (N/O) after approx. 5 s fault indication via auxiliary contact (N/O) after approx. 5 s Overview 0 C ...+60 C 0 C ... +60 C 0 C ... +60 C 0 C ... +60 C 6 45 / 74 / 128 mm rail to EN 50022-35x7.5 45 / 74 / 128 mm rail to EN 50022-35x7.5 45 / 74 / 128 mm rail to EN 50022-35x7.5 45 / 74 /128 mm rail to EN 50022-35x7.5 double unit double unit load current control load current control see pages 299 - 301 see pages 303 - 305 see pages 307 - 309 see pages 311 - 313 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 285 Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs) Selector chart E-1048-600 E-1071-073 E-1071-128 E-1071-343 E-1071-353 E-1071-603 E-1071-607 E-1071-803 q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q Issue C Type No. Control circuit Control voltage DC 24 V Max. switching frequency fmax 1 Hz 10 Hz 100 Hz 500 Hz Load circuit PNP transistor output, plus switching NPN transistor output, minus switching Current rating 0.5 A 1A 2A 3A 4A Load current (adjustable, pulse-controlled hold current) max. 0.25 A max. 0.4 A max. 1 A max. 2 A max. 3 A max. 3.1 A Short-circuit current, self-limiting Physical isolation under fault conditions (short-circuit, overload) Physical isolation by hand release Reverse polarity protection UB (terminal 1 - terminal 2) Fault signal output Opto coupler Auxiliary contact (N/O) LED Constructional features Double unit Current measuring terminals Overview Connection Blade terminals Screw terminals Screw-less connectors q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q 6 286 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1048-600 Description The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller (SSRPC) E-1048-600 is an opto decoupled transistorised switching device providing both protection and signalisation. It may be used wherever safe switching and protection of resistive, inductive or lamp loads in DC voltage systems is required. E-1048-600 Typical applications Automation - interface module providing inexpensive power amplification at PLC outputs - optimum protection of individual loads by monitoring the load circuit Protection and control of - motors - solenoids - lamps Technical data (TA = 25 C; at UN) Load circuit Voltage rating UB Current rating IN Closed-circuit current IS Min. load current Voltage drop UDSmax Overload disconnection Short-circuit current (self-limiting) Short-circuit disconnection Control circuit Voltage rating Voltage controlled input UE DC 24 V (18...36 V) 0.5 A; 1 A; 2 A, 4 A (other ratings to special order) typically 0.3 mA > 1 mA 0.15 V; 0.3 V; 0.1 V; 0.2 V approx. 1.4 x IN after approx. 100 ms max. 25 A (with 0.5 A and 1 A current ratings) max. 75 A (with 2 A and 4 A current ratings) <250 s DC 24 V DC 0 V < low level < 5 V DC 8.5 V < high level < 36 V 1...10 mA (18...36 V) 500 Hz Features q Optimum load protection. Available in current ratings of 0.5 A; 1 A; 2 A; 4 A. q Fast short-circuit limitation and disconnection q Time/current dependent overload disconnection q Remote control q Fault indication: LED and signal output for overload/short-circuit signalization, and wire break indication in the OFF condition. q Physically isolated fault indication. q Compact plug-in type Ordering information Type No. E-1048 Solid State Remote Power Controller Version 600 with physically isolated control input and fault indication output Voltage rating DC 24 V DC 24 V (standard) Current ratings 0.5 A 1.0 A 2.0 A 4.0 A E-1048 - 600 DC24 V 1.0 A ordering example Input current IE Max. switching frequency fmax Reset time after shortcircuit/overload disconnection 1 ms Fault indication output (opto coupler) Voltage rating range DC 5...36 V Max. load current 100 mA (U < 2 V), with reverse polarity protection Wire break indication < 100 A load current General data Temperature range 0 C ... +60 C Insulation voltage 2.5 kV rms (IEC 664/VDE 0110) Mass 28 g Connection diagram green E-1048-600 1 +UB 6 Where wire break and LED indication is not required, please contact us for a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker (e.g. types 2210, 3600, 3900). control circuit IN+ INF+ F- 2 5 7 3 6 -UB Control and Protection Electronics 4 Q red Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Load fault indication circuit 287 Solid State Remote Power Controller E 1048-600 Technical description At the appropriate input level (>8.5 V), the opto decoupled input in the SSRPC will switch on a power transistor to connect the load to the plus pole of the load circuit supply (UB). The transistor will switch off when - the control voltage (UE) is removed - there is a short-circuit/overload in the load circuit. Status indication is provided by two LEDs (red and green). Thermal-magnetic overload protection occurs at approx. 1.4 times rated current. See time/current characteristic curves. The SSRPC is fitted with blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 and is suitable for plug-in mounting with various E-T-A sockets. Control circuit ON condition: If a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied to the input terminals (-IN, +IN), the control current (from the PLC) will flow through the opto coupler.The output transistor will be conductive. OFF condition: A control voltage lower than 5 V will switch the output transistor off. Load circuit The load circuit switches depending on the control signal ("0" or "1"). It is electronically monitored for faults. In the event of a short-circuit the circuit is disconnected after max. 250 s whilst upon inadmissible overload it is disconnected according to the time/current curves shown. Fault indication output The fault indication circuit (F+, F-) is opto decoupled from the load and control circuit. In the OFF condition (i.e. 0 < UE < 5 V), this circuit will provide wire break indication, with the transistor output being open. In the ON condition, the circuit will provide short-circuit and overload monitoring and indication. Derating curve IN load current (A) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 ambient temperature (C) Typical time/current characteristics 0.5 A and 1 A 1000 Trip time in ms 100 Status indication 10 Status indication Fault indication output (opto coupler) LED green red 1 current limitation Non-conductive, no duty Conductive, normal duty Overload or short circuit at the output Wire break, in the OFF condition 0.1 IN 10 20 30 I (A) 2 A and 4 A 1000 Dimensions 6 Trip time in ms R 100 10 66 56 1 1 4 6 3 7 5 2 current limitation LED red 11.5 LED green 0.1 50 IN 20 40 60 80 I (A) 288 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E 1048-600 Accessories for E 1048-600 Single mounting sockets with adapter 17-P10-Si 17-P10-Si-20025 (retaining clip Y 300 581 11 available on request) slot fitting labels from Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST Weidmuller dekafix, BS, PES Wieland Type 9003 blade terminals DIN 46244 part 2 C profile (2xA2.8-0.8) retaining clip Connector bus links -P10 X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 brown X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 black X 210 588 03/2.5 mm2 red X 210 588 04/2.5 mm2 blue 100 quick-connect tabs 6.3 DIN 46247 Ms tinned, insulated 25.8 8.5 33.3 41.3 1.4 5 6.5 80 12.5 symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5 adapter X20040901 G-profile EN 50035-G32 45.8 2 mounting clips Y 300 504 02 ~70 depth 10 mm 10 Installation drawing with mounting clips Y 300 504 02 polarization recess Single mounting sockets 17-P70-Si, same as 17-P10-Si, but with blade terminals to DIN 46 244-C-Ms (2x A 2.8 - 0.8) Bus bar for type 17 socket (for max. 100 A continuous load) X 211 157 01 with terminal X 211 157 02 without terminal Phoenix terminal AKG 35 (max.cross section 35 mm2) cylinder head screw M4x4 ISO1207 nickel plated washer A 4.3 DIN 125 nickel plated 1 1.9 2 0.5 7.5 12.5 60.4 7.3 50 8.5 2 female connector M4 Cu rail, tin-plated 8 M4 16.5 20 7 12.8 154.8 fusible link (1.1 mm thick constriction) Insulated sleeving for bus bar Y 303 824 01 9 5.4 125 17 10 2 2-way mounting socket 23-P10-Si 6-way mounting socket 63-P10-Si (retaining clip Y300 581 03 available on request) polarized blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 6 7.4 4.4 7.4 4.4 12.5 6.25 22.2 21 10 retaining clip 12.5 25 12.5 50 75 3.5 6 x 6.8 = 40.8 6.8 50 57.4 50 57.4 64 64 2 6 30 polarized recess Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 289 6 290 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-073 Description The E-T-A Remote Power Controller E-1071-073 is an electronic ON/ OFF control module with protective functions and is suitable for resistive and inductive loads such as solenoids in rolling mills and other large plant applications. It is specifically used in plant modernization where the load circuit supply should be maintained at DC 24 V. E-1071-073 Typical applications Control of hydraulic and pneumatic sytems in production lines and chemical plants. Technical data (TA = 25 C, UB = DC 24 V) Voltage rating UN Operating voltage UB Current rating IN Current consumption (UB = DC 24 V, Us = "0") Residual ripple for all voltages Reverse polarity protection UB (terminal 1 - terminal 2) Physical isolation DC 24 V DC 20...48 V 3A typically 17 mA max. 5 % (3 phase bridge) double pole relay 2-pole - by circuit breaker hand release - approx. 5 s after overload disconnection NPN transistor, minus switching DC 24 V/0.2...3 A max. 1.75 V approx. 1.1 x IN typically 20 ms (see storage time curve) approx. 2.5 x IN approx. 4 s GREEN LED (lights at Iload > 0.2 A) 2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 1 %) max. 3 mA integral opto coupler in control input "0" = 0 ... 5 V "1" = 8.5...35 V typically 5 mA 100 Hz YELLOW LED lights (IS flowing) reverse polarity protection (diode) auxiliary contact (N/O) - max. DC 30 V/3 A - physically isolated - closed with the circuit breaker tripped 0...+60 C (without condensation) screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288 clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue cover: polycarbonate, black top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35 to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1 IP 20 housing, terminals (IEC 529/DIN 40050) 45 x 74 x 128 mm approx. 240 g Features q q q q q q q Solid-state relay with protective functions Solid-state switching avoids contact arcing and welding Inrush current limitation Overload and short-circuit proof output Low control power Control current indication by LED Auxiliary contact Load circuit Load output Load rating Voltage drop at IN Overload disconnection Storage time ts (at 2xIN) Short-circuit limitation Short-circuit response delay Load current monitoring Current measuring terminals Leakage current (US = "O") Free-wheeling diode Control circuit Control Control voltage US Control current IS Switching frequency fmax Control signal (US = "1") Protection Signal output Fault indication 6 Ordering information Type No. E-1071 SSRPC 073 with signal output Voltage rating of load DC 24 V Current rating 3.0 A E-1071 - 073 - DC 24 V - 3.0 A ordering example General data Ambient temperature Terminals Housing Mounting Self-extinguishing properties Degree of protection Mounting dimensions Mass Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 291 Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-073 Technical description In principle, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-073 operates like conventional electro-mechanical relays, with additional protective and signal functions. The control input replaces the magnetic coil and the power transistor replaces the main contact. Control circuit The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals (6 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load circuit, at the same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is transmitted as a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input protection diode protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization. Control current limitation is provided by a constant current diode. Load circuit The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal ("0" or "1"), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection. Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to the overcurrent factor. Status indication Status indication is provided by 2 LEDs (yellow and green) on the front of the housing. YELLOW LED = correct control voltage The LED indicates when the control voltage is higher than 8.5 V, with control current flowing. GREEN LED = correct load current The green LED indicates when the load current is higher than 0.2 A. Faults such as too high a load resistance, wire break, poor contact, or overload/short-circuit, are available when only the yellow LED indicates. SSRPC E-1071-073 includes two current measuring terminals (2 mm dia.) on the front. These terminals provide for load current measurement in terms of voltage drop at the 0.1 shunt in the load circuit. Operating modes Operating status Fault-free operation Control input US YELLOW LED control current GREEN LED load current monitoring Auxiliary contact Remarks "0" 0 0 open load OFF "1" 1 1 Short-circuit Wire break of the load "1" 1 0 "0" 0 0 open "1" 1 0 open open closed load circuit breaker ON tripped 1 = LED indicates 0 = LED does not indicate Storage time characteristic curve 1000 6 100 20 10 5 time in ms IN 2 3 4 5 x IN current limitation (theoretical overcurrent factor) 292 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-073 Dimensions Terminal selection 1 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 MELDER ISt IMIN - 73.2 Halbleiterrelais 1071 - 073 70 Shunt 0,1 + 20 ... 48 V 3A Halbleiterrelais 1071 - 073 MELDER ISt IMIN 6 7 8 9 10 Shunt 0.1 + - 45 124 20 ... 48 V 3A 6 7 8 9 10 Basic circuit diagram DC 8.5 ... 35 V +6 7- DC 20 ... 48 V +1 28 9 3 RL 4 yellow control input Shunt 0.1 isolator Terminal 1 operating voltage +UB: DC 20...48 V 2 operating voltage -UB 3 load (+) 4 load (-) 5 not used 6 control voltage +US: max. DC 35 V 7 control voltage -US 8 auxiliary contact 9 auxiliary contact 10 not used electronics green IMIN 1071 - 073 6 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 293 6 294 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128 Description The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128 is an electronic ON/OFF control module with protective and signalling functions. It is suitable for inductive loads (solenoids, magnetic brakes) when the load circuit supply cannot be increased to the voltage level required for the adjustable controller E-1071-603. The operating status of the controller/load connected is continuously indicated and signalled via opto coupler. E-1071-128 Typical applications Control of hydraulic and pneumatic sytems in production lines and chemical plants where check-back signals for process control systems are needed. Technical data (TA = 25 C, UB = DC 24 V) Voltage rating UN Operating voltage UB Current rating IN Current consumption (UB = DC 24 V, US = "0") Residual ripple for all voltages Reverse polarity protection UB (terminal 1 - terminal 2) Physical isolation DC 24 V DC 20...48 V 3A typically 15 mA max. 5 % (3 phase bridge) double pole relay 2-pole - by manual release (circuit breaker) - approx. 5 s after overload disconnection NPN transistor, minus switching DC 24 V/0.2...3 A max. 2 V approx. 1.1 x IN typically 20 ms (see storage time curve) approx. 2.5 x IN approx. 4 s GREEN LED lights at Iload> 0.2 Imin. switch position I: 0.1...1.1 A switch position II: 1.1 ...2.1 A 2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 1 %) max. 3 mA integral opto coupler in control input "0" = 0 ... 5 V "1" = 8.5...35 V typically 5 mA 10 Hz YELLOW LED lights (IS flowing) reverse polarity protection (diode) ON indication/fault indication - physically isolated by opto coupler - transistor outputs plus switching - max. DC 33 V/100 mA per output - integral free-wheeling diode - 20 ms time delay (eliminating false signals before the minimum current is reached) US = "0": output non-conductive US = "1": output connecting plus potential (terminal 10) to terminal 8 fault: output non-conductive no fault: output connecting plus potential (terminal 10) to terminal 9 Features q Overcurrent and short-circuit proof switching output by electronic current limitation q Switch-off current largely independent of operating voltage q Inrush current limitation q Physical isolation between control and load circuit via opto coupler q Low control power; control current indication by LED q Solid state switching avoids contact arcing and welding q 2-pole physical isolation upon overload or when tripped manually q Opto decoupled ON and fault indication by LED q Setting of minimum current on front of housing, with minimum current indication (set at approx. 50 % of the load current rating) q Current measuring terminals on front of housing q Reverse polarity protection in control and load circuit Load circuit Load output Load rating Voltage drop at IN Overload disconnection Storage time ts (at 2xIN) Short-circuit limitation Short-circuit response delay Load current monitoring Imin (MIN monitoring, to be set by potentiometer at 50 % of the load current rating) Current measuring terminals Leakage current (US= "O") Free-wheeling diode Control circuit Control Control voltage US Control current Switching frequency fmax Control signal (US = "1") Protection Status outputs 2 signal outputs 6 Ordering information Type No. E-1071 SSRPC 128 Voltage rating of load DC 24 V Current rating 3.0 A E-1071 - 128 - DC 24 V - 3.0 A ordering example ON indication (terminal 8) Fault indication (terminal 9) Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 295 Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128 Technical data General data Ambient temperature Terminals Housing Mounting Burning behaviour (housing) Degree of protection Mounting dimensions Mass 0...+60 C (without condensation) screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288 clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue cover: polycarbonate, black top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35 to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1 IP 20 housing, terminals (IEC 529/DIN 40050) 45 x 74 x 128 mm approx. 320 g Storage time characteristic curve 1000 Technical description In principle, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-128 operates like conventional electro-mechanical relays, with additional protective and signalling functions. The control input replaces the magnetic coil and the power transistor replaces the main contact. ON and fault indication outputs have more complex functions and may not be compared with auxiliary contacts. Control circuit The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals (6 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load circuit, at the same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is transmitted as a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input protection diode protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization. Control current limitation is provided by a constant current diode. Load circuit The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal ("0" or "1"), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection. Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to the overcurrent factor. Signal circuit The signal circuit includes two opto couplers signalising either correct ON duty or a fault. These signals may be computer processed. - The ON signal output indicates correct operating in the ON condition. This output is conductive when control voltage is available AND AND AND the load current is higher than the set minimum current the circuit breaker has not tripped there is no wire break. 100 20 10 5 time in ms IN 2 3 4 5 x IN current limitation (theoretical overcurrent factor) Operating modes Operating status Control input US YELLOW LED control current GREEN LED min. current indication GREEN LED ON indication RED LED fault indication Remarks Fault-free operation "0" 0 0 "1" 1 1 Short-circuit of the load "0" 0 0 "1" 1 0 Wire break "0" 0 0 "1" 1 0 Load current "1" 1 0 0 1 load OFF 1 1 load ON 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 phys. isolation no load after connected, approx. 5 s wire break 1 = LED indicates 0 = LED does not indicate Status outputs ON Terminal 8 0 Fault Terminal 9 0 Remark wire break or load current < minimum current (switched on) or short-circuit (switched on) fault-free operation (switched off) 6 - The fault signal output signalises the fault source which must be eliminated. This output is non-conductive when OR OR OR the circuit breaker has tripped on overload or short-circuit there is a wire break control voltage is available AND the minimum current has not been reached no control voltage is applied although the load current is available. 0 1 The fault signal output operates on the closed-circuit principle, i.e. it carries plus potential during fault-free operation. 1 1 fault-free operation (switched on) 1 - status output carries plus potential 0 - status output carries minus potential 296 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128 Dimensions Terminal selection 1 2 3 4 ISoll 5 1 2 3 4 ISoll 1.1 0.9 0.7 5 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.5 1071 - 128 73.2 I = 0.1 - 1.1 A II = 1.1 - 2.1 A I II I 1071 - 128 I = 0.1 - 1.1 A II = 1.1 - 2.1 A I ISt II I 70 24 V/3 A Shunt 0.1 + S B MELDER 24 V/3 A ISt Shunt 0.1 + S B 6 7 8 9 10 MELDER 124 45 6 7 8 9 10 Basic circuit diagram DC 8.5 ... 35 V +6 7- DC 20 ... 48 V +1 23 4 RL yellow control input Shunt 0.1 isolator Terminal 1 operating voltage +UB: DC 20...48 V 2 operating voltage -UB 3 load (+) 4 load (-) 5 auxiliary voltage -UA for status outputs 6 control voltage +US: max. DC 35 V 7 control voltage -US 8 ON status output (max. 100 mA) 9 fault status output (max. 100 mA) 10 auxiliary voltage +UA for status outputs: max. DC 33 V green electronics I min logic outputs red ON fault green 1071 - 128 I II 0.1 ... 1.1 A 1.1 ... 2.1 A + 10 8 -5 9 24 V/ 100 mA 6 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 297 6 298 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343 Description The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343 is a double relay with protective function both for resistive and inductive DC 48 V loads. It is particularly suitable to control upward/downward and forward/ backward movements. Failure of one channel will also cause the other channel to disconnect. E-1071-343 Typical applications Valve timing gears for forward/backward or upward/downward movements (overlapping operation is possible) Parallel circuits which must be completely disconnected after failure of one of the circuits. Technical data (TA = 25 C, UB = DC 48 V) Voltage rating UN Operating voltage UB Current rating IN Current consumption (UB = DC 48 V, US = "0") Residual ripple for all voltages Reverse polarity protection UB (terminal 1 - terminal 2) Physical isolation DC 48 V DC 36...60 V 3 A/3 A (2 A + 2 A) typically 21 mA max. 5 % (3 phase bridge) double pole relay 2-pole - by manual circuit breaker release - approx. 5 s after overload disconnection - upon thermal response (approx. 130 C) Features q Small double relay with protective function q Overcurrent and short-circuit proof outputs q Two pole physical isolation of both channels - approx. 5 s after electronic fault disconnection - by manual release q Both part units are disconnected upon isolator tripping q Current load of each unit: max. 3 A; total current max. 4 A q Electrical isolation between control and load circuit by means of opto coupler q Control current indication by RED LED q Load current indication by GREEN LED q With auxiliary contact (fault indication) q Temperature disconnection Ordering information Type No. E-1071 SSRPC 343 double unit Voltage rating of load DC 48 V Current rating 3A / 3A E-1071 - 343 - DC 48 V - 3A / 3A ordering example NPN transistor, minus switching DC 48 V/0.2...3 A per channel parallel duty max. 4 A (e.g. 2 A + 2 A) Voltage drop at IN max. 1.8 V Overload disconnection approx. 1.1 x IN Storage time ts (at 2xIN) typically 20 ms (see storage time curve) Short-circuit limitation approx. 2.5 x IN Short-circuit response delay approx. 4 s Load current monitoring GREEN LED lights at Iload > 0.1 A) Current measuring terminals 3 x 4 mm dia. (0.1 shunt) Leakage current (US = "O") max. 3 mA Free-wheeling diode integral Control circuits (I/II) Control opto coupler in control input Control voltage US "0" = 0 ... 5 V "1" = 8.5...35 V Control current typically 5 mA Switching frequency fmax 100 Hz Control signal (US = 1") RED LED lights (Is flowing) Protection reverse polarity protection (diode) Signal output Fault indication auxiliary contact (N/O) - max. DC 30 V/3 A - physically isolated - closed when the circuit breaker has tripped General data Ambient temperature 0...+60 C (without condensation) Terminals screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288 Housing clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue; cover: polycarbonate, black Mounting top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35 Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1 Degree of protection IP 20 housing, terminals (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Mounting dimensions 45 x 74 x 128 mm Mass approx. 320 g Load circuits (I/II) Load output Load rating 6 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 299 Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343 Technical description Under normal operating conditions, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-343 allows the connection and disconnection of the load outputs of two channels independent of each other. Control circuits (I/II) The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals (6 and 7, or 10 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load circuit, at the same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is transmitted as a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input protection diode protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization. Control current limitation is provided by a constant current diode. Load circuits (I/II) The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal ("0" or "1"), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection. Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to the overcurrent factor. After expiration of the storage time (see diagram) the load circuit transistor will become non-conductive. After approx. 5 s the isolator will switch off so as to disconnect the two load circuits. The common auxiliary contact closes signalling the fault. After removal of the fault, the SSRPC can be reactivated by pushing the isolator button. Status outputs Status indication is provided by 4 LEDs (2 x RED, 2 x GREEN). RED LED ON indication (I/II) The red LED indicates when the control voltage is higher than 8.5 V, with control current flowing. GREEN LED Current flow indication (I/II) The green LED indicates when the load current is above 0.1 A. Faults such as too high a resistance, wire break, poor contact, or overload/short-circuit, are available when only the red LED indicates. The SSRPC E-1071-343 includes three current measuring terminals (4 mm dia.) on the front. These terminals provide for load current measurement in terms of voltage drop at the 0.1 shunt in the load circuit (I/II). time in ms 1000 100 20 10 5 Storage time characteristic curve IN 2 3 4 5 x IN current limitation (theoretical overcurrent factor) Operating modes Operating status Fault-free operation Control input RED LED Control current GREEN LED Load current monitoring Auxiliary contact Remarks "0" 0 0 open load OFF "1" 1 1 Short-circuit on the load "1" 1 0 "0" 0 0 "1" 1 0 Wire break open closed open open load both load circuits ON disconnected 1 - LED indicates 0 - LED does not indicate 6 300 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343 Dimensions Terminal selection 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 IM IM I I 0,1 IM 73.2 Doppelhalbleiterrelais 1071 - 343 + ISt Doppelhalbleiterrelais 1071 - 343 + 0,1 - ISt II 48 V 3/3 A 70 + ISt IM II 48 V 3/3 A + ISt 6 7 8 9 10 45 124 6 7 8 9 10 Basic circuit diagram 9 +6 red I -7 green isolator logic green logic -IK -Itotal -Tmax 8 +1 -2 0.1 + 4 load 1 Terminal 1 operating voltage +UB: DC 36...60 V 2 operating voltage -UB 3 load (+) (carrying plus potential) CAUTION: Do not connect to GND/-UB 4 load I (-) 5 load II (-) 6 control voltage I +US: max. DC 35 V 7 control voltage I, II -US 8 auxiliary contact 9 auxiliary contact 10 auxiliary voltage II +US: max. DC 35 V I II 3 5 0.1 1071 - 3.. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com + + 10 II red load 2 6 301 6 302 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353 Description The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353 is a double relay with protective function both for resistive and inductive DC 24 V loads. It is particularly suitable to control upward/downward and forward/ backward movements. Failure of one channel will also cause the other channel to disconnect. E-1071-353 Typical applications Valve timing gears for forward/backward or upward/downward movements (overlapping operation is possible) Parallel circuits which must be completely disconnected upon failure of one of the circuits. Technical data (TA = 25 C, UB = DC 24 V) Voltage rating UN Operating voltage UB Current rating IN Current consumption (UB = DC 24 V, US = "0") Residual ripple for all voltages Reverse polarity protection UB (terminal 1 - terminal 2) Physical isolation DC 24 V DC 20...48 V 3 A/3 A (2 A + 2 A) typically 30 mA max. 5 % (3 phase bridge) double pole relay 2-pole - by manual circuit breaker release - approx. 5 s after overload disconnection - upon thermal response (approx. 130 C) Features q Small double relay with protective function q Overcurrent and short-circuit proof outputs q Two pole physical isolation of both channels - approx. 5 s after electronic disconnection of a fault - by manual release q Both part units are disconnected upon the isolator tripping q Current load of each unit: max. 3 A; total current max. 4 A q Electrical isolation between control and load circuit by means of opto coupler q Control current indication by RED LED q Load current indication by GREEN LED q With auxiliary contact (fault indication) q Temperature disconnection Ordering information Type No. E-1071 SSRPC 353 double unit Voltage rating of load DC 24 V Current rating 3A / 3A E-1071 - 353 - DC 24 V - 3A / 3A ordering example NPN transistor, minus switching DC 24 V/0.2...3 A per channel parallel duty max. 4 A (e.g. 2 A + 2 A) max. 1.8 V Voltage drop at IN Overload disconnection approx. 1.1 x IN Storage time ts (at 2xIN) typically 20 ms (see storage time curve) Short-circuit limitation approx. 2.5 x IN Short-circuit response delay approx. 4 s Load current monitoring GREEN LED lights at Iload > 0.1 A Current measuring terminals 3 x 4 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 1 %) Leakage current (US = "O") max. 3 mA Free-wheeling diode integral Control circuits (I/II) Control opto coupler in control input Control voltage US "0" = 0 ... 5 V "1" = 8.5...35 V Control current IS typically 5 mA Switching frequency fmax 100 Hz Control signal (US = "1") RED LED lights (Is flowing) Protection reverse polarity protection (diode) Signal output Fault indication auxiliary contact (N/O) - max. DC 30 V/3 A - physically isolated - closed when the circuit breaker has tripped General data Ambient temperature 0...+60 C (without condensation) Terminals screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288 Housing clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue; cover: polycarbonate, black Mounting top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35 Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1 Degree of protection IP 20 housing, terminals (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Mounting dimensions 45 x 74 x 128 mm Mass approx. 320 g Load circuits (I/II) Load output Load rating 6 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 303 Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353 Technical description Under normal operating conditions, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-353 allows the connection or disconnection of the load outputs of two channels independent of each other. Control circuits (I/II) The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals (6 and 7, or 10 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load circuit, at the same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is transmitted as a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input protection diode protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization. Control current limitation is provided by a constant current diode. Load circuits (I/II) The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal ("0" or "1"), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection. Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to the overcurrent factor. After expiration of the storage time (see diagram) the load circuit transistor will become non-conductive. After approx. 5 s the isolator will switch off so as to disconnect the two load circuits. The common auxiliary contact closes signalling the fault. After removal of the fault, the SSRPC can be reactivated by pushing the isolator button. Status outputs Status indication is provided by 4 LEDs (2 x RED, 2 x GREEN). RED LED ON indication (I/II) The red LED indicates when the control voltage is higher than 8.5 V, with control current flowing. GREEN LED Current flow indication (I/II) The green LED indicates when the load current is above 0.1 A. Faults such as too high a resistance, wire break, poor contact, or overload/short-circuit, are available when only the red LED indicates. The SSRPC E-1071-353 includes three current measuring terminals (4 mm dia.) on the front. These terminals provide for load current measurement in terms of voltage drop at the 0.1 shunt in the load circuit (I/II). time in ms 1000 100 20 10 5 Storage time characteristic curve IN 2 3 4 5 x IN current limitation (theoretical overcurrent factor) Operating modes Operating status Fault-free operation Control input RED LED control current GREEN LED Load current monitoring Auxiliary contact Remarks "0" 0 0 open load OFF "1" 1 1 open load ON Short-circuit on the load "1" 1 0 closed both load circuits disconnected Wire break "0" 0 0 "1" 1 0 open open 1 - LED indicates 0 - LED does not indicate 6 304 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353 Dimensions Terminal selection 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 IM I IM I 0.1 IM 73.2 Doppelhalbleiterrelais 1071 - 353 + ISt 70 Doppelhalbleiterrelais 1071 - 353 + 0.1 - ISt II 24 V 3/3 A IM II 24 V 3/3 A + ISt + ISt 6 7 8 9 10 45 124 6 7 8 9 10 Basic circuit diagram 9 +6 red I -7 green isolator logic green logic -IK -Itotal -Tmax 8 +1 -2 0.1 + 4 load 1 Terminal 1 operating voltage + UB: DC 20...48 V 2 operating voltage -UB 3 load (+) (carrying plus potential) CAUTION: Do not connect to GND/-UB 4 load I (-) 5 load II (-) 6 control voltage I +US: max. DC 35 V 7 control voltage I, II -US 8 auxiliary contact 9 auxiliary contact 10 auxiliary voltage II +US: max. DC 35 V I II 3 5 0.1 1071 - 3.. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com + + 10 II red load 2 6 305 6 306 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607 Description The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607 are electronic control modules suitable for inductive loads such as solenoids, magnetic brakes etc. They are used q for safe and quick switching of loads q for monitoring the electrical condition of the loads q for compensating different cable lengths The load connected to the relay should be operated with a voltage higher than its rated voltage (DC 24 V) because the load current is controlled electronically (pulse-controlled characteristics). This is to ensure that in industrial plants with different cable lengths (supply cables, load cables) an increased inrush current can be applied to each load. During hold duty the load current is reduced to a smaller value (approx. 60 % of the current rating), thus reducing the operating temperature and extending the life of the loads. E-1071-603 Technical data (TA = 25 C, UB = DC 36 V) Max. operating voltage UB Current rating IN DC 60 V (UB min see Technical description) adjustable between 0.1 and 3.1 A (switch and potentiometer) typically 35 mA Typical applications Circuits with inductive load such as - solenoids - magnetic brakes etc. in large plants, e.g. rolling mills where a very high availability is required. Features q Designed for inductive loads (DC 24 V) q Individual adjustment to various load currents (IN = 0.1...3.1 A) q Significant reduction of power loss in the load by pulse-controlled characteristics q Short-circuit proof (short-circuit limitation); physical disconnection from supply after approx. 5 s q Inrush current monitoring q Physical isolation: - opto coupler in the control circuit - physical disconnection from supply - opto coupler for status outputs q Reverse polarity and overvoltage protection in the control, load and status circuits q Control current indication by YELLOW LED q O.K. indication by GREEN LED q Wire break indication by RED LED (load circuit) q Fault indication by RED LED (incorrect setting etc.) q Two status outputs for PLCs for function indication (function signal, ON signal) q Temperature disconnection q Quick disconnection (do not connect free-wheeling diodes to the load as the free-wheeling current is controlled electronically!) Current consumption (UB = DC 36 V, US = "0") Residual ripple for all voltages max. 5 % (3 phase bridge) Reverse polarity protection UB double pole relay (terminal 1 - terminal 2) Physical isolation 2-pole - by manual circuit breaker release - approx. 5 s after overload disconnection - approx. 15 s after fault indication (RED LED) - approx. 0.5 s after thermal response Load circuit Load output NPN transistor, minus switching, pulse-controlled (approx. 180 Hz) Load rating DC 24 V/adjustable betw. 0.1 and 3.1 A Switch-on current IE UB/Rtotal for approx. 400 ms (with short-circuit limitation) Hold current IH Short-circuit limitation Short-circuit current IK (rms) (depending on UB and IN) Wire break monitoring Current measuring terminals Leakage current (US = 0) Free-wheeling circuitry (see Technical description) Control circuit Control Control voltage US Control current IS Switching frequency fmax Control signal (US = "1") Protection Status outputs 2 signal outputs typically 60 % of the set current rating approx. 3.5 x IN typically 10...400 mA in the ON and OFF condition (RED LED) 2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 1 %) typically 1 mA integral electronic control with quick disconnection opto coupler in control input "0" = 0 ... 5 V "1" = 8.5...35 V typically 5 mA 1 Hz YELLOW LED lights (Is flowing) reverse polarity protection (diode) overvoltage protection (varistor) ON indication/function indication - physically isolated by opto coupler - transistor outputs, plus switching - auxiliary voltage UA: DC 12...60 V - max. 50 mA per output - integral free-wheeling diode - reverse polarity and overvoltage protection US = "0": output non-conductive US = "1": output connecting plus potential (term. 10) to term. 8 fault: output non-conductive no fault: output connecting plus potential (term. 10) to term. 9 Ordering information Type No. E-1071 SSRPC Terminals 603 screw terminals 607 screw-less connectors to Wago licence Voltage rating of load DC 24 V Current rating 0.1 ... 3.1 A E-1071 - 603 - DC 24 V - 0.1 ... 3.1 A ordering example 6 ON indication (terminal 8) Function indication (terminal 9) Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 307 Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607 Technical data General data Ambient temperature Terminals E-1071-603: E-1071-607: Connection: Housing 0...+60 C (without condensation) Technical description (cont'd) Setting the current rating The current rating is set by means of a rotary switch (switch setting 0 A - 1 A - 2 A) and a 270 potentiometer (setting range between 0.1 and 1.1 A). The sum of the two settings should equal the current rating of the load. Example: 24 V load with IN = 1.1 A Setting: switch 0 A + potentiometer 1.1 A, or switch 1 A + potentiometer 0.1 A screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288 screw-less connectors to Wago licence max. 2 x 2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288 clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue; cover: polycarbonate, black Mounting top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35 Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1 Degree of protection IP 20 housing, terminals (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Mounting dimensions 45 x 74 x 128 mm Mass approx. 320 g 1 2 3 4 5 Fault Wire Control break O.K. current 1 2 Technical description 1071 - 603 + 0 0.4 0.6 0.8 IN /A The max. admissible operating voltage of the SSRPC is approx. DC 60 V. The min. operating voltage is a function of the overall ohmic resistance in the load circuit. The switch-on current is reduced by - the voltage drop on the load cable - the load resistance increasing with the operating temperature of the load. 0.2 0.1 1.0 1.1 Load 24 V 0.1 ...3.1 A Shunt 0.1 + 0.6 x IN 6 7 8 9 10 Minimum operating voltage UB min IN 1A 2A 3A Cable length 2x50 m/ 2x100 m/ 2x200 m/ 2x300 m 2x50 m/ 2x100 m/ 2x200 m/ 2x300 m 2x50 m/ 2x100 m/ 2x200 m/ 2x300 m Cable size 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 UB min 33/35/37/40 V 32/33/35/37 V 35/38/44/49 V 34/35/39/42 V 37/41/50/58 V 35/38/42/48 V q Operating voltage (terminals 1 and 2): reverse polarity protected by means of a relay. The relay will only pick up and apply voltage to the device if the operating voltage is correctly polarised. This relay will then remain permanently energized, without being influenced by the control input. q Control circuit (terminals 6 and 7): reverse polarity protected by means of a diode. q Auxiliary voltage status outputs (terminals 10 and 5): reverse polarity protected by means of a diode. q The load output (terminals 3-4) or the inductive load must not be fitted with a free-wheeling diode as the free-wheeling current is controlled electronically. This control also causes a very short fall time of the inductive load. The solenoid connector may be provided with means of visual indication (LED). The load capacity is no longer ensured when the minimum operating voltage is under limits. The RED LED (fault) will indicate and the circuit breaker will trip after approx. 15 s. Resistance increase in the load circuit: 1.5 mm2 cable approx. 2.8 /100 m distance 2.5 mm2 cable approx. 1.6 /100 m distance Switch-on current To reach the max. inrush current the output transistor connects the operating voltage to the inductive load for approx. 400 ms. After this period the load current is set back to hold current. current IE 6 IN IH quick disconnection IE = inrush current IN = rated current IH= hold current ON approx. 400 ms OFF time t Rated current IN, hold current IH The current rating of the applicable load at its rated voltage should be set between 0.1 and 3.1 A. The hold current of the load is internally adjusted to 60 % of the set current rating. This hold current should be measured by means of a voltmeter connected to the 2 mm current measuring terminals (0.1 shunt). 308 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607 Operating modes Operating status Fault-free operation Short-circuit Wire break UB too low/transistor on the load short-circuit/ incorrect setting "1" 1 0 0 0 0 "0" 0 0 1 0 0 "1" 1 0 1 0 0 "1" 1 0 0 1 0 Load 24 V 0.1 ...3.1 A Fault Wire Control break O.K. current Terminal selection 1 2 3 4 5 control input YELLOW LED control current GREEN LED - O.K. RED LED wire break RED LED fault Functional status (terminal 9) Operating status (terminal 8) Remarks "0" 0 1 0 0 1 0 load OFF "1" 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 1071 - 603 + 0.4 0.6 IN /A 0.8 1.0 1.1 0.2 0.1 Shunt 0.1 + 0.6 x IN 1 0 0 0 0 load physical iso- no load physical isolation ON lation after connected/ after approx. 5 s wire break approx. 15 s 6 7 8 9 10 1 = LED lights; status output carries plus potential 0 = LED does not light; status output is non-conductive Status outputs Operating status 0 Functional status 0 Remark not operable no operation - CAUTION: FAULT operable not switched on - O.K. - GREEN LED indicates - CAUTION: FAULT operable switched on - O.K. - GREEN LED lights 0 1 1 0 Terminal 1 operating voltage +UB: max. DC 60 V 2 operating voltage (-) 3 load (+) 4 load (-) 5 auxiliary voltage -UA for status outputs 6 control voltage +US: max. 35 V 7 control voltage -US 8 status output "operation" (max. 50 mA) 9 status output "function" (max. 50 mA) 10 auxiliary voltage +UA for status outputs: max. DC 60 V/100 mA) 1 1 Basic circuit diagram 1 - status output carries plus potential 0 - status output is non-conductive Dimensions max. DC 35 V +6 7max. DC 60 V +1 2current rating IN(A) yellow 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2A control input 2red 73.2 70 + 0.1 ... 1.1 A Fault Wire Control break O.K. current 1 0 2 logic wire break status output operation load current Shunt 0.1 (0.6 x IN ) O.K. function 3 load 4 + 10 + max. DC 60V 100 mA 5 6 1071 - 603 + 0.4 0.6 IN /A 0.8 1.0 1.1 0.2 0.1 Last 24 V 0.1 ...3.1 A Shunt 0.1 + 0.6 x IN red fault 6 7 8 9 10 green 124 45 1071 - 603/607 59 8 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 309 6 310 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-803 Description The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-803 are electronic control modules suitable for inductive loads (DC 24 V) such as solenoids, magnetic brakes etc. They are used q for safe and quick switching of loads q for monitoring the electrical condition of the loads q for compensating for different cable lengths The load connected to the relay should be operated with a voltage higher than its rated voltage (DC 24 V) because the load current is controlled electronically (pulse-controlled characteristics). This is to ensure that in industrial plants with different cable lengths (supply cables, load cables) an increased inrush current can be applied to each load. During hold duty the load current is reduced to a smaller value (between 25 % and 75 % of the current rating), thus reducing the operating temperature and extending the life of the loads. E-1071-803 Technical data (TA = 25 C, UB = DC 36 V) Operating voltage UB DC 36 V (28...60 V) (function maintained up to DC 18 V) 0.25 A/0.4 A/1 A/2 A/3 A typically 30 mA Typical applications Circuits with inductive load such as - solenoids - magnetic brakes etc. where fast switching of inductive loads is required. Features q Designed for inductive loads (DC 24 V) q Individual adjustment to various load currents (IN = 0.25 A; 0.4 A; 1 A; 2 A; 3 A) q Significant reduction of power loss in the load by pulse-controlled characteristics q Short-circuit proof; short-circuit limitation and physical disconnection from supply after approx. 5 s q Inrush current monitoring q Overload protection (current control) q Fast disconnection (do not connect a free wheeling diode to the load as the the free wheeling current is controlled electronically!) q Physical isolation: - opto coupler in the control circuit - relay contacts in the load circuit - fault indication by means of auxiliary contact (N/O) q Reverse polarity protection in the control and load circuits q Control current indication by YELLOW LED q Wire break indication by RED LED (load circuit) q Minimum current indication by GREEN LED Ordering information Type No. E-1071 SSRPC Operating mode 803 pulse controlled Voltage rating of load DC 24 V Current rating 0.25 A 0.4 A 1A 2A 3A E-1071 - 803 - DC 24 V - 1 A ordering example Current rating IN Current consumption (UB = DC 36 V, US = "0") Residual ripple for all voltages max. 5 % (3 phase bridge) Reverse polarity protection UB double pole relay (terminal 1 - terminal 2) Physical isolation 2-pole - by manual circuit breaker release - approx. 5 s after short-circuit disconnection Load circuit Load output NPN transistor, minus switching, pulse-controlled (approx. 180 Hz) Load rating DC 24 V/0.25 A ( 3... 6 W) DC 24 V/0.4 A ( 6...10 W) DC 24 V/1 A (15...30 W) DC 24 V/2 A (30...50 W) DC 24 V/3 A (50...75 W) UB/Rtotal for approx. 400 ms Switch-on current IE (with short-circuit limitation) Minimum current Imin adjustable between 25 and 75 % IN ^ (= hold current IH) (e.g. 0.5...1.5 A with the 2 A version) Short-circuit limitation approx. 2 x IN Short-circuit current IK (rms) typically 10 mA (depending on UB and IN) Wire break indication in the ON and OFF condition (RED LED) Current measuring terminals 2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 1 %) Leakage current (US = "0") typically 1 mA Free-wheeling circuitry integral electronic control with quick disconnection Control circuit Control opto coupler in control input Control voltage US "0" = 0 ... 5 V "1" = 8.5...35 V Control current IS typically 5 mA Switching frequency fmax 1 Hz Control signal (US = "1") YELLOW LED lights (IS flowing) Protection reverse polarity protection (diode) Status outputs Fault indication auxiliary contact (N/O) - max. DC 30 V/3 A - physically isolated - closed when the circuit breaker has tripped General data Ambient temperature 0...+60 C (without condensation) Terminals screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288 Housing clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue; cover: polycarbonate, black Mounting on top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35 Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1 Degree of protection IP 20 housing, terminals (IEC 529/DIN 40050) Mounting dimensions 45 x 74 x 128 mm Mass approx. 240 g 6 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 311 Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-803 Technical description Operating voltage UB The max. admissible operating voltage of the SSRPC is approx. DC 60 V. The min. operating voltage is a function of the overall ohmic resistance in the load circuit. The switch-on current is reduced by - the voltage drop on the load cable - the load resistance increasing with the operating temperature of the load. The function as shown below is no longer ensured when the minimum operating voltage (DC 28 V) is under limits. The output will then be continuously conductive, and the set minimum current may no longer be reached. Technical description (cont'd) q Operating voltage (terminals 1 and 2): reverse polarity protected by means of a relay. The relay will only pick up and apply voltage to the device if the operating voltage is correctly polarised. This relay will then remain permanently energized, without being influenced by the control input. q Control circuit (terminals 6 and 7): reverse polarity protected by means of a diode. q The load output (terminals 3-4) or the inductive load must not be fitted with a free-wheeling diode as the free-wheeling current is controlled electronically. This control also causes a very short fall time of the inductive load. The solenoid connector may be fitted with a visual indication means (LED). Switch-on current IE To reach the max. inrush current the output transistor connects the operating voltage to the inductive load for approx. 400 ms. After this period the load current is set back to hold current (= minimum current). Operating modes Operating status Fault-free operation "0" 1 0 0 open load OFF "1" 1 1 0 open load ON Short-circuit Wire break on the load "1" 0 0 0 closed "0" 1 0 1 "1" 1 0 1 UB too low/ incorrect setting "1" 1 0 0 control input YELLOW LED control current GREEN LED minimum current RED LED wire break Auxiliary contact Remark IH quick release IE = inrush current IN = rated current IH= hold current ON approx. 400 ms current IE IN open open open current cannot be adjusted physical no load isolation after connected approx. 5 s wire break 1 - LED lights 0 = LED does not light OFF time t Setting of hold current IH (= minimum current) The hold current of the load is set between 25 % and 75 % IN by the 270 potentiometer on the front. This hold current should be measured by means of a voltmeter connected to the 2 mm current measuring terminals (0.1 shunt). 1 2 3 4 5 ISoll (%) 75 65 25 35 55 45 6 Stromhalbleiterrelais 1071 - 803 24 V Shunt 0.1 + 1A/15...30W with UB>36V ISt ISoll Wire break 6 7 8 9 10 312 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-803 Dimensions Terminal selection 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 ISoll (%) 75 25 35 55 45 65 ISoll (%) 75 65 25 35 55 45 Stromhalbleiterrelais 1071 - 803 24 V Shunt + 0.1 ISt ISoll Wire break Stromhalbleiterrelais 1071 - 803 24 V Shunt + 0.1 1A/15...30W with UB>36V 73.2 70 ISt ISoll 1A/15...30W with UB>36V Wire break 6 7 8 9 10 45 124 6 7 8 9 10 Basic circuit diagram DC 8.5 ... 35 V +6 yellow DC 28 ... 60 V +1 -2 8 9 Imin 75 % Terminal: 1 operating voltage +UB: max. DC 60 V 2 operating voltage -UB 3 load (+) 4 load (-) 5 not used 6 control voltage +US: max. 35 V 7 control voltage -US 8 auxiliary contact 9 auxiliary contact 10 not used -7 green Imin red IK 3 25 % wire break 1071 - 803 Shunt 0.1 load 4 + - 6 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 313 6 314 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Electronic Flow Meters and Flow Monitors E-T-A Flow Meters and Flow Monitors The E-T-A range of electronic flow metering and monitoring systems has been designed to measure and supervise the flow rate of gases and liquids in pipelines. Models operating on the calorimetric principle avoid the need for moving parts in the flow stream and are therefore especially suitable for use with liquids of high viscosity, or containing particles or contaminants. Alternatively high precision turbine sensors are available for applications which demand accurate volumetric measurement. Calorimetric models comprise a monitoring sensor head, installed in the pipeline, and an electronic controller which may be either integrated with the monitoring head or remotely sited, according to type. These systems provide an output to signal deviation of flow from a pre-set level. Temperature monitoring and continuous analogue output are additional functions which can be selected on some models. The E-T-A flow meter/monitor programme offers a choice of specification, performance, size and cost to meet a wide variety of different uses and budget requirements. All models are maintenance-free ensuring fit-and-forget reliability, and benefit from E-T-A's investment in process sensor research and development spanning over 25 years. Typical applications Applications for E-T-A flow monitors and meters extend across the entire industrial spectrum including: q Air conditioning systems, radiators and filtration equipment q Gas and exhaust monitoring systems in heating and power plants, blast furnaces, and gas supply systems q Welding equipment q Food processing, brewing and dairy product applications q Water and waste treatment plant q Paper manufacturing q Petrochemical processing q Pump monitoring and protection q Control of lubricating, hydraulic and cooling systems q Agricultural equipment q Marine and transportation requirements Condensed Selector Chart For liquids: SW 118, SW 119, (B)SFW 120, SFW 120-E, SW 201, SFW 209, FM 1 SW 112, SW 118, SW 119, SLW 120-E, SW 201, FM 1 FM1-Ex All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. 7 For air/gas: For hazardous areas: For granules (powders): SW 201-F, SFW 209, SW 118, SW 119 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 315 Overview Overview 7 316 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Electronic Flow Meters Type No. FM 1-... Monitoring heads for FM 1-... CST-... CSF-... CSF-... CSF-... variable Tri-Clamp DIN/ANSI immersion depth Turbine head monitoring heads TST-...-HM2 TST-...-AM1/WM1 Media Features menu control linear analogue outputs optional temperature monitoring medium temperature up to +125C (up to +250C with turbine head) relay outputs LED/bargraph display 0... 3 m/s for water 0... 5 m/s for oil 0...20 m/s for air/gases gases, oil, liquids, powder linear analogue outputs optional temperature monitoring medium temperature up to +130C Flow rate range Temperature range of medium/ monitoring head Temperature range of electronic control unit Outputs +10 C...+50 C analogue outputs: 0/4-20 mA or 0/2-10 V or 0/1-5 V relay or transistor outputs -40C...+130C (calorimetric head) -30C...+140C or 0C...+250C (turbine head) Input voltage DC 24 V (19...32 V) AC 24 V 10% Type and size of monitoring head CSF: flange-mounted heads to DIN 2500 or DIN/ISO 2825 CST, TST: thread-mounted heads G 1/2A, G 3/4A, 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti 2 m standard, 100 m max. see CPI cat. pages 13 - 15 see CPI cat. pages 16 - 18 Overview 14 Materials of monitoring head Cable to electronic control unit Data sheet Dimensions 3/4-14 NPT or 1/2-14NPT 14 G3/4A or G1/2A 36 20 oA 75 36 B 7 SW27 oA 100 SW27 B G3/4A 22.8 12 G1/2A 18 10 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 317 Electronic Flow Monitors Type No. SW 112-... SW 118-... SW119-... Media Features air 1 switch point (MIN) relay signal output LED status indication gases, liquids, powder 1 switch point (MIN or MAX) non-linear trend outputs relay output LED status indication optional temperature monitoring medium selector switch liquids: 0.01 m/s..2 m/s gases: 0.5 m/s...50 m/s -25C...+70 C -25 C...+50 C 1 relay (change over contact) AC 250 V, DC 30 V: 5 A overvoltage category II trend output 4-8 V gases, liquids, powder 1 switch point (MIN or MAX) non-linear trend outputs relay output LED status indication temperature monitoring medium selector switch liquids: 0.01 m/s..2 m/s gases: 0.5 m/s...50 m/s -25C...+100 C -25 C...+50 C 1 relay (change over contact) AC 250 V, DC 30 V: 5 A overvoltage category II trend output 4-8 V Flow rate range 0.5 m/s...20 m/s Temperature range of medium/monitoring head Temperature range of electronic control unit Outputs -20 C...+60 C -20 C...+50 C 1 relay max. load: 700 mA Input voltage AC 24 V + 10%/-15% DC 19...32 V monitoring head dia. 18 mm, integral with electronic control unit PVC, aluminium, polyamide with 2 m cable (standard), max. cable length 25 m, at relay output see CPI cat. pages 21 - 22 AC 230 V / 115 V / 24 V +10 %/-15 % DC 24 V 10 % monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A, 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT integral with the electronic control unit sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti, without cable (standard), max. cable length 50 m, at relay output AC 230 V / 115 V / 24 V +10 %/-15 % DC 24 V 10 % monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A, 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT Type and size of monitoring head Material of monitoring head Cable length Available options Overview Dimensions sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti, with 2 m cable (standard), max. cable length 100 m, between monitoring head and electronic control unit see CPI cat. pages 23 - 26 80.5 see CPI cat. pages 23 - 26 2000+50 108.5 82.5 o24 80 23 7 162 20 o18 70 potentiometer screw o32 12 4 15 46 G1/2A, G3/4A, 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT 20 o4.2 20 120 4 o4.2 68.5 37 PG9 PG9 318 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C 20 o14 LED 50 Electronic Flow Monitors (B)SFW 120-... SFW/SLW 120-E-... SW 201.. SWT 201.. liquids 1 switch point (MIN or MAX) transistor output LED status indication SFW 120: industrial applications (MIN) BSFW 120: marine applications (MAX) gases, liquids 1 switch point (MIN or MAX) relay output LED status indication gases (air), liquids, powder 1 switch point (MIN) non-linear analogue output relay outputs status indication by 2 LEDs medium selector switch gases (air), liquids, powder 1 switch point (MIN) non-linear analogue output relay outputs status indication by 3 LEDs temperature monitoring medium selector switch air: 0.5 m/s...100 m/s liquids: 0.01 m/s...5 m/s -40 C...+100 C -10 C...+45 C a) 3 relays (change over contacts) AC 250 V, DC 28 V: 1A overvoltage category II b) analogue output: non-linear 0/4...20 mA AC 230/115/24 V +10%/-15% DC 24 V 10% monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A, 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT 0.01 m/s...2 m/s liquids: 0.1 l/min...10 l/min gases: 2.5 l/min...250 l/min -10 C...+60 C -10 C...+60 C 1 relay (change over contact) AC/DC 28 V: 1 A air: 0.5 m/s...100 m/s liquids: 0.01 m/s...5 m/s -40 C...+100 C -10 C...+45 C a) 2 relays (change over contacts), AC 250 V, DC 28 V: 1 A overvoltage category II b) analogue output non-linear 0/4...20 mA AC 230/115/24 V +10%/-15% DC 24 V 10% monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A, 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT -10 C...+60 C -10 C...+60 C PNP transistor max. load: 0.3 A (DC12V) max. load: 50 mA (DC 24 V) DC 12 V (10.7...16 V) DC 24 V (12...26.4 V) G 3/4 A or 3/4"NPT sealing: Viton, teflon coated DC 24 V (18...32 V) AC 24 V +10%/-15% Ermeto sizes EF6 to EF12, 1/4" NPT, G 3/8A sensor and electronic control unit comprised in one housing sensor material: AP1D sensor: PVDF; sealing rings: Viton(R) without cable (standard) max. cable length 25m, at relay output sensor and fitting material: SFW 120: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti; BSFW 120: AP1D without cable (standard) max. cable length 25m, at transistor output sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316Ti, 2 m cable (standard), max. cable length 100 m, between monitoring head and electronic control unit sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316Ti, 2 m cable (standard), max. cable length 100 m, between monitoring head and electronic control unit see CPI cat. pages 27 - 28 see CPI cat. pages 29 - 30 see CPI cat. pages 31 - 34 see CPI cat. pages 31 - 34 Overview lens 50 38 20 100 85 cable 7 120 85 o20 53 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT SW 27 sensor rotated by 90 14 36 47 160 66 G3/4A NPT1/4" 90 PG 7 window aluminium cover PG13.5 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com G1/2A or G3/4A SW 32 35 319 Electronic Flow Monitors Type No. SFW 209 Media Features liquids, gases, powder 1 switch point (MIN or MAX) relay output status indication by 2 LEDs Flow rate range 0.01 m/s...2 m/s with water 0.5 m/s...50 m/s with gases -25 C...+100 C -10 C...+60 C 1 relay (change over contact) AC 250 V, DC 28 V: 2 A Temperature range of medium/monitoring head Temperature range of electronic control unit Outputs Input voltage AC 230 V / 115 V / 24 V +10%/-15% DC 24 V 10% monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A, 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316Ti, 2 m cable (standard),max. cable length 50 m see CPI cat. pages 35 - 36 Type and size of monitoring head Material of monitoring head Cable length Available options Dimensions Overview Electronic Control Unit 45 123 Monitoring Head G1/2A or G3/4A 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT 20 cable 14 36 sensor rotated by 90 SW 27 320 73.2 7 70 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Flow Meter with Ex approval FM 1-Ex CST-Ex PTB approval; in conformance with EN 50014 and EN 50020 (EEx ibII) PTB approval No. Ex-88-B-2034 in conformance with EN 50014 and EN 50020 for EEx ib II C/II B gases, liquids menu control two analogue outputs relay or transistor outputs for connection of calorimetric monitoring heads water: 0... 3 m/s oil: 0... 5 m/s gases/air: 0...20 m/s -40 C...+90 C +5 C...+33 C Analogue outputs: 0/4-20 mA or 0/2-10 V or 0/1-5 V relay or transistor outputs DC 24 V (19...32 V) AC 24 V 10% AC 230 V +10%/-15% G 1/2A sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti 2 m standard, max. cable length 100 m G1/2A 14 PG11 PG9 240 120 90 PG11 PG13.5 226 SW27 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 133 27.5 7 321 Overview Selector chart Medium Air/gases SW 112 SW 118 SLW 119 SLW 120 E SW 201-L SFW 209 FM 1 Liquids SFW/BSFW 120 Granules/Powders Ex version SFW 120 E SW 201-F SFW 209 FM 1 SW 118 SW 119 SW 201-F SFW 209 SW 118 SW 119 (q) = optionally Input voltage 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC (50/60 Hz) 115 V AC (50/60 Hz) 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) Medium temperature -40 C...+130 C -40 C...+125 C -40 C...+100 C -40 C...+90 C -30 C...+140 C -25 C...+70 C -25 C...+100 C -20 C...+100 C -20 C...+60 C -10 C...+60 C 0...+250 C 0...+140 C q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q qq q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q Ambient temperature -25 C...+50 C -20 C...+50 C -10 C...+60 C -10 C...+45 C +10 C...+50 C Flow rate range 0.01...1 m/sec 0.01...2 m/sec 0.01...3 m/sec 0.01...5 m/sec 0.05...100 m/sec 0.5...20 m/sec 0.5...50 m/sec 0.5...100 m/sec 0.1...10 l/min 2.5...250 l/min q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q qq q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q 7 Monitoring head G1/2A G3/4A NPT Special Pressure resistance 1 bar /14.7 PSI 20 bar / 294 PSI 100 bar / 1470 PSI 250 bar / 3675 PSI 300 bar / 4410 PSI Output transistor relay 0...20 mA non linear 4...20 mA non linear 0...20 mA linear 4...20 mA linear 0...5 V 0...10 V 1...5 V 2...10 V q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q qq qq q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q qq q q q q q q q q q q q q Overview q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q 322 FM1-Ex q q q q q q q q q q q Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Capacitive Level Sensors E-T-A Capacitive Level Sensors E-T-A level sensors are of high quality, practically maintenance free and have a wide operating temperature range. They respond to the change of capacitance occurring when an electrode surrounded by air is immersed into the medium to be monitored. This capacitance change causes a circuit to oscillate which is processed electronically. The different versions can be used as MIN/MAX sensors with closed circuit principle. Power failure and wire break are indicated the same way as incorrect medium level. Models NR 150, NR 160 and NR 200 allow the selection of minimum or maximum switching by means of an integral selector switch, whereas models NR 80, NR 60 and NR 100 are factory-preset as a minimum or maximum sensor. Model NR 200 features a potential-free relay change over contact, models NR 100, NR 150 and NR 160 a shortcircuit proof plus switching transistor output, and models NR 60 and NR 80 a minus switching transistor output. First installation The Level Sensors are factory preset for water. 1. Install the Level Sensor and connect it as shown on the connection diagram. 2. For sensitivity setting turn the potentiometer screw until the LED changes. 3. Adjust the potentiometer screw another half turn to compensate for any tolerances and to eliminate deposits on the sensor (allow for response delay!). For other media it is necessary to readjust the sensors (make sure the medium to be monitored is available!). These instructions do not apply to model NR 60 because its sensitivity is factory preset. For installation details please see the applicable Installation Instructions. 7 All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 323 Overview Level Sensors Type No. NR 60-... NR 80-... NR 100-... Description water, oil, fuels water and liquids with similar electrical conductivity powder, water and liquids with similar electrical conductivity, aggressive media DC 24 V 25% typically 30 mA or with power supply NG 03 PNP transistor, high side switching, max. 0.3 A, short-circuit and overload protected, with free-wheeling diode, voltage drop approx. 2 V Input voltage/ power consumption DC 9...36 V typically 6 mA or with power supply NG 03 NPN transistor, low side switching, short-circuit and overload protected, with free-wheeling diode, voltage drop <300 mV DC 6...36 V typically 5 mA or with power supply NG 03 NPN transistor, low side switching, max.100 mA, with free-wheeling diode, voltage drop approx 2 V Output Ambient temperature Medium temperature Pressure resistance -30 C...+125C -30 C...+125C 25 bar/367.5 PSI 0 C...+70 C 0 C...+70C (max. 80 C short-time) N/A -20C...+85C -20 C...+130C (max. +150 C short-time) 2 bar/29.4 PSI (25 bar/367.5 PSI to special order) Material probe fitting sealing (O ring) or sensor and fitting housing housing cover connector Tefzel(R) ETFE nickel-plated brass, Ms CuZn39Pb3 Viton(R) nickel-plated brass, Ms CuZn39Pb3 - - - - - ABS = Acrylonitrile butadine styrene - - PTFE = Teflon(R)/Polytetrafluoroethylene PTFE = Teflon(R)/Polytetrafluoroethylene - - - PBTP gv = Polybutylene Terephtalate with glass fibre Technical data Dimensions Overview see CPI cat. pages 57 - 58 see CPI cat. pages 59 - 60 see CPI cat. pages 61 - 62 101.5 51.5 41 M27x1 80 50 10 620.3 69.5 54.5 15 connector 30 o30 G1A o44.5 SW27 51.5 41 M27x1 switching point 30 mm 6 o5 7 SW32 10 ca. 145 56 45 101.5 50 10 18.5 switching point 30 mm 6 45 o44.5 o32.5 36 44 3.5 2 o10.5 18 SW27 PG9 SW17 female plug 36 80 324 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Level Sensors NR 150-... NR 160-... NR 200-... NG 03-... oil and media with low electrical conductivity water and liquids with similar electrical conductivity oil and media with low electrical conductivity power supply with relay output DC 9...36 V typically 13 mA or with power supply NG 03 PNP transistor, high side switching, max. 0.3 A, short circuit and overload protected, with free-wheeling diode, voltage drop approx. 2 V DC 9...36 V typically 17 mA or with power supply NG 03 PNP transistor, high side switching, max. 0.3 A, short circuit and overload protected, with free-wheeling diode, voltage drop approx. 2 V AC 115/230/240 V +10%/-15% typically <4VA relay output switching capacity: DC 50...270 W AC 2000 VA switching voltage: DC 300 V/AC 250 V switching current: 6 A -20C...+70C -20 C...+85C (max. +100 C short-time) 25 bar/367.5 PSI AC 115/230/240 V +10%/-15% typically <4VA for Level Sensors NR 60, NR 80, NR 100, NR 150, NR 160 DC 24 V, 50 mA -20C...+85C -20 C...+130C (max. +150 C short-time) 25 bar/367.5 PSI -20C...+85C -20 C...+130C (max. +150 C short-time) 25 bar/367.5 PSI 0 C ... + 70 C N/A N/A N/A ETFE = Tefzel(R) DIN 1.4305/AISI 303 Viton(R) - PA6-3T = Trogamide - PA12-Gf = Polyamide 12 with glass fibre DIN 1.4305/AISI 303 Viton(R) - PA6-3T = Trogamide - ETFE = Tefzel(R) DIN 1.4305/AISI 303 Viton(R) ABS = Acrylonitrile butadine styrene ABS = Acrylonitrile butadine styrene - see CPI cat. pages 63 - 64 see CPI cat. pages 65 - 66 see CPI cat. pages 67 - 68 see CPI cat. pages 69 - 70 25 PG7 o 21.8 ca. 150 35 16 66 PG 7 SW 32 B SW 32 B 66 o14 80.5 o14 7 82.5 NIVEAUSENSOR NR 200 LEVEL SENSOR NR 200 A 55 PG7 o14 25 20.2 35 105 PG13.5 123 45 SW32 o26.7 3/4"NPT A B G3/4A 16 3/4"NPT 21 A B G3/4A 16 3/4"NPT 20.2 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com A 25 26 59 O ring ca. 133 70 SW32 G3/4A 325 Overview Level Sensors Selector chart NR 100 NR 150 NR 160 q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q r q q q q q q q q q q q NR 100 NR 150 NR 160 NR 200 NR 200 Issue C NR 60 Input voltage q q NR 60 Medium water oil powder Sensitivity setting no yes Mounting method invasive non-invasive Function MIN or MAX MIN/MAX selector switch Output relay PNP transistor NPN transistor LED display yes no 1) NR 80 q q q q q q q q q q q DC 12 V DC 24 V AC 115 V AC 230 V AC 240 V q q q NR 80 q q q q q q1) q q q q q q q q Medium temperature -20... + 85 C (+125 C)2) -20... + 130 C (+150 C)2) -30... + 125 C 0 ... + 70 C Ambient temperature q q q q q q -20 ... +70 C -20 ... +85 C -30 ... +125 C 0 ... +70 C q Process connector G3/4A (R3/4") G1A (R1") 3/4"NPT q q q q q q q q q q q 1"NPT M14 x 1.5 M18 x 1.5 1/4" NPTF Compression nut Pressure resistance 2 bar/29.4 PSI 25 bar/367.5 PSI N/A 2 non-metallic containers ) short-time r on request Overview 7 326 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Digital Panel Instruments E-T-A Digital Panel Instruments E-T-A digital panel meters are designed to measure, monitor and display electrical, thermal and mechanical values for a wide range of industrial applications. The panel mounted instruments provide a choice of front face dimensions of 96 mm x 48 mm, 96 mm x 24 mm or 48 mm x 24 mm with a 2.5 to 5 digit 7-segment nonreflective LED display, designed for clarity under all lighting conditions. The instruments are available for different supply voltages. Their versatility is further assured through optional features which include adjustable set points for alarm or control purposes and analogue output. Versions for current and voltage measurement can also provide true RMS readings. E-T-A pressure meters are suitable for use with all commercially available pressure transducers with standard signal output. A DC 24 V/20 mA output, physically isolated from the measuring input of the meter's power supply, ensures an interference-free auxiliary power supply for the transducers. The E-T-A MDZ 480 is an intelligent frequency measuring instrument which can be connected to a wide range of circuit control sensors such as proximity switches, NAMUR sensors and tachogenerators. The appropriate function is user-selected at the time of installation. All E-T-A panel meters are designed to internationally recognised DIN, VDE and IEC specifications. Overview 7 All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 327 Digital Panel Instruments Type No. MDA 241-... MDV 241-... MDC 241-... MDK 241/MDR 241-... Description DC and AC current measuring instrument DC and AC voltage measuring instrument Temperature measuring instrument for Pt100 to IEC 751 2-conductor circuit Measuring instruments with standard signal input and selectable display range. Pressure instrument MDR 241 with transmitter supply 24 V/20 mA 0.1 % of span Accuracy DC 0.1%, AC 0.2% of span DC 0.1%, AC 0.2% of span resolution 1 K: 0.3% 0.1 K: 0.1% of span Supply voltage DC: 12...26 V physically isolated from the measuring circuit 0 C...+50 C 0...2 mA 0...20 mA 0...200 mA 0...2 A DC: 12...26 V physically isolated from the measuring circuit 0 C...+50 C 0...200 mV 0... 2 V 0... 20 V 0...200 V 0...600 V 3 1/2 digit 13 mm 7-segment LED DC: 12...26 V physically isolated from the measuring circuit 0 C...+50 C 0...+ 300 C +250...+ 800 C -200 ...+ 200 C -100.0...+100.0 C DC: 12...26 V physically isolated from the measuring circuit 0 C...+50 C Input: 0...20 mA 4... 20 mA 0...10 V 0... 5 V Temperature range Measuring range Display 3 1/2 digit 13 mm 7-segment LED 3 1/2 digit 13 mm 7-segment LED 3 1/2 digit 13 mm 7-segment LED Dimensions Technical data 96 x 24 x 89 mm see CPI cat. pages 77 - 78 96 x 24 x 89 mm see CPI cat. pages 77 - 78 96 x 24 x 89 mm see CPI cat. pages 77 - 78 96 x 24 x 89 mm see CPI cat. pages 79 - 80 Overview 7 328 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Digital Panel Instruments Type No. MDA 245-... MDV 245-... MDC 245-... Description Instrument for standard signals (DC current) Instrument for standard signals (DC voltage) Temperature measuring instrument with temperature sensor KTY16-6 Accuracy 0.1% of span 0.1% of span 0.8 % of span Supply voltage DC: 4... 7 V 7...16 V 16...28 V (standard) 0 C...+50 C Input: 0...20 mA 4... 20 mA DC: 4... 7 V 7...16 V 16...28 V (standard) 0 C...+50 C Input: 0... 5 V 0...10 V DC: 4... 7 V 7...16 V 16...28 V (standard) 0 C...+50 C -30 C...+100 C Temperature range Measuring range Display 3 1/2 digit 10 mm 7-segment LED selectable display range 48 x 24 x 85 mm see CPI cat. pages 81 - 82 3 1/2 digit 10 mm 7-segment LED selectable display range 48 x 24 x 85 mm see CPI cat. pages 81 - 82 2 1/2 digit 10 mm 7-segment LED Dimensions Technical data 48 x 24 x 85 mm see CPI cat. pages 81 - 82 7 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 329 Overview Digital Panel Instruments Type No. MDA 480-... MDV 480-... MDC 480-... MDK 480/MDR 480-... Description AC or DC current measuring instrument. Version for rms measurement for non-sinusoidal curves available. Special calibration if display needs to deviate from input quantity. AC or DC voltage measuring instrument. Version for rms measurement for non-sinusoidal curves available. Special calibration if display needs to deviate from input quantity. Temperature measuring instrument for RTDs or thermocouples. Measuring instrument with normalized inputs and freely selectable display range. Pressure measuring instrument MDR 480 with transmitter supply 24 V/25 mA or for measuring bridge 1 mA or 10 V const. Options 2 limit values 4 limit values 2 limit values + analogue output analogue output AC 240 / 230 / 115 V AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V DC 12...28 V physically isolated 2 limit values 4 limit values 2 limit values + analogue output analogue output AC 240 / 230 / 115 V AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V DC 12...28 V physically isolated 0 C...+50 C individual: 0...200 mV 0...2 V 0...20 V 0...200 V 0...600 V multiple (DC only): 0...200 mV + 0...2000 mV 0...20 V + 0...200 V special measuring ranges 2 limit values 4 limit values 2 limit values + analogue output analogue output AC 240 / 230 / 115 V AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V DC 12...28 V physically isolated 0 C...+50 C IEC 584: Cu-CuNi Fe-CuNi NiCr-CuNi NiCr-Ni Pt 13 % Rh-Pt Pt 10 % Rh-Pt DIN 43 710: Cu-CuNi Fe-CuNi IEC 751: Pt 100 DIN 43 760: Ni100 3 1/2 digit 13 mm 7-segment LED 96 x 48 x 166 mm see CPI cat. pages 91 - 98 2 limit values 4 limit values 2 limit values + analogue output analogue output AC 240 / 230 / 115 V AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V DC 12...28 V physically isolated 0 C...+50 C Input: 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0... 5 V 1... 5 V 2...10 V 0...200 mV special measuring ranges Supply voltage Temperature range Measuring range 0 C...+50 C individual: 0...2 mA 0...20 mA 0...200 mA 0...2 A 0...10 A multiple (DC only): 0...2 mA + 0...20 mA + 0...200 mA 0...2 A + 0...10 A special measuring ranges Overview Display 3 1/2 or 4 1/2 digit 13 mm 7-segment LED 96 x 48 x 166 mm see CPI cat. pages 83 - 90 3 1/2 or 4 1/2 digit 13 mm 7-segment LED 96 x 48 x 166 mm see CPI cat. pages 83 - 90 3 1/2 digit 13 mm 7-segment LED 96 x 48 x 166 mm MDR: see CPI cat. pages 99 - 106 MDK: see CPI cat. pages 107 - 114 7 Dimensions Technical data 330 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Digital Panel Instruments Type No. MDZ 480-F... MDZ 480-V... Description Instrument measuring the frequency of bipolar signals in the voltage ranges: AC 15 ... 50 V AC 50 ... 150 V AC 150 ... 430 V Instrument measuring frequency, velocity or events (counting) of digital signals: TTL, 24 V-PLC, open collector, NAMUR Adjustable: function, input, measuring time, parameter (e.g. number of teeth), display Options --- 2 limit values (1 relay) 2 peak values Voltage supply AC 230 V, AC 115 V AC 230 V, AC 115 V Temperature range Measuring range 0 C...+50 C 0.1 Hz ... 10 kHz 0 C...+50 C 0.1 Hz ... 100 kHz (frequency measurement) 6 ... 99999 min-1 (velocity measurement) 1 ... 9999 ms (period measurement) 0 ...499999 (forward/backward counter, fmax=1 kHz) 0.1 Hz... 100 kHz (special function) Display 4 digit 13 mm 7-segment LED 96 x 48 x 166 mm see CPI cat. pages 115 - 120 5 digit 13 mm 7-segment LED 96 x 48 x 166 mm see CPI cat. pages 115 - 120 7 Dimensions Technical data Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 331 Overview Digital Panel Instruments Selector chart MDC245 MDC241 MDC480 MDR241 MDV245 MDV241 MDV480 q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q MDZ480 q Issue C Type No. Version Front dimensions 48 mm x 24 mm 96 mm x 24 mm 96 mm x 48 mm Current measurement DC 0 ... 2 mA DC 0 ... 20 mA DC 4 ... 20 mA DC 0 ... 200 mA DC 0 ... 2 A DC 0 ... 10 A AC 0 ... 2 mA AC 0 ... 20 mA AC 0 ... 200 mA AC 0 ... 2 A AC 0 ... 10 A Voltage measurement DC 0 ... 200 mV DC 0 ... 2 V DC 0 ... 10 V DC 0 ... 20 V DC 0 ... 200 V DC 0 ... 600 V AC 0 ... 200 mV AC 0 ... 2 V AC 0 ... 20 V AC 0 ... 200 V AC 0 ... 600 V Temperature measurement Pt100 Ni100 thermocouple temperature sensor Frequency measurement Display AC signals digital input 2 1/2 digit 3 1/2 digit 4 1/2 digit 5 digit Voltage supply Sensor supply Options AC DC Overview DC 24 V true rms measurement calibration of display peak value storage analogue output 0 ... 10 V analogue output 0 ... 20 mA analogue output 4 ... 20 mA 2 limit values with relay 4 limit values with relay q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q MDR480 q q q MDK241 MDK480 q q q MDA245 MDA241 MDA480 q q q q q q q q q q q q 7 332 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Sensors E-T-A Sensors E-T-A Velocity Sensors MSZ... provide contactless sensing of mechanical motion such as the rotational speed of drives or rotating shafts. Pulses are generated at ferromagnetic pick-up wheels (i.e. gears) whose teeth pass by the sensor. The electronic control circuitry and the sensor head are designed as an integral unit. The rectangular signal provided by the electronic control circuitry is independent of the pick-up geometry. The instruments are available in a wide voltage supply and temperature range, and various dimensions and connection methods to allow a wide spread of applications in general and automotive industries. E-T-A Pressure Sensors MSR 400 and MSR 450 are designed to convert nominal pressures up to 400 bar/5880 PSI into standard signals.The robust design of model MSR 400 (voltage supply, EMC, environmental protection, connector to DIN 72585) is perfectly suited to its application in commercial equipment and machinery/plant for the construction industry etc. Model MSR 450 featuring a stainless steel enclosure is designed for general industrial applications (connection method according to DIN 43650). Available with various threads (metric, imperial, NPT) fitting all commercial process connections. 7 All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 333 Overview Sensors Type No. Velocity Sensor MSZ 214/218-... Pressure Sensors MSR 400/MSR 450-... Velocity Sensor MSZ 214/218-... for connection to panel instrument MDZ 480 Description The inductive sensor provides contactless sensing of mechanical motion such as the rotational speed of ferro-magnetic pick-up wheels. When combined with the intelligent frequency measuring instrument MDZ 480, it is a complete speed measuring system. The integral electronic control unit generates a rectangular output signal that is independent of the pick-up geometry. The MSZ 214 has a diameter of 14 mm (M14x1), the MSZ 218 a diameter of 18 mm (M18x1). Both sensor types are available either with permanent cable with open cable end, or with 3 pole connector. up to 20 kHz Pressure Sensors MSR 400/MSR 450 for connection to panel instrument MDR 241/480 Pressure Sensors MSR 400/MSR 450 with thick-film measuring element are designed for various pressure monitoring tasks. Their wide temperature range allows their use in harsh environments (MSR 400 for vehicles and MRS 450 for general industrial applications). Measuring ranges 0... 6 bar 0...10 bar 0...16 bar 0...25 bar 0...40 bar DC 10...32 V 0... 60 bar 0...100 bar 0...160 bar 0...250 bar 0...400 bar Supply voltage Output DC 5...36 V open collector NPN Umax = 40 V Imax = 40 mA 1...5 V 4...20 mA 2-conductor (MSR 450) 4...20 mA 3-conductor (MSR 400) better than 2.5% F.S. Accuracy Enclosure Connection stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 2 m cable or connector MSR 400: steel 1.0715/AISI 1213, yellow chromated MSR 450: stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303 MSR 400: 3 pole connector to DIN 72585 or 20 cm cable MSR 450: 3 pole connector to DIN 43650 IP 65 version with cable IP 67/IP 69K MSR 400 version with connector IP 65 MSR 450 version with connector see CPI cat. pages 125 - 128 Degree of protection IP 67 version with cable IP 65 version with connector see CPI cat. pages 123 - 124 Technical data Overview Dimensions 55 45 M14x1 2m o5.2 140.4 650.8 9 2 12 81 M14x1 27.5 o2 50 o19 o35 SW27 o27 oA SW 22 LIYY 3x0.5 mm2 approx. 33.5 SW 27 334 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com o27 7 Issue C Current and Voltage Monitors E-T-A Current and Voltage Monitors E-T-A Current and Voltage Monitors series E-107.. are designed to monitor electrical circuits for current or voltage over limits. q E-T-A Zero Current Monitors E-1076-SR signal a current flowing in the monitoring circuit when fixed current limits are exceeded. They feature a 17 mm wide rail mounted housing and may also be used to switch on an elapsed-hour meter. Internal power supply is by means of the input signal so that no additional wiring is needed. q E-T-A Current Monitors E-1077 offer the possibility to individually set the MAX and/or MIN limit values by means of the digital switches provided on the front of the housing. The response delay may be selected. Relay contacts provide for potential-free signalization. Relay status and adjustment error is indicated by LEDs. q E-T-A Current Protector E-1078 is designed for low voltage lighting systems. It monitors the lighting system rated current that is stored, when it is switched on, in the primary circuit of the low-voltage transformer. The rated load is stored either by operation of the push button on the device or via the light switch. A shortcircuit in the lamp circuit or an overload will cause the Current Protector to immediately disconnect the system. The product is available with a rail mounted housing (for consumer unit installation) or in a housing for surface mounting at or in the transformer. q E-T-A Combi Safety Protection E-1078-911 allows the simultaneous connection of two powerful loads such as a washing machine and a dryer to a 16 A socket with earthing contact. One of the two sockets has priority and is connected to the washing machine. When the current required by the washing machine exceeds a set limit of approx. 15.5 A (during heating), the second socket is disconnected, and reconnected only when the current falls to the set lower limit. Appliance combinations such as dishwasher and hot-water heater may also be operated this way. q E-T-A Voltage Monitor E-1079 monitors set MAX and/or MIN voltage limits in a circuit. Limit value setting is by means of the digital switches provided on the front of the housing. Additional features are relay outputs, selectable response delay, LED status indication, and rail mounted housings. q E-T-A Voltage Monitor E-1079-600 is available in a 12 mm wide housing for plug-in mounting utilising E-T-A socket 17-P10-Si. It is designed to monitor typical AC and DC supply voltages with set tolerances, e.g. DC 24 V 25 %. The actual voltage is indicated by two LEDs and a MOS output. This system, too, saves additional wiring by taking its internal power supply from the input signal. 7 All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 335 Overview Current Monitors Type No. E-1076-SR-... E-1077-51-... Description monitors a MIN limit value in an AC circuit via a current transformer. If a set value is exceeded, the triac or transistor will enable the output, and the status is indicated by LED. The low power required by the Zero Current Monitor is taken from the input signal. monitors a circuit by adjustable MIN and/or MAX limit values.The response values may be directly preset by means of digital switches in the front of the housing. When set values are exceeded, the applicable relay (change over) will switch off. The response delay may be set between 0.2 and 30 sec. Relay status, operating voltage and adjustment error are indicated by LED. Version MIN limit value (Zero Current Monitor) - 31: - 41: - 51: MAX limit value MIN limit value MAX and MIN limit value Setting range (measuring range) Internal resistance AC 5 A (response threshold: 100 mA) AC 16 A (response threshold: 1 A) Values cannot be set - AC 0.1 ... 19.9 A AC 0.01 ... 1.99 A DC 0.1 ... 19.9 mA approx. 1 m (with AC 19.9 A) approx. 10 m (with AC 1.99 A) 1 (with DC 19.9 mA) 1 % 2 digits 0.1 A 0.01 A 0.1 mA (with AC 19.9 A) (with AC 1.99 A) (with DC 19.9 mA) Accuracy Switching hysteresis - - Response delay Supply voltage Output Temperature range Degree of potection Overview Mounting method Dimensions Technical data - AC 0...250 V rated voltage (= supply voltage) AC: triac DC: transistor 0 ... +60 C housing: IP 20 terminals: IP 20 rail mounted on 35 mm symmetric rail to DIN 50 022 and DIN 50 035 17 x 63 x 64 mm see CPI cat. pages 135 - 136 250 V/200 mA 60 V/ 50 mA adjustable between 0.2...30 s AC 115 V AC 230 V ( 90 ... 135 V) (200 ... 244 V) relay with change over contact AC 250 V/5 A 0 ... +50 C housing: IP 50 terminals: IP 20 rail mounted on 35 mm symmetric rail to DIN 50022 74 x 45 x 124 mm see CPI cat. pages 137 - 138 7 336 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Current Protectors Type No. E 1078-421-/ 431-... E 1078-422-/ 432-/ 482-... Description The Current Protector is connected in the primary circuit before the low-voltage transformer (e.g. AC 230 V/12 V). Irregularities in the secondary circuit, such as overloads or short-circuits, will cause the Protector to immediately disconnect the system. Underload (e.g. defective terminal connections) also causes system disconnection. Error indication by red LED. After removal of the fault, the system can be reconnected by operation of the storage push button on the Protector or by operating the light switch. Protection of lighting systems q Available housing variants: - track mountable on 35 mm EN rails - housing for surface mounting in transformers Suitable for dimmer systems. q Detecting defective terminal connections q Line resistances, transformer and lamp tolerances are compensated for by the adjustment. q VDE approval in place q Option: load storage via light switch. E 1078-422 (up to 400 W) E 1078-432 (up to 600 W) E 1078-482 (up to 600 W) load storage via light switch short-circuit, overload, underload 60 - 300 W 100 - 400 W 300 - 600 W AC 230 V 10 % / 50 Hz AC 120 V 10 % / 60 Hz yes 0 ... +60 C steplessly adjustable 200 ms to 2 s (depending on overload) 200 ms 3s see CPI cat. pages 141 - 142 Surface housing Overview STROMWACHTER CURRENT PROTECTOR Variants E 1078-421 (up to 400 W) E 1078-431 (up to 600 W) Protection from Lamp capacity short-circuit, overload, underload 60 - 300 W 100 - 400 W 300 - 600 W AC 230 V 10 %/ 50 Hz yes 0 ... +45 C steplessly adjustable 200 ms to 2 s (depending on overload) 200 ms 3s see CPI cat. pages 139 - 140 Track-mountable housing Voltage rating Suitable for lighting systems with dimmers Temperature range Overload response Typical trip times overload short-circuit underload Technical data Dimensions NV-STROMWACHTER 1078-422 AC 230V 100-400VA R 7 54 NV-STROMWACHTER 1078-421 Error AC 230V 100-400VA Bei Fehlersignal zuerst Storung beheben. 8319 Storage R 1 Tr 2 N 3 L 4 Tr Fehler Error 68 45 70 40 1/N 2/N 3/L 4/Tr Speichern Setting 35 5 22 67 45 57 1.5 22.5 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 337 Combi Safety Protection Type No. E-1078-911 Description Two powerful appliances such as a washing machine and a dryer may be connected to a European style 16 A household socket without overloading the circuit. The E-T-A Combi Safety Protector E-1078-911 connects one of the appliances continuously to power. The second appliance is disconnected from the supply for a short time when the total current consumption reaches approx. 15.5 A - during water haeating for example. Upon completion of the heating cycle of the first appliance, the second one will be automatically reconnected. typically 15.5 A 1 A typically 2.0 A 1 A N/A 0 ... +45 C for normal dry, clean domestic conditions 255 x 60 x 40 mm see CPI cat. page 143 Upper response threshold Lower response threshold Supply voltage Temperature range Environmental duty Dimensions Technical data 7 Overview 338 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Voltage Monitors Type No. E-1079-51-... E-1079-60.-... Description Voltage Monitor E-1079-... monitors set MAX and/or MIN voltage limits. The response can be directly preset by the digital switches on the front of the housing. When the set limits are exceeded, the applicable relay (change over) will switch off. The response delay may be set between 0.2 and 30 s. Relay status, operating voltage and adjustment error are indicated by LEDs. Voltage Monitor E-1079-600 monitors DC or AC voltages with set tolerances. Two LEDs indicate the operating status and over limits, with an opto coupler providing a physically isolated output signal. The power requirement of the Monitor is taken from the input signal. Variants -31: -41: -51: DC DC DC MAX limit value MIN limit value MAX and MIN limit values 1... 199 mV 0.01... 1.99 V 0.1 ... 19.9 V MIN and MAX limit value (not adjustable) DC 12 V 25 % DC 24 V 25 % DC 48 V 25 % DC 110 V +10 %/-15 % DC 220 V +10 %/-15 % AC 115 V +10 %/-15 % AC 230 V +10 %/-15 % 3 mA (DC/AC) load current Umin -10 % Un ... Umin Umax ... Umax +10 % Un - ( 9... 15 V) (18... 30 V) (36... 60 V) (93.5... 121 V) (187 ... 242 V) (97.8...126.5 V) (195.5... 253 V) Setting range (measuring range) Internal resistance Accuracy Switching hysteresis DC: Ri = DC: Ri = 20 k (with 199 mV) 100 k (with 1.99 V and 19.9 V) 1 % 2 digits 1 digit with -51: setting distance between MIN and MAX limit value 5 digits 0.2 ... 30 sec, adjustable AC 115 V ( 90 ... 135 V) AC 230 V (200 ... 244 V) relay with change over contact AC 250 V/5 A 0 ... +50 C housing: IP 50 terminals: IP 20 rail mounted on 35 mm rail to DIN EN 50022 74 x 45 x 124 mm see CPI cat. pages 145 - 146 Response delay Supply voltage Output Temperature range Degree of protection Mounting Dimensions Technical data - N/A MOS output AC/DC 250 V/80 mA 0 ... +60 C housing: IP 50 terminals: IP 20 socket-mounted on E-T-A socket 17-P10-Si 50 x 56 x 12 mm (without socket) see CPI cat. pages 147 - 150 Overview 7 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 339 Current and Voltage Monitors Current and Voltage Monitors - Selector chart E-1078-421 E-1078-431 E-1078-422 E-1078-432 E-1078-482 E-1078-911 E-1076-SR E-1077-31 E-1077-41 E-1077-51 E-1079-31 E-1079-41 Description Current Monitor Current Protector Combi Safety Protector Voltage Monitor Function MIN limit value MAX limit value MIN and MAX limit value Limit value adjustment digital switches button light switch factory preset Measuring ranges AC 0... 5 A AC 0... 16 A AC 0... 1.99 A AC 0... 19.99 A DC 0... 19.9 mA DC 0... 199.9 mV DC 0... 1.99 V DC 0... 19.9 V DC 12 V 25 % DC 24 V 25 % DC 48 V 25 % DC 110 V +10 % / -15 % DC 220 V +10 % / -15 % AC 115 V +10 % / -15 % AC 230 V +10 % / -15 % Low voltage lamp load 60... 300 W 100... 400 W 300... 600 W Priority circuit Outputs I > 15.5 A AC relay transistor MOS triac Supply voltage Overview AC 230 V AC 115 V = input signal q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q E-1079-51 q q q q q Type q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q 7 340 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C E-1079-600 Approvals Type 104 105 106 110 111 120 127 129 157 158 201 410 412 413 428 433 434 437 449 452 482 483 520 530 583 683 808 809 921 922 1110 1140 1410 2210 2215 3120 3130 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3900 4000 4201 2-4100 2-5000 2-5200 2-5700 6110 2-6200 2-6400 2-6500 6510 2-6700 2-7000 8330 8340 8350 VDE q q q q q q q q q DEMKO q q q NEMKO q q q SEMKO q q q FIMKO q q q KEMA q q q SEV q q q OVE q q q IMQ UTE UL q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q CSA q q q q q q q q q q q BWB (VG) LRoS BV q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q 8 Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 341 Overview Approvals Type 41-0 41-04 41-05 41-06 41-10 41-11 41-20 41-27 41-29 41-57 41-58 42-01 41-2 41-3 42-8 43-3 43-4 45-2 45-20 45-30 43-200 43-300 43-400 43-500 43-600 43-900 44-000 44-201 44-100 45-000 45-200 45-700 46-200 46-400 46-500 VDE q q q UL q q q q q CSA q q q q q q q q q q q LRoS q BV q E-T-A Electronic Flow Monitors, Level Sensors etc. Type PTB GL FM1-Ex q BSFW 120 q NR 100 GL q NR 150 GL q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q 8 Overview All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design, performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes. 342 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336- www.etacbe.com Issue C Worldwide Service Network Corporate Headquarters Germany E-T-A Elektrotechnische Apparate GmbH P.O. Box 1061 D-90514 Altdorf ++49 (+9187) 10 -0 Facsimile ++49 (+9187) 1 03 97 www.etacbe.com Order Form Europe Austria Herndl Electric-Handelsgesellschaft m. b. H. Sudstadtzentrum 1/20 A-2344 Maria Enzersdorf ++43 (+22 36) 2 41 23 Facsimile ++43 (+22 36) 2 41 23 - 40 Belgium / Luxemburg E-T-A Elektro Technik s. a./n.v. Avenue G. Stassart Iaan, 109 B-1070 Bruxelles ++32 (+2) 523 30 97 Facsimile ++32 (+2) 523 99 06 Bulgaria / Croatia Slovenia / Romania H. Balla Breitenfurter Str. 382 a A-1235 Wien ++43 (1) 8 88 52 51 Facsimile ++43 (1) 8 88 51 51 51 Czech Republic Slovakian Republic E-T-A Elektrotechnische Apparate GmbH Ladislav Bojarsky Industriestr. 2-8, D-90518 Altdorf, Postfach 1061, D-90514 Altdorf ++49(+9187) 10 423 Facsimile ++49(+9187) 10 222 Denmark H. Jorgensen & Co ApS Praestemarksvej 8 B DK-4000 Roskilde ++45 (46) 75 63 22 Facsimile ++45(46) 75 61 40 e-mail: info@h-jorgensen.dk Finland Suomen Elektrolind Oy Jan Barck Vesitorninpolku 5b FIN-02700 Kauniainen /Facsimile ++358 (+9) -5 05 01 10 Mobiltelefon ++358 (40) 5 43 78 98 e-mail: jan.barck@elektrolind.fi France ETA Appareils electrotechniques S.A.R.L. 40-62, Rue du General Malleret-Joinville F-94400 Vitry-sur-Seine ++33 (+1) 46 81 02 73 Facsimile ++33 (+1) 46 82 65 69 e-mail: e-t-afrance@magic.fr Greece Panagiotis Sp. Dimoulas "Biomat" Kritis Str. 26 GR-10439 Athen ++30 (1) 8 83 33 37 Telex 21 85 29 Facsimile ++30 (1) 8 83 44 36 Holland / Netherlands Jacs. Koopman B. V. Postbus 150 NL-3960 BD Wijk bij Duurstede ++31 (+3 43) 59 22 22 Facsimile ++31 (+3 43) 59 23 33 Italy E-T-A Apparecchi Elettrotecnici s.r.l. Via Giulio Cesare Procaccini Nr. 7 I-20154 Milano ++39 (02) 31 41 56 Facsimile ++39 (02) 31 41 81 Abteilungsverkauf: C.so Buenos Aires, 75 I-20129 Milano ++39 (02)66 98 81 23 Facsimile ++39 (02) 66 98 44 70 e-mail: INFO@ETAITALIA.COM Norway Elis Elektro A/S Postboks 38 Lindeberg Gr. N-1007 Oslo ++47 (+2) 2 90 56 70 Facsimile ++47 (+2) 2 90 56 71 e-mail: post@eliselektro.no Poland Electronics & Cable Sp. zo. o. ul. Przemyslowa 12 62-095 Murowana Goslina ++48 (61) 8 11 20 64 ++48 (61) 8 11 20 65 Facsimile ++48 (61) 8 11 20 66 Portugal AUTOMA Av. Vasco da Gama, 652-660 P-4100 Porto ++351(+2 ) 6 17 42 39 Facsimile ++351(+2 ) 6 17 19 87 Telex 2 68 1 Spain ELPO-ELECTRIC S.A. Jose Lobo Apartado 2503 28080 Madrid ++34 (91) 4 15 13 48-4 15 39 11 Facsimile ++34 (91) 4 13 02 38 Sweden Osterlinds El-Agentur AB Gribbylundvagen 11-13 S-18762 Taby Box 96 S-18321 Taby ++46 (+8) 7 32 80 75 Facsimile ++46 (+8) 7 32 60 30 Switzerland E-T-A general agents: Henri Grandjean AG Niederbergstr. 1 Postfach 677 CH-4153 Reinach BL ++41 (+61) 711 02 02 Facsimile ++41 (+61) 711 04 11 e-mail: info@grandjean-AG.CH Switzerland For E-T-A Electronic devices: Rudolf Flach Elektronik AG Emil Frey-Strasse 166 CH-4142 Munchenstein ++41 (+61) 417 94 94 Facsimile ++41 (+61) 417 94 95 Switzerland For Pressure and Level Sensors and Flow Monitors: Vogtlin Instruments AG Langenhagstr. 1 CH-4147 Aesch BL ++41 (+61) 756 63 00 Facsimile ++41 (+61) 756 63 01 Turkey MESAN Elektrik Mum. ve Sanayi Ltd. Sti. Refik Saydam Caddesi No.: 167 Dilber Apartmani Kat: 4-5 Daire: 12-14 TR-80020 Sishane-Istanbul ++90 (2 12) 292 5849 Facsimile ++90 (2 12) 251 6030 e-mail: mesanelk@hotmail.com United Kingdom / Ireland E-T-A Circuit Breakers Ltd. Telford Close GB-Aylesbury, Bucks HP 19 3 DG ++44 (+12 96) 420336 Facsimile ++44 (+12 96) 488497 e-mail: info@etacbe.co.uk For E-T-A Electronic devices: E-T-A Electronic a division of E-T-A Circuit Breakers Ltd. Address as above 8 (...) = area code Issue C Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com 343 Worldwide Service Network America Brazil Paulo Viehmann Representacoes Rua Olavo, 450 Praia Vermelha Eldorado BR 09971-500 Diadema - SP / Facsimile ++55 (+11) 713 - 5294 ++55 (+11) 713 - 5512 e-mail: viehmann@mandic.com.br Canada E-T-A Circuit Breakers Ltd. 236 Hood Road CDN-Markham Ontario L 3R 3K8 ++1 (905) 475 - 5886 Facsimile ++1 (905) 475 - 5889 Chile Electronica Industrial Schadler y Cia Ltda Antonio Varas 1871 RCH-Providencia.-Santiago ++56 (+2) 274 7430 Facsimile ++56 (+2) 204 9338 United States of America ETA Circuit Breakers 1551 Bishop Court USA-Mount Prospect, IL 60056 ++1(847) 827-7600 Facsimile ++1(847) 827-7655 e-mail: usinfo@etacbe.com Asia India M/s. R. G. Keswani Post Box No. 16552 WORLI IND-Bombay-400 018 (022) 4 93 28 05 ++91 (+22) 4 93 92 46 Facsimile ++91 (+22) 4 93 84 74 Japan E-T-A Components K.K. Suzushoo Bldg. 4 F No. 6-13-9, Shinbashi Minato-ku Tokyo 105 ++81 (+3) 34 34 - 16 26 Facsimile ++81 (+3) 34 34 - 16 27 e-mail: etajpn@ibm.net Singapur / Singapore Malaysien / Malaysia Hongkong / Hong Kong Indonesien / Indonesia Brunei, Thailand, Korea, Taiwan, Mainland China, Philippinen E-T-A Asia Pacific Pte Ltd No. 46 Lorong 17 Geylang #08-01 Enterprise Industrial Building SGP-Singapore 388568 ++65 / 841 4484 Facsimile ++65 / 841 4474 e-mail: etaap@mbox3.singnet.com.sg Africa South Africa RADEL Electrical and Electronic Components cc P.O.Box 4364 ZA-Cresta 21 18 ++27 (+11) 888-6696 Facsimile ++27 (+11) 888-2390 e-mail: radel@genix.com Australia Australia / New Zealand RUBIN GROUP PTY. LIMITED 73-77 Whiting Street AUS-Artarmon, N. S. W. 2064 P.O. Box 82 ++61 (+2) 9906 5608 Facsimile ++61 (+2) 9439 2278 e-mail: components@rubin.com.au 8 (...) = area code 344 Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com Issue C Circuit Protection and Control Circuit Breakers and Control Products |
Price & Availability of 20110A
 |
|
|
|
|
All Rights Reserved © IC-ON-LINE 2003 - 2022 |
| [Add Bookmark] [Contact Us] [Link exchange] [Privacy policy] |
|
Mirror Sites : [www.datasheet.hk]
[www.maxim4u.com] [www.ic-on-line.cn]
[www.ic-on-line.com] [www.ic-on-line.net]
[www.alldatasheet.com.cn]
[www.gdcy.com]
[www.gdcy.net] |